CRL Contract 3 Aotea Utility Relocation Works Construction Environmental Management Plan Addendum to: ENABLING WORKS - CONTRACT 2.1 & 2.2 CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Albert Street Canopy Removal and Utility Relocation
CRL-AOT-RME-LKA-PLN-800000
Revision: 0 30 August 2019
Page 1
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station
Construction Environmental Management Plan CRL-AOT-RME-LKA-PLN-800000 This document is uncontrolled when printed. This document should be printed in colour
Revision Status Revision
Issue Date
Major Changes
Changed By
0
30 Aug 2019
Issue revision
Caroline Secretin
Approval Status Name/Title Prepared by:
Caroline Secretin Principal Environmental Scientist
Reviewed by:
Alisdair Simpson Senior Planner
Controlled by:
Fiona Davies Associate Director - Environment
Approved by:
Peter Roan Consents Lead – Link Alliance
Page 2
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Signature
Date
Approved By
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station
Table of contents 1. Introduction ................................................................................................9 1.1
Purpose of CEMP Addendum........................................................................................... 10
1.2
CEMP Requirements ........................................................................................................ 10
1.3
Environmental Sub-Plans................................................................................................. 10
1.4
Development of CEMP, DWPs and MPs Addendums....................................................... 11
1.5
Mana Whenua................................................................................................................. 12
1.6
Designation Conditions.................................................................................................... 12
1.7
Resource Consent Conditions .......................................................................................... 23
1.8
Sustainability................................................................................................................... 35
1.8.1.
Infrastructure Sustainability.................................................................................... 35
1.8.2.
ISCA IS Rating Scheme............................................................................................. 35
2. Project Description....................................................................................37 2.1
CRL Overview .................................................................................................................. 37
2.2
Canopy Removal and Utilities Relocation........................................................................ 37
2.2.1.
Canopy Removal ..................................................................................................... 37
2.2.2.
Utilities Relocation.................................................................................................. 38
2.3
Construction Methodology.............................................................................................. 39
2.4
Programme...................................................................................................................... 40
2.5
Hours of Operation.......................................................................................................... 40
2.6
Site Layout and Management.......................................................................................... 40
2.7
Security, Safety and Public Viewing................................................................................. 41
2.8
Graffiti and Litter............................................................................................................. 41
2.9
Returning the Site to Public Use ...................................................................................... 42
3. Social and Environmental Management...................................................42 3.1
Construction Activities and Associated Environmental Receivers ................................... 42
3.2
Environmental Risk Register............................................................................................ 42
3.2.1.
Review of the Register ............................................................................................ 42
3.3
Cumulative Effects........................................................................................................... 42
3.4
Legislative and Other Requirements................................................................................ 42
3.4.1.
National Legal Requirements and Policies ............................................................... 42
3.4.2.
Legislation, Standards and Guidelines relating to Environmental Aspects................ 43
4. Implementation and Operation ................................................................45 Page 3
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station 4.1
Roles and Responsibilities ............................................................................................... 45
4.1.1.
Overview and Responsibility for this Plan................................................................ 45
4.1.2.
Specific Roles and Responsibilities .......................................................................... 45
4.1.3.
Contact Details ....................................................................................................... 47
4.2
Training and Induction..................................................................................................... 47
4.2.1.
Induction Training................................................................................................... 47
4.2.2.
Tool Box Talks ......................................................................................................... 47
4.2.3.
Pre-Start Meetings.................................................................................................. 47
4.3
Operating Procedures...................................................................................................... 48
4.3.1.
Network Utilities..................................................................................................... 48
4.3.2.
Erosion and Sediment Control................................................................................. 48
4.3.3.
Traffic, Access and Parking...................................................................................... 49
4.3.4.
Construction Noise and Vibration ........................................................................... 49
4.3.5.
Lighting Spill and Glare............................................................................................ 50
4.3.6.
Historic Character: Archaeology and Built Heritage ................................................. 50
4.3.7.
Urban Design .......................................................................................................... 50
4.3.8.
Contaminated Soils ................................................................................................. 50
4.3.9.
Air Quality............................................................................................................... 50
4.3.10.
Social Impact and Business Disruption .................................................................... 51
4.3.11.
Communications and Consultation Plan .................................................................. 52
4.3.12.
Groundwater Settlement Monitoring and Contingency........................................... 52
4.3.13.
Building Conditions Surveys .................................................................................... 52
4.3.14.
Hazardous Substances ............................................................................................ 53
4.3.15.
Trees and Vegetation.............................................................................................. 53
4.3.16.
Waste Management ............................................................................................... 55
4.3.17.
Energy Use.............................................................................................................. 56
4.3.18.
Water use ............................................................................................................... 56
4.3.19.
Material use............................................................................................................ 56
4.4
Emergency and Incident Response .................................................................................. 57
4.4.1.
Emergency Response Plan ...................................................................................... 57
4.4.2.
Incident Response................................................................................................... 57
4.4.3.
Notification Procedure............................................................................................ 57
4.5
Stakeholder Communications.......................................................................................... 57
4.5.1.
Public Safety ........................................................................................................... 57
5. Monitor and Review .................................................................................59 Page 4
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station 5.1
Environmental Monitoring .............................................................................................. 59
5.1.1.
Collaborative Working ............................................................................................ 59
5.1.2.
Collaborative Meeting ............................................................................................ 59
5.2
Environmental Inspections .............................................................................................. 59
5.3
Environmental Auditing................................................................................................... 59
5.4
Corrective and Preventive Action .................................................................................... 59
5.5
Reporting......................................................................................................................... 60
5.6
Document Control ........................................................................................................... 60
5.7
CEMP Addendum Review ................................................................................................ 60
Glossary.............................................................................................................8 1. Introduction ..............................................................................................11 1.1
Purpose of CEMP Addendum........................................................................................... 12
1.2
CEMP Requirements ........................................................................................................ 12
1.3
Environmental Sub-Plans................................................................................................. 12
1.4
Development of CEMP, DWPs and MPs Addendums....................................................... 13
1.5
Mana Whenua................................................................................................................. 14
1.6
Designation Conditions.................................................................................................... 14
1.7
Resource Consent Conditions .......................................................................................... 25
1.8
Sustainability................................................................................................................... 37
1.8.1.
Infrastructure Sustainability.................................................................................... 37
1.8.2.
ISCA IS Rating Scheme............................................................................................. 37
2. Project Description....................................................................................39
Page 5
2.1
CRL Overview .................................................................................................................. 39
2.2
Canopy Removal and Utilities Relocation........................................................................ 39
2.2.1.
Canopy Removal ..................................................................................................... 39
2.2.2.
Utilities Relocation.................................................................................................. 40
2.3
Construction Methodology.............................................................................................. 41
2.4
Programme...................................................................................................................... 42
2.5
Hours of Operation.......................................................................................................... 42
2.6
Site Layout and Management.......................................................................................... 42
2.7
Security, Safety and Public Viewing................................................................................. 43
2.8
Graffiti and Litter............................................................................................................. 43
2.9
Returning the Site to Public Use ...................................................................................... 44
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station
3. Social and Environmental Management...................................................44 3.1
Construction Activities and Associated Environmental Receivers ................................... 44
3.2
Environmental Risk Register............................................................................................ 44
3.2.1.
Review of the Register ............................................................................................ 44
3.3
Cumulative Effects........................................................................................................... 44
3.4
Legislative and Other Requirements................................................................................ 44
3.4.1.
National Legal Requirements and Policies ............................................................... 44
3.4.2.
Legislation, Standards and Guidelines relating to Environmental Aspects................ 45
4. Implementation and Operation ................................................................47 4.1
4.1.1.
Overview and Responsibility for this Plan................................................................ 47
4.1.2.
Specific Roles and Responsibilities .......................................................................... 47
4.1.3.
Contact Details ....................................................................................................... 49
4.2
Training and Induction..................................................................................................... 49
4.2.1.
Induction Training................................................................................................... 49
4.2.2.
Tool Box Talks ......................................................................................................... 49
4.2.3.
Pre-Start Meetings.................................................................................................. 49
4.3
Page 6
Roles and Responsibilities ............................................................................................... 47
Operating Procedures...................................................................................................... 50
4.3.1.
Network Utilities..................................................................................................... 50
4.3.2.
Erosion and Sediment Control................................................................................. 50
4.3.3.
Traffic, Access and Parking...................................................................................... 51
4.3.4.
Construction Noise and Vibration ........................................................................... 51
4.3.5.
Lighting Spill and Glare............................................................................................ 52
4.3.6.
Historic Character: Archaeology and Built Heritage ................................................. 52
4.3.7.
Urban Design .......................................................................................................... 52
4.3.8.
Contaminated Soils ................................................................................................. 52
4.3.9.
Air Quality............................................................................................................... 52
4.3.10.
Social Impact and Business Disruption .................................................................... 53
4.3.11.
Communications and Consultation Plan .................................................................. 54
4.3.12.
Groundwater Settlement Monitoring and Contingency........................................... 54
4.3.13.
Building Conditions Surveys .................................................................................... 54
4.3.14.
Hazardous Substances ............................................................................................ 55
4.3.15.
Trees and Vegetation.............................................................................................. 55
4.3.16.
Waste Management ............................................................................................... 57
4.3.17.
Energy Use.............................................................................................................. 58
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station 4.3.18.
Water use ............................................................................................................... 58
4.3.19.
Material use............................................................................................................ 58
4.4
Emergency and Incident Response .................................................................................. 59
4.4.1.
Emergency Response Plan ...................................................................................... 59
4.4.2.
Incident Response................................................................................................... 59
4.4.3.
Notification Procedure............................................................................................ 59
4.5
Stakeholder Communications.......................................................................................... 59
4.5.1.
Public Safety ........................................................................................................... 59
5. Monitor and Review .................................................................................61 5.1
Page 7
Environmental Monitoring .............................................................................................. 61
5.1.1.
Collaborative Working ............................................................................................ 61
5.1.2.
Collaborative Meeting ............................................................................................ 61
5.2
Environmental Inspections .............................................................................................. 61
5.3
Environmental Auditing................................................................................................... 61
5.4
Corrective and Preventive Action .................................................................................... 61
5.5
Reporting......................................................................................................................... 62
5.6
Document Control ........................................................................................................... 62
5.7
CEMP Addendum Review ................................................................................................ 62
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station
Glossary Term
Definition
AC
Auckland Council
AECOM
AECOM New Zealand Limited
AEE
Assessment of Environmental Effects
Approved CEMP
This refers to the CEMP that has been prepared by AURECON as part of the canopy removal and utility relocation (Doc Ref CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 dated October 2017).
AQ DWP
Air Quality Delivery Work Plan, also Air Quality Management Plan (AQMP)
AUP(OP)
Auckland Unitary Plan (Operative in Part)
BCS
Building Condition Survey
CLG (or CBLG)
Community (Business) Liaison Groups
CCP
Communication and Consultation Plan
CEMP
Construction Environmental Management Plan
CEMP addendum
This document
CDWP
Contamination Delivery Work Plan, also refers to Contaminated Soils Management Plan
CNV DWP
Construction Noise and Vibration Delivery Work Plan
Communication and Consultation
Responsible for notifying residents of works occurring within the near vicinity and managing mitigation as required; primary contact for project related complaints and enquiries.
Construction Contractor
Also referred to as Link Alliance
CPTED
Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design
CRL
City Rail Link
CRLL
City Rail Link Limited
CWD
Clean Water Diversion Bunds
CSA
Construction Support Area
dB
A unit of measurement on a logarithmic scale which describes the magnitude of sound pressure with respect to a reference value (20ÂľPa)
DBH
Tree Diameter at Breast Height
DWD
Dirty water diversion
DWP
Delivery Work Plan
Utility relocation works
Refer to the works being undertaken prior to the main works and described in this CEMP addendum. Detail of these utility relocation works is provided in section 2.2.2 of this CEMP addendum, which needs
Page 8
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station
Term
Definition to be read in conjunction with the Approved CEMP.
ERP
Emergency Response Plan
ESCP
Erosion and Sediment Control Plan
ESCM
Erosion and Sediment Control Measures
ESM
Environment and Sustainability Manager
ESP
Environmental Sustainability Planning Manager
GD05
Auckland Council, Erosion and Sediment Control, Guidelines for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region, Guideline Document 005, 2016
GSMCP
Groundwater and Settlement Monitoring and Contingency Plan
H&S
Health and Safety
HHA
Historic Heritage Area
HC DWP
Historic Character Delivery Work Plan
HNZPT
Heritage New Zealand Pouhere Taonga
IAP2
International Association for Public Participation
IPRP
Independent Peer Review Panel
IS
Infrastructure Sustainability
ISCA
Infrastructure Sustainability Council of Australia
Link Alliance
Construction Contractor
Main construction works
These works relate to the construction of the station and mined tunnels for the rail tracks
MP
Management Plan
NA
Not applicable
NAL
North Auckland Rail Line
NIMT
North Island Main Trunk-line
NUO
Network Utility Operators
NZHPT
New Zealand Historic Places Trust
OPW
Outline Plan of Works
PA DWP
Public Art Delivery Work Plan
Permit to Notify (PTN)
Permit to Notify will be used to facilitate internal approvals for works that are likely to have an impact on the adjacent community (refer CCP for further detail).
RMA
Resource Management Act 1991
SIBD DWP
Social Impact and Business Disruption Delivery Work Plan
SSCNMP
Site Specific Construction Noise Management Plan
Page 9
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station
Term
Definition
SSCVMP
Site Specific Construction Vibration Management Plan
SDS (or MSDS)
(Material) Safety Data Sheet
Sub-plans, suite of plans, DWP, MPs
Referring to sub-plans throughout the documents. These plans include all Delivery Work Plans (DWP) and Management Plans (MP) which are supporting documents to the CEMP. All DWP/MPs are listed in section 1.4 of the CEMP.
TAP DWP
Transport Access and Parking Delivery Work Plan
TV DWP
Trees and Vegetation Delivery Work Plan
UD DWP
Urban Design Delivery Work Plan
WARRMP
Waste Avoidance and Resource Recovery Management Plan
Page 10
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station
1. Introduction In 2017, City Rail Link Limited (CRLL) submitted an outline plan for works under CRL Designation 1 (Auckland Unitary Plan ref. 2500-1) to enable canopy removal and utility relocation works within the Aotea Station area, along the western side of Albert Street between Victoria Street West and Wellesley Street West. This outline plan was accepted by Auckland Council without changes (ref. OPW60310921). The approved canopy works are currently being undertaken. Additional utility relocation works are required beyond the footprint of the approved works. As such, CRLL is seeking authorisation for the utility relocation works beyond that which are currently authorised. Aurecon previously prepared the CRL Enabling Works Contract 2.1 and 2.2 (C2.1 & C2.2) Construction Environmental Management Plan (Doc Ref CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100) dated October 2017 (“the Approved CEMP”, refer Appendix Q). The Approved CEMP and this addendum will be submitted to Auckland Council to support the OP. While the Approved CEMP does not provide for the additional utility relocation works, much of the Approved CEMP remains valid. This addendum therefore relies upon the Approved CEMP, and builds upon that document to address the additional utility relocation works. This addendum must be read in conjunction with the Approved CEMP. It will be submitted to Auckland Council in accordance with the review certification process described in section 5.7.2 of the Approved CEMP. The utility relocation works covered by this CEMP addendum include the relocation of existing electrical, telecommunication, gas, potable water, stormwater and wastewater assets in trenches within footpaths (with limited trenched works within the road corridor at road intersections). Trenches are anticipated to be approximately 1.5m to 3m in depth by 1-1.8m in width. The area of utility relocation works will generally be along Albert Street, from Wyndham Street to Victoria Street, with works extending into parts of Kingston Street, and Victoria Street. The works are to be broken down into three stages, based on location and timing: a b
c
Stage 1 - Footpaths of Albert Street (between Wyndham Street and Victoria Street) extending into part of Kingston Street and Victoria Street. Stage 2 - Footpaths of Victoria Street (between Albert Street and Elliott Street): south side. A temporary construction compound (support site) will be formed in part of the car park of Bledisloe House. Stage 3 - East side footpath of Albert Street (between the top of the ramp from Durham Street to the corner of Victoria Street) and the north side footpath of Victoria Street, between Federal Street and Elliott Street.
More details of the additional utility works are provided throughout this addendum. This addendum has been prepared by AECOM in conjunction with the Construction Contractor (Link Alliance) and will be implemented by the Construction Contractor through the course of the works. This addendum to the Approved CEMP provides the overarching framework for the management of construction effects associated with the proposed utility relocation works. Addendums to the Delivery Work Plans (DWPs) and Management Plans (MPs) detailing the specific environmental management controls to be implemented for the additional utility relocation works are appended to this CEMP addendum. Page 11
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station
1.1 Purpose of CEMP Addendum The purpose of this CEMP addendum is to confirm the utility relocation works construction details and staging and to set out how construction activities will be carried out and managed as far as is reasonably practical to avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse effects on the environment. This addendum reflects a wider area of utility relocation works than that covered by the Approved CEMP. Additional consultation records relevant to the utility relocation works are provided in Appendix M. Similar to the Approved CEMP, a record of specific consultation outcomes is included in each relevant DWP and MP addendum.
1.2 CEMP Requirements Sections 1.2, 1.6 and 1.7 of the Approved CEMP provide a detailed description of the resource consents and the designation requirements. No changes or additions are required to these sections of the Approved CEMP to provide for the additional utility relocation works.
1.3 Environmental Sub-Plans Additional DWPs and MPs, and addendums to the suite of existing DWPs or MPs, required as a result of the additional utility relocation works are summarised in Table 1 along with the relevant appendices of this addendum to the Approved CEMP. The Approved CEMP is attached as Appendix Q of this CEMP Addendum. Table 1 Plans attached to the CEMP Addendum Plan/Addendums and relevant assessment Trees and Vegetation DWP
Acronym
CRL Des. Condition #
Purpose
Section of CEMP Addendum
TV DWP
55
Section 4.3.15 & Appendix N
Historic Character DWP Addendum Archaeology Section
HC DWP
42
To provide for the development and implementation of identified best practicable options to avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse effects on trees and vegetation resulting from construction effects. To manage the adverse archaeological effects that may result during construction.
Historic Character Assessment Memorandum Built Heritage
Not applicable
41
Section 4.3.6 & Appendix P (memorandum)
Erosion and Sediment Control Plan Addendum Transport Access and Parking DWP Addendum
ESCP
21.1(b) and (c)
TAP DWP
25, 30
Construction Noise and Vibration DWP Addendum
CNV DWP
36
Contamination
C DWP
57
To assess any potential adverse effects on building heritage due to construction. The assessment indicates that there are no potential effects anticipated and therefore there is no need for a Built section of HCDWP to be prepared. To outline the methods for managing and controlling erosion and sediment discharges from the construction area. To outline the practices and processes to manage the adverse effects of construction on the transport network (including parking and access). To outline the best practicable options to avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse effects on receivers of noise and vibration resulting from construction. To outline the practices and processes to
Page 12
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Section 4.3.6 & Appendix G
Section 4.3.2 & Appendix D Section 4.3.3 & Appendix E
Section 4.3.4 & Appendix F
Section 4.3.8 &
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station DWP (also a Contaminated Soils Management Plan) Addendum Air Quality DWP (also an Air Quality Management Plan) Addendum
manage the adverse effects of contaminated land arising from construction.
Appendix H
AQ DWP
59
To outline the practices and processes to avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects on air quality arising from construction.
Section 4.3.9 & Appendix I
Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP Addendum
SIBD DWP
61
To outline the practices and processes to avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects arising from disruption to businesses, residents and community services/facilities arising from construction.
Section 4.3.10 & Appendix J
Communication and Consultation Plan Addendum
CCP
15
Section 4.3.11 & Appendix K
Plan/Addendums and relevant assessment Communication and Consultation Plan Addendum
Acronym
Aotea to NAL* Condition #
To outline the practices and processes to ensure appropriate communication and consultation is undertaken with the community, stakeholders and parties affected by construction activities. Purpose
CCP
25 to 33
Section 4.3.11 & Appendix K
Erosion and Sediment Control Plan Addendum Contaminated Soils Management Plan Addendum Air Quality Management Plan Addendum
ESCP
53-58
CDWP
131-134
AQ DWP
223-224
To outline the practices and processes to ensure appropriate communication and consultation is undertaken with the community, stakeholders and parties affected by construction activities. To outline the methods for managing and controlling erosion and sediment discharges from the construction area. To outline the practices and processes to manage the adverse effects of contaminated land arising from construction. To outline the practices and processes to avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects on air quality arising from construction.
Groundwater and Settlement Monitoring Contingency Plan & Groundwater and Settlement Assessment Memorandum
GSMCP
96-103
To outline the practices and processes to monitor the effects of groundwater drawdown on buildings in proximity to the proposed works. A memorandum has been prepared describing an assessment of any potential groundwater and settlement effects arising from the construction activities. The assessment indicates that there are no greater effects than anticipated in the Approved GSMCP. Therefore an addendum to GSMCP is not required.
Section 4.3.12 & Appendix L (memorandum).
Section of CEMP
Section 4.3.2 & Appendix D Section 4.3.8 & Appendix H Section 4.3.9 & Appendix I
Also refer to Appendix L of the Approved CEMP for the Approved GSMCP
*NAL: North Auckland line
1.4 Development of CEMP, DWPs and MPs Addendums Refer to section 1.4 of the Approved CEMP for a detailed description on the development of the CEMP and DWPs/MPs as well as the review and consultation process.
Page 13
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station The addition utility works will involve works to trees, and accordingly a Trees and Vegetation DWP (TV DWP) has been prepared (attached as Appendix O to this addendum). Potential effects on built heritage have been assessed by a subject matter expert and are addressed in an attached memorandum (Appendix P). The nature of the additional utility works are such that there are no potential effects on built heritage, and the preparation of a DWP is not considered necessary in this regard. Similarly, effects of the works on groundwater and potential settlement have been assessed by a subject matter expert and are addressed in an attached memorandum (Appendix L). The settlement effects are anticipated to be half of the predicted settlement effects for the works previously covered by the certified GSCMP, and do not warrant the preparation of a full MP addendum. The TV DWP and all addendums to the existing DWPs and MPs will follow the review process described in the Approved CEMP. Records from CLG’s feedback and peer review by CRLL’s IPRP are attached in Appendix M.
1.5 Mana Whenua Refer to the Approved CEMP for a detailed description on CRLL’s commitments to the principles of kaitiakitanga, and the Mana Whenua Forum. No changes or additions are required to this section as a result of the additional utility relocation works.
1.6 Designation Conditions The Project works (including the additional utility relocation works) relate to the CRL Designation 1714 confirmed in November 2015 and an alteration to the CRL Designation 2500 confirmed in February 2017 (as provided in the Approved CEMP). Table 2 identifies the designation conditions relevant to the Approved CEMP and the sections that are addressed in both the Approved CEMP and CEMP addendum. It also provides a quick summary for clarity purposes of changes addressed in this CEMP addendum. The designation conditions are attached as Appendix A of this document. All works will be carried out in accordance with the Approved CEMP and the DWPs (including the CEMP and DWP addendums).
Page 14
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station Table 2 Designation conditions from the CRL designation relating to the Approved CEMP and CEMP addendum for stages 1 to 3 Condition Number
Condition
Section of Approved CEMP
Section of the CEMP Addendum
5
5
(a) Operate for the duration of the construction works and for 6 months following completion of construction works where monitoring of designation conditions is still required, unless a different timeframe is mutually agreed between the Requiring Authority and the Auckland Council;
5.1
5.1
(b) Have a “key contact” person representing the Requiring Authority and a “key contact” person representing the contractor team to work with the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer (s);
5.1
Designation Conditions (Designation 1714 (6)) 13.1
13.2
The Requiring Authority, its contractor team, and the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer(s) shall establish and implement a collaborative working process for dealing with day to day construction processes, including monitoring compliance with the designation conditions and with the CEMP and DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs) and any material changes to these plans associated with construction of the City Rail Link. This collaborative working process shall:
(c) The “key contacts” shall be identified in the CEMP and shall meet at least monthly unless a different timeframe is agreed with the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer(s). The purpose of the meeting is to report on compliance with the designation conditions and with the CEMP, DWPs and material changes to these plans and on any matters of noncompliance and how they have been addressed; (d) Once construction has commenced, the Requiring Authority and / or the contractor shall provide an update to the Community Liaison Groups (Condition 7 of this designation) at least once every 3 months, or if in accordance with Condition 7 these groups meet more regularly, at least once every two months. 13.3
Page 15
5.1
5.1
The purpose and function of the collaborative working process is to: (a) Assist as necessary the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer(s) to confirm that:
5.1
(i) The works authorised under these designations are being carried out in compliance with the designation conditions, the CEMP, DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs) and any material changes to these plans;
5.1
(ii) The Requiring Authority and its contractor are undertaking all monitoring and the recording of monitoring results in compliance with the requirements of the CEMP and DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and
5.1
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station Condition Number
Condition
Section of Approved CEMP
Section of the CEMP Addendum
SSCVMPs) and any material changes to these plans;
17.1
(b) Subsequent to a confirmed Outline Plan, provide a mechanism through which any changes to the design, CEMP or DWPs, which are not material changes requiring approval under Condition 10 triggering the requirement for a new Outline Plan, can be required, reviewed and confirmed;
5.1
(c) Advise where changes to construction works following a confirmed Outline Plan require a new CEMP or DWP (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs);
5.1
(d) Review and identify any concerns or complaints received from, or related to, the construction works monthly (unless a different timeframe is mutually agreed with the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer) and adequacy of the measures adopted to respond to these.
5.1
Upon receiving a concern or complaint during construction, the Requiring Authority shall instigate a process to address concerns or complaints received about adverse effects. This shall:
5 & Appendix K
(a) Identify of the nature of the concern or complaint, and the location, date and time of the alleged event(s); (b) Acknowledge receipt of the concern or complaint within 24 hours of receipt; (c) Respond to the concern or complaint in accordance with the relevant management plan, which may include monitoring of the activity by a suitably qualified expert, implementation of mitigation measures, and, in the case of noise and / or vibration, preparation of a site-specific noise and / or vibration management plan (in accordance with Conditions 17.2
A record of all concerns and / or complaints received shall be kept by the Requiring Authority. This record shall include:
5 & Appendix K 5 & Appendix K
5 & Appendix K 5 & Appendix K
(b) Where practicable, weather conditions at the time of the concern or complaint, including wind direction and cloud cover if the complaint relates to noise or air quality;
5 & Appendix K
(d) Any other activities in the area unrelated to the City Rail Link construction that may have contributed to the concern or complaint such as non-City Rail Link construction, fires, traffic accidents or unusually dusty conditions generally; Page 16
5 & Appendix K
(a) The name and address of the person(s) who raised the concern or complaint (unless they elect not to provide this) and details of the concern or complaint;
(c) Known City Rail Link construction activities at the time and in the vicinity of the concern or complaint;
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
5 & Appendix K
5 & Appendix K 5 & Appendix K
5 & Appendix K
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station Condition Number
Condition (e) Remedial actions undertaken (if any) and the outcome of these, including monitoring of the activity.
17.3
This record shall be maintained on site, be available for inspection upon request, and shall be provided every two months (or as otherwise agreed) to the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer, and to the “key contacts” (see Condition 13).
17.4
Where a complaint remains unresolved or a dispute arises, Auckland Council Compliance Monitoring Officer will be provided with all records of the complaint and how it has been dealt with and addressed and whether the Requiring Authority considers that any other steps to resolve the complaint are required. Upon receiving records of the complaint the Auckland Council Compliance Monitoring Officer must determine whether a review of the CEMP and/or DWPs is required under Condition 22 to address this complaint. The Auckland Council Compliance Monitoring Officer shall advise the Requiring Authority of its recommendation within 10 working days of receiving the records of complaint.
19.1
Section of Approved CEMP
Section of the CEMP Addendum
5 & Appendix K 5 & Appendix K
5 & Appendix K
5 & Appendix K
5 & Appendix K
The objective of the CEMP and DWPs is to so far as is reasonably practicable, avoid, remedy or mitigate any adverse effects (including cumulative effects) associated with the City Rail Link construction.
1
1 The objective is unchanged but the CEMP addendum addresses a wider area for utility relocation works than that covered by the Approved CEMP.
19.2
All works must be carried out in accordance with the CEMP, the DWPs required by these conditions and in accordance with any changes to plans made under Condition 23.
Noted
Noted
19.3
The CEMP and DWPs shall be prepared, complied with and monitored by the Requiring Authority throughout the duration of construction of the City Rail Link.
Noted
Noted
19.4
The DWPs shall give effect to the specific requirements and objectives set out in these designation conditions.
Noted
Noted
19.5
The CEMP shall include measures to give effect to any specific requirements and objectives set out in these designation conditions that are not addressed by the DWPs.
4
4
Page 17
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station Condition Number 20.1
20.2
Condition
Section of Approved CEMP
Section of the CEMP Addendum
(b) Notice boards that clearly identify the Requiring Authority and the Project name, together with the name, telephone number and email address of the Site or Project Manager and the Communication and Consultation Manager;
4.1
4.1
(c) Training requirements for employees, sub-contractors and visitors on construction procedures, environment management and monitoring;
4.2
4.2
(d) A Travel Management Plan for each construction site outlining onsite car parking management and methods for encouraging travel to the site using forms of transport other than private vehicle to assist in mitigating localised traffic effects; and
Appendix E
Appendix E
(e) Where a complaint is received, the complaint must be recorded and responded to as provided for in Conditions 13, 15 and 17.
5 & Appendix K
5 &Appendix K
(a) The site or Project Manager and the Communication and Consultation Manager (who will implement and monitor the Communication and Consultation Plan), including their contact details (phone, email and physical address);
4.1
4.1
(b) The Document management system for administering the CEMP, including review and Requiring Authority / Constructor/ Auckland Council requirements;
4.1.2.4
5.6 and 5.7
4.4
4.4
4.5 & Appendix K
4.5 & Appendix K
2
2
2
CEMP addendum does not cover demolition.
In order to give effect to the objective in Condition 19.1, the CEMP must provide for the following:
The CEMP shall include details of:
(c) Environmental incident and emergency management procedures; (d) Environmental complaint's management procedures (see also Condition 17); (e) An outline of the construction programme of the work, including construction hours of operation, indicating linkages to the DWPs which address the management of adverse effects during construction; (f) Specific details on demolition to be undertaken during the construction period;
Page 18
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station Condition Number
Condition (g) Means of ensuring the safety of the general public; and (h) Methods to assess and monitor potential cumulative adverse effects.
21.1
Section of Approved CEMP
Section of the CEMP Addendum
2
2
4
3.3 and 4
2.6 & Appendix E
2.6 & Appendix E
4.3.2 & Appendix D
4.3.2 & Appendix D
In order to give effect to the objective in Condition 19.1, the CEMP shall include the following details and requirements in relation to allareas within the surface designation footprint where construction works areto occur, and / or where materials and construction machinery are to be used or stored: (a) Where access points are to be located and procedures for managing construction vehicle ingress and egress to construction support and storage areas;
(b) Methods for managing the control of silt and sediment within the construction area;
Amended as per the ESCP addendum (c) Methods for earthworks management (including depth and extent of earthworks and temporary, permanent stabilisation measures and monitoring of ground movement) for earthworks adjacent to buildings and structures;
Appendix D
Appendix D
(d) Measures to adopt to keep the construction area in a tidy condition in terms of disposal / storage of rubbish and storage unloading of construction materials (including equipment). All storage of materials and equipment associated with the construction works shall take place within the boundaries of the designation;
2.7 & 2.8
2.7 & 2.8
(e) Measures to ensure all temporary boundary / security fences associated with the construction of the City Rail Link are maintained in good order with any graffiti removed as soon as possible;
2.6, 2.7 & 2.8
2.6, 2.7 & 2.8
(g) The location and specification of any temporary acoustic fences and visual barriers, and where practicable, opportunities for mana whenua (see Condition 8) and community art or other decorative measures along with viewing screens to be incorporated into these without compromising the purpose for which these are erected;
2.6 & Appendix F
2.6 & Appendix F
2.7
2.7
(h) How the construction areas are to be fenced and kept secure from the public and, where practicable and without compromising their purpose how opportunities for public viewing, including provision of viewing screens and display of information about the project and opportunities for mana whenua and community art or other decorative measures can be incorporated to enhance public amenity and connection to the project;
Page 19
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station Condition Number
21.2
22.1
Condition
Section of Approved CEMP
Section of the CEMP Addendum
(i) The location of any temporary buildings (including workers offices and portaloos) and vehicle parking (which should be located within the construction area and not on adjacent streets);
2.6
2.6
(j) Methods to control the intensity, location and direction of artificial construction lighting to avoid light spill and glare onto sites adjacent construction areas;
4.3.5
4.3.5
(k) Methods to ensure the prevention and mitigation of adverse effects associated with the storage, use, disposal, or transportation of hazardous substances;
4.4
4.3.14
(l) That onsite stockpiling of spoil or fill at Downtown and Lower Albert Street construction yards be minimised where practicable;
NA
NA
(m) That site offices and less noisy construction activities be located at the edge of the construction yards where practicable; and
2.6
2.6
(n) Methods for management of vacant areas once construction is completed in accordance with the Urban Design DWP.
NA
NA
NA
NA
Subject to any alternative arrangement with the landowner of the Downtown Shopping Centre, the Downtown construction yard, including QEII Square, Downtown Shopping Centre and Lower Albert Street, shall be progressively released from occupation for construction purposes where the area or any part of the area is no longer required for construction. The CEMP and DWPs shall be reviewed at least annually or as a result of a material change to the City Rail Link project or to address unforeseen adverse effects arising from construction or unresolved complaints. Such a review may be initiated by either Auckland Council or the Requiring Authority. The review shall take into consideration:
Noted
(a) Compliance with designation conditions, the CEMP, DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs) and material changes to these plans;
Noted
(b) Any changes to construction methods; (c) Key changes to roles and responsibilities within the City Rail Link project; (d) Changes in industry best practice standards;
Page 20
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Noted Noted Noted
5.7
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station Condition Number
Condition (e) Changes in legal or other requirements;
22.2 23.1 23.2
Section of Approved CEMP
Section of the CEMP Addendum
Noted
(f) Results of monitoring and reporting procedures associated with the management of adverse effects during construction;
Noted
(g) Any comments or recommendations received from Auckland Council regarding the CEMP and DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs); and
Noted
(h) Any unresolved complaints and any response to the complaints and remedial action taken to address the complaint as required under Condition 17.
Noted
A summary of the review process shall be kept by the Requiring Authority, provided annually to the Auckland Council, and made available to the Auckland Council upon request.
Noted
5.7
Noted
5.7
Noted
5.7
Following the CEMP and DWPs review process described in Condition 22, the CEMP may require updating. Any material change to the CEMP and DWP must be consistent with the purpose and objective of the relevant condition.
23.3
Affected parties will be notified of the review and any material change proposed to the CEMP and DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs).
Noted
Appendix K
23.4
The CEMP and DWPs must clearly document the comments and inputs received by the Requiring Authority from affected parties about the material change, along with a clear explanation of where any comments have not been incorporated, and the reasons why not.
Noted
Noted
23.5
Any material change proposed to the CEMP and DWPs shall be subject to an independent peer review as required by Condition 11.
Noted
Noted
Noted
Noted
Noted
4.3.1
23.6
24.1
Page 21
Following that review any material change proposed to the CEMP and DWPs relating to an adverse effect shall be submitted for approval to Auckland Council Compliance and Monitoring Officer, at least 10 working days prior to the proposed changes taking effect. If any changes are not agreed, the relevant provisions of the RMA relating to approval of outline plans shall apply. To manage the adverse effects on Network Utilities Operations during the construction of the City Rail Link, the following shall be included in the CEMP.
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station Condition Number 24.2
24.3
Condition The purpose of this section of the CEMP shall be to ensure that the enabling works and construction of the City Rail Link adequately take account of, and include measures to address the safety, integrity, protection or, where necessary, relocation of existing networkutilities that traverse, or are in close proximity to, the designation during the construction of the City Rail Link. For the avoidance of doubt and for the purposes of this condition an “existing Network Utility” includes infrastructure operated by a Network Utility Operator which was:
Section of Approved CEMP
Section of the CEMP Addendum
Noted
4.3.1
Noted
4.3.1
4.3.1 & Appendix K
4.3.1 & Appendix K
(a) In place at the time the notice of requirement for the City Rail Link was served on Auckland Council (23 August 2012);
or (b) Undertaken in accordance with condition 6 of this designation or the section 176(1)(b) RMA process.
24.4
The CEMP shall be prepared in consultation with Network Utility Operators who have existing Network Utilities that traverse, or are in close proximity to, the designation and shall be adhered to and implemented during the construction of the City Rail Link. The CEMP shall include as a minimum: (a) Cross references to the Communication and Consultation Plan for the methods that will be used to liaise with all Network Utility Operators who have existing network utilities that traverse, or are in close proximity to, the designation; (b) Measures to be used to accurately identify the location of existing Network Utilities, and the measures for the protection, support, relocation and/or reinstatement of existing Network Utilities; (c) Methods to be used to ensure that all construction personnel, including contractors, are aware of the presence and location of the various existing Network Utilities (and their priority designations) which traverse, or are in close proximity to, the designation, and the restrictions in place in relation to those existing Network Utilities. This shall include: (i) Measures to provide for the safe operation of plant and equipment, and the safety of workers, in proximity to
existing Network Utilities; (ii) Plans identifying the locations of the existing Network Utilities(and their designations) and appropriate physical
indicators on the ground showing specific surveyed locations; (d) Measures to be used to ensure the continued operation of Network Utility Operations and the security of supply of the utilities by Network Utility Operators at all times; (e) Measures to be used to enable Network Utility Operators to access existing Network Utilities for maintenance at all reasonable times on an ongoing basis during construction, and to access existing Network Utilities for emergency and urgent repair works at all times during the construction of the City Rail Link (f) Contingency management plans for reasonably foreseeable circumstances in respect of the relocation and rebuild of existing Network Utilities during the construction of the City Rail Link; Page 22
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
4.3.1 & Appendix K
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station Condition Number
Condition
Section of Approved CEMP
Section of the CEMP Addendum
2.3.2
2.3
(g) A risk analysis for the relocation and rebuild of existing Network Utilities during the construction of the City Rail Link; (h) Earthworks management (including depth and extent of earthworks and temporary and permanent stabilisation measures), for earthworks in close proximity to existing Network Utilities; (i) Vibration management and monitoring for works in close proximity to existing Network Utilities;
2.3.2, 4.3.1 Appendix F
(j) Emergency management procedures in the event of any emergency involving existing Network Utilities;
(m) A summary of the consultation (including any methods or measures in dispute and the Requiring Authorities response to them) undertaken between the Requiring Authority and any Network Utility Operators during the preparation of the CEMP. 24.5
Page 23
If the Requiring Authority and a Network Utility Operator cannot agree on the methods proposed under the CEMP to manage the construction effects on the Operator’s network utility operation, unless otherwise agreed, each party will appoint a suitably qualified and independent expert, who shall jointly appoint a third such expert to advise the parties and make a recommendation. That recommendation will be provided by the Requiring Authority as part of the CEMP along with reasons if the recommendation is not accepted.
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
2.3, 4.3.1 & Appendix F 4.3.1
(k) The process for providing as-built drawings showing the relationship of the relocated Network Utilities to the City Rail Link to Network Utility Operators and the timing for providing these drawings; (l) Measures to ensure that network utilities are not interrupted to the Mt Eden Corrections Facility as a result of City Rail Link works. The requiring authority shall advise the Department of Corrections and the entity contracted by Department of Corrections to administer and run the Mt Eden Corrections facility at 1 Lauder Road, of any works on network utilities in the vicinity of the Mt Eden Corrections Facility which may impact on utility service provision to the Mt Eden Corrections Facility at least 14 days prior to those works occurring to allow the Department of Corrections (and the entity contracted to administer and run the facility at 1 Lauder Road) to arrange suitable contingencies. Communication and consultation with the Department of Corrections, and the entity contracted to administer and run the facility at 1 Lauder Road, shall be recorded in accordance with condition 15) of this designation. The Requiring Authority shall be responsible for ensuring that construction works do not interrupt network utilities to the Mt Eden Corrections Facility, unless by prior arrangement with Department of Corrections and the entity contracted by Department of Corrections to administer and run the Mt Eden Corrections facility at 1 Lauder Road.
&
4.3.1 NA
NA
4.3.1 & Appendix K
4.3.1 & Appendix K
NA
Noted
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station Condition Number
Condition
Section of Approved CEMP
Section of the CEMP Addendum
55.1
A Trees and Vegetation DWP shall be prepared to manage the adverse effects from the removal of trees and vegetation during the construction of the City Rail Link or any part of it.
NA
4.3.15 & Appendix O
The CRL enabling works C2.1 and 2.2 did not involve work that impacted trees ad vegetation therefore a TV DWP was not required and was not included in the Approved CEMP.
The additional utility works will involve works that have the potential to impact trees and vegetation, and accordingly a TV DWP has been prepared and is included in Appendix O of the CEMP Addendum.
55.2
The objective of the Trees and Vegetation DWP is to avoid the removal of scheduled trees as far as practicable. Where trees are identified for removal in surface works the Requiring Authority will remedy or mitigate the adverse effects of construction on trees and vegetation.
55.3
" To achieve the above objective the following shall be included in the Trees and Vegetation DWP and implemented as required: (a) Confirmation of the trees to be removed due to surface construction works and whether it is appropriate and feasible to relocate or store these trees for replanting. The removal of schedule trees which form a significant group should only be undertaken as a last resort; (b) A list of trees, which due to being located in proximity to construction works, have root systems and / or foliage within and / or overhanging the surface designation footprint, and the methods to be used, where practicable, to protect these trees from construction works; (c) Cross references to the Urban Design DWP and the proposed mitigation of any tree / vegetation removal through replanting trees at a 1:1 ratio, re-instatement of the area, and other methods. In preparing the Trees and Vegetation DWP, the Requiring Authority shall seek input from the Auckland Council Parks Department with regard to tree species / vegetation selection, tree pit construction where deemed necessary, and the positioning of replacement trees and from directly affected land owners with regards to preferences for any replacement planting for vegetation / trees removed from private property or for any replacement planting on private property; (d) Other methods to be used to monitor and report on the management of the adverse effects from tree / vegetation removal; and (e) Cross references to the specific sections in the Communication and Consultation Plan which detail how the Auckland Council Parks Department, mana whenua (see condition 8) are consulted, and communication with the general public on the management of the adverse effects relating to the removal of trees and vegetation. "
Page 24
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station
1.7 Resource Consent Conditions The Project (including the additional utility relocation works) falls within the scope of A2N regional resource consents approved by Auckland Council on 17 November 2016. Table 3 identifies the resource consent conditions relevant to the Approved CEMP and the sections that are addressed in both the Approved CEMP and CEMP addendum. It also provides a quick summary for clarity purposes of changes addressed in this CEMP addendum. The resource consent conditions are attached as Appendix B of this document.
Page 25
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station Table 3 Resource consent conditions from the Aotea to NAL resource consent relating to the Approved CEMP and CEMP addendum for Stages 1 to 3 Condition Number
Condition
Section of the Approved CEMP
Section of the CEMP Addendum
Appendix K
Appendix K
Appendix K
Appendix K
Appendix K
Appendix K
Aotea to NAL Resource Consent Conditions Communication and Consultation 25
26 27
At least 3 months prior to the commencement of construction, the Consent Holder shall prepare a CCP the purpose of which is to set out a framework to ensure appropriate communication and consultation with the community, stakeholders, affected parties and affected in-proximity parties during the construction of the Project. Blank The CCP shall be based on and, where appropriate, incorporate the provisions of the PCCP, and shall set out how the Consent Holder will: a. Inform the community and business of construction progress and future construction activities and
constraints that could affect them; b. Provide early information on key Project milestones; c. Obtain and specify a reasonable timeframe (being not less than 10 working days), for feedback and inputs from
directly affected and affected in-proximity parties regarding the implementation and review of the CEMP or other Management Plans; d. Respond to queries and complaints including but not limited to: i) Who is responsible for responding; ii) How responses will be provided; and iii) The timeframes within which responses will be provided.
28
The CCP shall (as a minimum) include: a. A communications framework that details the Consent Holder’s communication strategies, accountabilities, frequency of communications and consultation, the range of communication and consultation tools to be used (including relevant communication methods, newsletters or similar, advertising etc.), and any other relevant communication matters; b. The Communication and Consultation Manager for the Project including 24 hour contact details (phone,
Page 26
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station email and postal address); c. The 0800 CRL TALK phone number; d. The methods for identifying, communicating and consulting with persons affected by the project
including but not limited to: i) All property owners and occupiers of the sites that are identified at Appendix 4, and adjacent to
the Project’s construction sites; ii) Mana Whenua unless any of those named advise the Consent Holder of a different liaisonprocess; iii) Heritage NZ; iv) NZ Transport Agency/ Auckland Motorway Alliance (AMA); v) Kiwirail; vi) Department of Corrections; vii) Ministry of Justice; viii) Network Utility Operators; and ix) The Community and Business Liaison Group (refer Conditions 16-24) e. How stakeholders and persons affected by the Project will be notified of the commencement of
construction, the expected duration of the activities and works, and who to contact for any queries, concerns and complaints; f. How stakeholders and persons affected by the Project will be consulted in the development and review of
the CEMP and other Management Plans, including specifying reasonable timeframes for feedback; g. A list of stakeholders, directly affected and affected in-proximity parties to the construction works with
whom the Consent Holder will communicate; h. A requirement that the Consent Holder shall make any information that is relevant to 22 Stable Lane
available to the owner of that property (Christopher Patrick Browne) on request, and advise that owner in the event that any alert or alarm trigger levels are exceeded that are relevant to 22 Stable Lane. In addition, the CCP shall state the method by which Christopher Patrick Browne can make such a request and the anticipated timeframe within which it will be provided; i. A summary of communication and consultation undertaken between the Consent Holder and parties as
required by the PCCP. The summary shall include any outstanding issues or disputes raised byparties; 29
Page 27
The CCP shall also include (as relevant) linkages and cross-references to the CEMP and other Management Plans.
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Noted
Appendix K
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station
30
The CCP shall be reviewed six monthly for the duration of construction and updated if required. Any updates to the CCP shall be provided to the “key contacts” and the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for review and agreement on any further action to be undertaken.
Noted
Appendix K
31
Any further action recommended as a result of the review under Condition 30 shall be undertaken by the Consent Holder’s Communication and Consultation Manager for the Project and confirmation of completion shall be provided to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring).
Noted
Appendix K
32
If, in the course of amendments undertaken as part of the review process under Condition 30, a material change to the CCP is made, the Consent Holder shall notify those parties affected by the change within 20 working days of the material change occurring.
Noted
Appendix K
Noted
Appendix K
The Approved CEMP
The Approved CEMP and CEMP addendum
All sections
All sections
33
The CCP shall be implemented and complied with for the duration of the construction of the Project.
Construction Management 35
36
Prior to the commencement of construction of the Project, the Consent Holder shall prepare a Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) including all certified Management Plans which form part of these conditions to ensure compliance with the resource consents. The CEMP shall include details of: a. Final project details and staging of works to illustrate that the works remain within the limits and standards
approved under these resource consents and that the construction activities avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse effects on the environment. b. The site or project manager and the Communication and Consultation Manager, including their contact details
(phone, email and physical address); c. The “key contacts”,
d. Communication and consultation procedures for ensuring that residents, road users and businesses in the immediate vicinity of construction areas are given prior notice of the commencement of construction and are informed about the expected duration and effects of the work. In particular, the procedures shall provide for the following in relation to residents, road users and businesses potentially affected by the construction works: i) consultation prior to the commencement of construction; ii) notice periods for changes to pedestrian and vehicle access; iii) regular updates on construction progress;
Page 28
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station
iv) key dates for major milestones such as road closure and re-opening; and v) communication on any other matters potentially affecting residents or business operations in the vicinity of the
works. e. Notice boards that clearly identify the Consent Holder and the Project name, together with the name, telephone
number and email address of the Site or Project Manager and the Communication and ConsultationManager; f. General site layout and management; g. An outline of the Project’s construction programme, including construction hours of operation; h. Means of ensuring the safety of the general public; i. Certified Management Plans referred to in these conditions; j. Water Discharge Quality Monitoring Programme; and k. Identification of the suitably independent, qualified Chartered Professional Engineer, or member of the Royal
Institution of Chartered Surveyors, who will be undertaking the condition surveys required by the conditions of consent. 37
The CEMP shall be provided to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification at least 20 working days prior to the commencement of construction
38
CEMP can be certified as per the requirements of these consent conditions within 10 working days of receipt of the
Noted
Noted
5.7
5.7 of the Approved CEMP.
CEMP. Construction shall not commence until written certification is obtained from Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring). 39
The CEMP required by Condition 35 shall be implemented and maintained throughout the entire construction period for the Project, or relevant Project stage, to manage potential adverse effects arising from the construction and shall be updated as necessary (or as required by the review process in Condition 42).
5.7
40
Any change to the CEMP shall be submitted to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification and no activity reliant upon a change to the CEMP can be undertaken until the change has been certified.
5.7
The Consent Holder shall request the Council’s (Team Leader Central Monitoring) determination as to whether the proposed change can be certified, in writing, within 10 working days of submission of thechange. 42
A review pursuant to Condition 42 may be initiated by either the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) or the Consent Holder and shall take into consideration: a. Compliance with resource consent conditions, the CEMP, other Management Plans and any material changes
to these Plans; b. Any changes to construction methods;
Page 29
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Noted
Noted
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station
c. Key changes to roles and responsibilities relating to the Project; d. Relevant changes in industry best practice standards; e. Relevant changes in legal or other requirements; f. Results of monitoring and reporting procedures associated with the management of adverse effects during
construction; g. Any comments or recommendations received from Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) or as a result of
the CCP process regarding the CEMP and other Management Plans; and h. Any complaints and any response to complaints and remedial action taken to address the complaint as
required under Conditions 45-49. A review pursuant to Condition 42 may be initiated by either the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) or the Consent Holder and shall take into consideration:
43
Noted
Noted
5.7
5.7 of the Approved CEMP. No change to this section.
i. Compliance with resource consent conditions, the CEMP, other Management Plans and any material changes
to these Plans; j. Any changes to construction methods; k. Key changes to roles and responsibilities relating to the Project; l. Relevant changes in industry best practice standards; m. Relevant changes in legal or other requirements; n.Results of monitoring and reporting procedures associated with the management of adverse effects during
construction; o. Any comments or recommendations received from Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) or as a result of
the CCP process regarding the CEMP and other Management Plans; and p. Any complaints and any response to complaints and remedial action taken to address the complaint as
required under Conditions 45-49. A summary of the review process shall be kept by the Consent Holder, provided annually to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring), and advised to and made available to the CLG.
44
Construction Traffic
Page 30
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station
41
The Consent Holder shall, so far as is it is reasonably practicable, avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects of construction on transport, parking and property access.
6 and Appendix E
This is to be achieved through the following objectives:
4.3.3 TAP DWP in Appendix E has been amended
a. managing the road transport network for the duration of the construction by adopting the best practicable option
to manage congestion; b. maintaining pedestrian access to private property at all times; and c. providing on-going vehicle access to private property to the greatest extentpossible.
Advice Note: Condition 41 refers to objectives to be achieved. The requirement to provide mechanisms to achieve these objectives is included in the relevant CRL designation conditions. Erosion and Sediment Control Plan 53
54
55
Page 31
At least 20 working days prior to the commencement of construction within a CSA or ACZ, the Consent Holder shall submit to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification an ESCP which provides for the management of all bulk earthworks to minimise any discharge of debris, soil, sediment or sediment-laden water beyond the site to either land and/ or stormwater drainage systems. The Consent Holder shall request the Council's (Team Leader Central Monitoring) determination as to whether the ESCP can be certified, in writing, within 10 working days of receipt of the ESCP. No construction activity shall commence until certification from Council is provided. An ESCP shall include, but is not limited to, the following matters: • identification of construction zones and construction support areas; • specific erosion and sediment control works for each Active Construction Zone (location, dimensions, capacity supporting calculations and design drawings), which should be in line with Industry Best Practice that will meet or exceed the performance of measures detailed in TP90; • catchment boundaries; • the timing and duration of construction and operation of control works (in relation to the staging and sequencing of earthworks); • details relating to the management of exposed areas; • reference to the Flocculent Treatment Management Plan and confirmation of erosion and sediment control measures necessary to give effect to that plan; • reference to the Contaminated Soils Management Plan and confirmation of erosion and sediment control measures necessary to give effect to that plan; and • monitoring and maintenance requirements, including information on complaint investigation and response procedures, training, and roles and responsibilities. | Construction Environmental Management Plan
4.3.2 & Appendix D
4.3.2 & Appendix D ESCP has been amended
Noted
Noted
4.3.2 & Appendix D
4.3.2 & Appendix D
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station
56 57
58
Any change to an ESCP shall be submitted to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification.
Noted
Noted
Noted
Noted
Noted
Noted
During construction, the Consent Holder shall implement procedures that will appropriately respond to the information received from the monitoring system, including assessment at each excavation stage of the actual retention and building response against the predictions determined from the detailed design.
Appendix L
4.3.12 & Appendix L
The procedures referred to in Condition 96 shall be set out in a GSMCP, prepared and submitted by the Consent Holder at least 20 working days prior to the Commencement of Dewatering, together with a statement from the IBA confirming its adequacy, to the Manager for certification.
Noted
Appendix L
Noted
Appendix L
Noted
Appendix L
Appendix L
4.3.12 & Appendix L
The Consent Holder shall request the Council s (Team Leader Central Monitoring) written determination as to whether the proposed change can be certified, to be provided within 10 working days of submission of the change. No activity reliant upon a change to the ESCP can be undertaken until the change has been certified. The Consent Holder shall comply with the ESCP for the duration of the earthworks associated with the Project.
Groundwater and Settlement Monitoring and Contingency Plan 96
97
98
99 100
The Consent Holder shall request Council’s (The Manager) determination as to whether the GSMCP can be certified in writing within 10 working days of receipt of the GSMCP. No dewatering on the subject site shall commence until certification from the Manager is provided.
The GSMCP required by Condition 97 shall include the requirements of this resource consent including, but not limited to, the following: a.
b. Page 32
An “as built” survey plan of all monitoring locations based on approximate positions located on the plans entitled: · A02502731, Figure 39, Rev B dated May 2016 and ET Table 7.1 (Appendix 3); and · Plans referred to in Appendix 1 and any further building-specific monitoring requirements determined from the detailed pre-construction building condition assessment. Full details (frequency and scope) of groundwater (including construction logs), ground surface, building, retaining wall, building façade, inclinometer monitoring programme and conditions surveys, and frequency
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
A memorandum to GSMCP has been provided.
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station
c. d. e.
f. g. h. i.
j.
k.
101
and scope of visual inspections required by this consent; A bar chart, such as a Gantt chart, showing the timing and frequency of the condition surveys and monitoring required by this consent relative to the Commencement of Dewatering and the Completion of Dewatering; Groundwater alert triggers, defined as 90% of predicted drawdown below seasonal low groundwater levels; Details of all alert and alarm triggers (including any necessary horizontal and vertical displacements), the frequency of monitoring and the criteria to cease monitoring for each ground, building and retaining wall deformation marks and inclinometers, extensometers. The alert and alarm triggers shall be an update of the provisional triggers provided on drawings CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2640 Rev 4. dated 14 October 2016 and CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2642 Rev 3. dated 11 October 2016; Details of the contingency measures to be implemented if alert or alarm triggers are exceeded, including a Response Plan; Identification of any adjacent Services susceptible to damage and details of any pre and post construction monitoring or inspection; Details of monitoring proposed to ensure the effects of any ground settlement adjacent to shafts proposed for the installation of new utilities near Mt Eden Station are adequately monitored; Details of the monitoring proposed to be undertaken to protect the issued groundwater diversion consents listed below against cumulative settlement effects: i. Consent No. 45735, 46 Upper Queen Street ii. Consent No. 44531, 224 Hobson Street iii. Consent 44857, 106 Vincent Street iv. Consent No. 45635, 210 Federal Street v. Consent No. 44571, 58 Albert Street vi. Consent No. 43162, 26 Poynton Terrace Identification of existing basements which could be subject to potential flooding from post-construction groundwater mounding; details of monitoring of long-term groundwater mounding effects; and details of groundwater drain construction to prevent groundwater mounding; and The review of the proposed alarm and alert trigger levels in Appendix 2, approved by the IBA, following the pre- construction building condition surveys (required by Condition 109) that confirms they are set to ensure Serviceability Limits will be not be exceeded and whether the monitoring frequency is adequate, possibly requiring further site investigation work where sensitive structures are identified as part of Condition 112.
The GSMCP may be varied, including frequency of monitoring, subject to the certification of the Manager, which is contingent on approval of the IBA. Advice Note: The Manager will endeavour to determine whether the change can be certified, in writing, within 10 working days of submission of the change.
Page 33
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Noted
Noted
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station
Once certified, the GSMCP shall be implemented for the periods specified in conditions of this consent.
102
The Consent Holder shall advise the Manager, in writing, of the date of the proposed Commencement of Dewatering.
103
Noted
Noted
Noted
Noted
Appendix M
4.3.13 and Appendix M
Building Inspection 109
Prior to the submission of the GSMCP, the Consent Holder shall employ an independent Senior Qualified Person to undertake, subject to the approval of the property owner, a detailed pre-construction condition survey of all buildings specified in Appendix 2 in order to confirm their existing condition.
Minor additions to building condition surveys
The survey and assessment shall include, but not be limited to, the following: a. any information about the type of foundations; b. existing levels of damage considered to be of an aesthetic or superficial nature; c. existing levels of damage considered to affect the serviceability of the building where visually apparent and
without recourse to intrusive or destructive investigation; d. a professional opinion as to whether observed damage may or may not be associated with actual structural damage; e. susceptibility of the building or structure to further movement; f. specific assessment of building damage with reference to the trigger levels identified in Appendix2; g. review of proposed alarm and alert trigger levels to confirm they are appropriately set; and h. photographic evidence of (b) and (c).
Contaminated Soils Management Plan 131
132
Page 34
At least 20 days prior to the commencement of construction (earthworks), the Consent Holder shall provide a Contaminated Soils Management Plan (CSMP) to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification. The CSMP shall be prepared by a Contaminated Land Professional in accordance with the Contaminated Land Management Guidelines, No.1 - Reporting on Contaminated Sites in New Zealand, Ministry for the Environment (revised 2011). The Consent Holder shall request that Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) provide a determination to the Consent Holder, in writing, within 10 working days of receipt of the CSMP, whether the CSMP can be certified as per the requirements of the Condition 134.
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Appendix H
4.3.8 and updated CDWP (CSMP) in Appendix H
Noted
Noted
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station
133
No earthworks shall commence until
Noted
Noted
Appendix H, sections 2.0 & 5.0
Appendix H
Appendix I, sections 2.0, 3.3, 4.0 & 5.0
4.3.9 and updated AQDWP in Appendix I
a.certification is provided from the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) that the CSMP satisfactorily meets the requirements of Schedule 13 (A4) of the ACRP:ALW, and b.all measures identified in that plan as being required to be established prior to the commencement of earthworks have been established. 134
The CSMP shall address the following matters: a. The areas within the project site designated for the excavation works, including depths and extent of the
proposed works, and an updated map/s showing the land disturbance activity areas b. Excavation, management, and disposal procedures for soil, sediment, dust, surface run-off water, perched
groundwater, and groundwater, if encountered c. Temporary containment, treatment, and testing procedures for any water getting in contact with the
contaminated material if the disposal option is to the stormwater system or the marine environment is considered d. Contingency measures for unexpected discovery of contamination e. Proposed sampling and analysis, if applicable; and f. Any proposed works summary reporting.
Advice Note: The Council acknowledges that the CSMP is intended to provide flexibility of for the management of the works and contaminant discharge. Accordingly, the Plan may need to be further updated. Any updates must be limited to the scope of this consent and consistent with the conditions of this consent. If you would like to confirm that any proposed updates are within scope, or have any other queries, please contact the Council (Team Leader Earth and Stream Works, Trees, and Contaminated Land, Natural Resources and Specialist Input) on (09) 301 0101. Air Quality Management Plan 223
The final AQMP/s shall be prepared by a Senior Qualified Person, provided to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification at least 20 working days prior to the commencement of construction and shall include: a. a clear identification of the type and location of the controlsproposed; b. a detailed framework for the management, mitigation and monitoring of construction and earthworks activities
associated with the Project; c. a focus principally on the sources of dust discharges, and d. an assessment of the risk of discharges from each ACZ and the associatedCSA.
Page 35
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station
224
The final AQMP/s shall also provide detailed methods including, but not limited to, the following matters: a. methods to ensure exposed surfaces remain dampened to minimise dust emissions (possible examples include a
water spray system or other suitable system, water carts and other suppressionmethods); b. ensuring a 20 km/hr vehicle speed limit within the ACZs and CSAs; c. operation of wheel washes; d. regular sweeping of public roads around the exit points of ACZs and CSAs and sealed vehicle accessways within
these areas; e. measures for supressing dust from any temporary stock piles (demonstrating how they are to be limited to no more
than 24 mÂł of uncovered spoil at any one time in each ACZ); f. measures for the handling of cement associated with the forming of cement stabilised columns, including filter
systems and high level alarms where a silo is used; g. covering of loads of material being delivered and removed from thesite; h. instrument monitoring of dust concentrations (including identification of a monitoring methodology, monitoring
network and appropriate alert thresholds) to ensure that any significant dust effects arising from the ACZs or CSAs are identified and remedied as soon as practicable throughout the Project; i. the locations of instrument dust monitoring sites, including at least three re-locatable and/or fixed monitors to be
associated with each of ACZs A, K and M, and the duration of thismonitoring; j. measures for responding to continuous instrument dust monitoring trigger alarms, including contingency measures
to reduce measured concentrations below the trigger thresholds and provisions for responding after standard operating hours; k. measures for undertaking meteorological observations and visual inspections of dust or other air discharges
from the Project, to be completed at least on a daily basis, with all relevant information logged; and l. information regarding complaint logging, investigation and response procedures, training and roles and
responsibilities. The Team Leader Central Monitoring shall be requested to respond to the AQMP/s with any suggested changes within 10 working days from receipt of the AQMP; otherwise the AQMP may be considered by the Consent Holder to be certified by the Council.
Page 36
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Appendix I, sections 3.0 & 4.0
4.3.9 and Appendix I
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station
1.8 Sustainability This is a new section that provides detail about the sustainability practices implemented as part of the project and Aotea utility relocation works. It includes a description of the rating scheme chosen to measure sustainability of the project.
1.8.1. Infrastructure Sustainability The Link Alliance shares CRLL’s objective for the project, which is to set the benchmark for designing, building and operating sustainable infrastructure in New Zealand and to optimise environmental, social and economic outcomes over the long term. Optimising outcomes involves more than simply minimising impacts and complying with consent conditions, but reflects the ‘triple bottom line’. The context for environmental and sustainability targets for the CRL has been established through a comprehensive review of local and national targets. The Infrastructure Sustainability Council of Australia’s (ISCA) Infrastructure Sustainability (IS) rating scheme has been chosen to measure the sustainability performance of the project.
1.8.2. ISCA IS Rating Scheme The project is targeting certified Design and As-built ratings against the IS rating scheme, specifically, an ‘Excellent’ rating. The project performance will be assessed in the categories outlined in Table 3A. Details regarding the management of the IS Rating Scheme are included in the project’s Sustainability Rating Management Plan. In some cases, the IS requirements are additional to the project’s designation and resource consent requirements and effectively enhance the designation and consent requirements. It is essential that the IS requirements are met to achieve the project’s sustainability goals, however they are not designation or resource consent requirements that require certification by Auckland Council1. Table 3A ISCA Rating Categories
Themes
Categories
Abbreviation
Management and Governance
Management Systems
Man
Procurement and Purchasing
Pro
Climate Change Adaptation
Cli
Energy & Carbon
Ene
Wai (Water)
Wat
Materials
Mat
Discharges to Air, Land & Water
Dis
Whenua (Land)
Lan
Waste
Was
Ecology
Ecology
Eco
People & Place
Community Health, Wellbeing &
Hea
Using Resources
Emissions, Pollution & Waste
1
Refer to www.isca.org.au for background information about the scheme.
Page 37
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station
Themes
Categories
Abbreviation
Safety
Innovation
Heritage
Her
Stakeholder Participation
Sta
Urban & Landscape Design
Urb
Innovation
Inn
Project sustainability requirements that relate directly to this CEMP are included in Appendix R. Further details regarding the specifics of the evaluation and means of achieving relevant sustainability targets are provided in the relevant management plans and DWPs.
Page 38
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station
2. Project Description 2.1 CRL Overview The City Rail Link (CRL) project comprises the construction, operation and maintenance of a 3.4km twin-tunnel underground passenger railway, running between Britomart Station and the North Auckland Line (NAL) in the vicinity of Mt Eden Station. The proposed works include the construction of the tunnels and two underground stations (Aotea and Karangahape), with a depth of up to 42 metres below ground. It will transform the downtown Britomart Station into a two-way throughstation, allowing it to double in capacity. Enabling works are currently being undertaken within the Aotea Station area. These works involve canopy removal works along the western side of Albert Street between Victoria Street West and Wellesley Street West. The proposed utility relocation works relevant to this addendum include a wider area for utilities relocation than currently authorised. These additional works are described in sections 2.2 and 2.3. A site location plan (the Site) is provided in Figure 1. Figure 1 Site Location
The area surrounding the work site is a dense urban environment with a built form comprised of medium to high rise buildings. Common land uses in the surrounding area include commercial offices and services, residential apartments, retail, civic, hospitality, hotel accommodation and car parking. Along Albert Street, active construction sites are present including for the CRL and private development. Buildings adjoin much of the work area (being the road corridor) forming active frontages that provide access to private residences and businesses. The area of works is highly utilised by pedestrians and vehicles, both for private and business purposes. Albert Street and Victoria Street West are classified as primary arterial roads and Kingston Street and Durham Street West are classified as local roads. Due to the CRL works, Albert Street is currently operating with one lane in each direction.
2.2 Canopy Removal and Utilities Relocation 2.2.1. Canopy Removal Page 39
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station There is no change to the authorised canopy removals described in the Approved CEMP.
2.2.2. Utilities Relocation This new subsection identifies the scope of the utility relocation works required in addition to the utility relocation works described in section 2.2 of the Approved CEMP. Detailed Site layout and staging plans provided by the contractor (refer Appendix C). The existing network of underground utilities around the proposed Aotea Station will need to be permanently relocated prior to construction of the station. It is proposed to undertake the utility relocation works in three stages. For all stages the main element of the works is the formation of temporary trenches within footpaths to allow the installation of new ducts for utility services. Once the ducts are installed, the trenches are to be backfilled with the footpath reinstated. The trenches will generally be 1m to 1.8m wide with an average depth of 1.5 to 3m for all stages of the works. It is anticipated that the works will take around six months to complete. Time frames may be extended by up to 3 months if utility service networks are more complex than anticipated. The utility relocation works will relate to electrical, telecommunication, gas and potable water assets. Table 5A provides a summary of works proposed for each stage of utilities relocation with indicative timeframes. Table 5A Description of Staging and Timeframes for Utility Relocation Works Stage
Details of Works
Duration of Works (approximate)
Works will be located along the footpaths of Albert Street, between 3 months Wyndham Street and Victoria Street, extending into part of Kingston (September 2019 – November 2019) Street and Victoria Street, and on the northern Albert Street Slip lane. Trenching along Victoria Street will be to a depth of 1.5m. All other trenches will be around 2.5m to 3m in depth. The total length of trenches constructed will be approximately 340m resulting in approximately 1,350m³ of spoil being removed. Works will be located along the footpath of Victoria Street, between Albert 2 months Street and Elliott Street (on the south side of the street) with trenching (November 2019 – December 2019) being around 1.5m in depth. Between Victoria Street and Kingston Street, on the western side of Albert Stage Street, trenching will be around 2.5m in depth. 2 A support site compound will be provided in part of the car park of Bledisloe House (details provided below) The total length of trenches constructed will be approximately 160m resulting in approximately 480m³ of spoil being removed. Works will be located along the east side footpath of Albert Street 1.5 months (between the top of the ramp from Durham Street to the corner of (December 2019 / January 2020 – Victoria Street) and the north side footpath of Victoria Street, between March 2020) Stage Albert Street and Elliott Street. Works will also be undertaken on the 3 north side of Victoria Street, between Federal Street and Albert Street. The total length of trenches constructed will be approximately 180m resulting in approximately 585m³ of spoil being removed. Total length of 680m of trench resulting in approximately 2,415m³ of spoil Approx. 6 months being removed. Note: Numbering for Table 5A means this is an additional Table following Table 5 from the Approved CEMP. Tables numbering in this CEMP Addendum have been kept consistent to the table numbering in the Approved CEMP. Stage 1
Page 40
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station
2.3 Construction Methodology The methodology proposed for the utility relocation works associated with Stages 1, 2 and 3 is similar to that set out in section 2.3.2 of the Approved CEMP. The utility relocation works relate to electrical, telecommunication, gas, potable water, stormwater and wastewater assets, and as such the depth of trenches required are between 1.5m to 3m. The following is an outline of the general construction methodology that will be implemented for stages 1 to 3 of the utility relocation works. The first step will be to mark out the footprint of the trenches required along the footpath and identify and locate existing services. This would include due diligence investigation trial trenching i.e. excavation using a hydro vac machine. This will take around two weeks for each stage of the works and will be completed prior the physical utility relocation works. Prior to excavation of the trenches, the hardstand will be saw cut and removed. This will be done using a concrete saw and, where necessary, a handheld concrete breaker and excavator. The removed hardstand will be loaded onto trucks and taken off site for disposal. The trenches will be excavated to a depth of around 1.5m to 3m, with a width of 1m to 1.8m. At all times pedestrian and vehicle access to properties will be maintained, with temporary crossings provided over the trenches where and when required. The excavation of the trenches will be undertaken using hydro vac excavation where possible, to minimise vibration. Where the use of hydro vac is not possible, a standard excavator will be used. All spoil will be loaded onto trucks and disposed of off-site. Once the trench has been formed, bedding will be placed in the trench, with the new utility ducts and pipes installed. Once installed, the trench will be backfilled and compacted. The surface will then be reinstated with either cold mix or hot mix (asphalt) depending on supply availability and length of completed trench. Backfill material will be imported via truck to the site as and when required (to avoid stockpiling of materials on site). In some circumstances small amounts of backfill (up to 20 máś&#x;) may be stockpiled on site for a short period within the construction work area. The backfilling of the trenches will be undertaken using excavators and plate compactors (no vibrating rollers). The above process (excluding the initial mark out of the trench footprint) would be done in up to 20m sections. It is expected that a 20m section of trenching can be undertaken each day, moving along the work area on a rolling basis. Undertaking the works in this manner will reduce the size of trenching that is open at any one time. Once a full block (typically intersection to intersection) of trenching has been completed, hot mix (new seal) reinstatement will be undertaken. Trenches are proposed to be excavated in up to 20m sections. Excavations may occur in less than 20m sections, the continuity of trenching is dependent on factors such as; depth of cable, difficulty to extract services, and other unknown factors, as well as access requirements and working with adjoining properties that are affected by the works. During each stage (Stages 1, 2 and 3), 2m high fences (heras fencing) will be established to delineate the works and prevent public access. Noise mats will be fixed to the heras fencing during the works to mitigate noise impacts on nearby stakeholders. Upon the completion of each of section of trenching, the 2m high fences will be removed and replaced with 1.2m high barriers. It can be assumed the identified work areas in each stage will have some form of screen and/or barrier around its perimeter for the time specified in each stage of works (i.e. Stage 1 from Sept 2019 – Nov 2019). Page 41
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station The installation of new utility cables will be undertaken by the Network Utility Operators separately from the current works (at a later stage). In addition to the equipment listed above, it is also proposed to utilise hand tools, ladders and handheld power tools. Power for equipment will be provided by two mobile generators (one per crew) as needed. Table 5 provides a summary of the activities and required equipment for the utility relocation works. Timeframes have been provided per stage in Table 5A (refer section 2.2.2). Generally, vehicle and pedestrian access will be maintained with the exception of some critical works to be undertaken which will require temporary closure or diversion. Any potential disruption generated by vehicle/pedestrian access not being maintained will be mitigated by implementing relevant operating procedures as described in section 4.3 of this CEMP addendum, and further detailed in the TAP DWP addendum (refer Appendix E of this CEMP addendum). Table 5 Indicative construction methodology for the works Activity
Equipment and Materials
Identify and mark-out position of trenches
Truck, hand held service locator
Saw cut and remove existing pavement/ hardstanding
Concrete saw, handheld concrete breaker (only where necessary), excavator, truck
Expose, identify, and support existing services to 1.5m depth
Hydro vac, normal excavator, truck
Lay new power, communication ducts, and potable water pipes, place and compact trench backfill
Trucks, excavator, plate compactor (no vibrating rollers)
2.4 Programme The utility relocation works are anticipated to take approximately six months to complete based on knowledge of underground services. Should complexity or additional services be encountered during the course of the project, then the duration may be extended (by up to three months).
2.5 Hours of Operation It is anticipated that construction works will be undertaken between 0700hrs to 1900hrs Monday to Saturday. Limited construction works may be undertaken beyond 1900hrs, however this would not be a general occurrence and will be done in accordance with the Project’s conditions. Operating procedures will be implemented, including communication with affected residents and businesses, to minimise any potential disturbance (refer to section 4.3 of this CEMP addendum).
2.6 Site Layout and Management The area of works is located in Auckland City Centre, within the road corridors of Albert Street, Victoria Street West and Kingston Street (as illustrated in Figure 1). The site adjoins the project area of the C2.1 and C2.2 Canopy and Utility Relocation works authorised by consent number OPW60310921. A temporary construction site compound (Figure 2: Indicative layout of the Stage 2 Site Compound) will be formed on the corner of Wellesley Street and Mayoral Drive in the part of the Bledisloe House car park. This compound will be within the project designation boundary and will be established approximately from October 2019 (Stage 2), until March 2020. This site compound will be occupied by storage containers, the objective of the site compound is to provide a site that can be used as a rest area for workforce staff, and house equipment and vehicles during the works. Temporary Page 42
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station fencing will be used to delineate the site, along with Link Alliance branded mesh scrim. Vehicle access will be via the existing entrance off Mayoral Drive and through the gate as marked on the plan. Containers are likely to include machinery equipment and an indicative total of up to 120L (6x 20L drums) of diesel in bunds (subject to change).
Figure 2: Indicative layout of the Stage 2 Site Compound
Detailed site layouts for each stage of the works have been provided in Appendix C of this CEMP addendum. Site drawings also depict the location of the compound and the indicative layout of the construction site compound.
2.7 Security, Safety and Public Viewing Refer to the Approved CEMP for a more detailed description on pedestrian security, safety, and public access and viewing. No changes or additions are required to this section as a result of the additional utility relocation works. Pedestrian access will be maintained through the construction period, with some potential delay and diversions necessary due to construction works. Further detail is provided in section 4.3.3 of this CEMP addendum.
2.8 Graffiti and Litter Refer to the Approved CEMP for a more detailed description on graffiti inspection and litter management which will be part of the daily site maintenance programme. No changes or additions are required to this section as a result of the additional utility relocation works, except consideration to litter management and inspection to be undertaken at the temporary site construction compound (especially around the smoking area).
Page 43
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station Waste management practices will be implemented through the project Waste Avoidance and Resource Recovery Management Plan (WARRMP – refer section 4.3.16).
2.9 Returning the Site to Public Use An Urban Design DWP (UD DWP) will be prepared as part of a subsequent OP process for the CRL main works, which will address the manner in which the works area will be returned to public use. No changes or additions are required to this section as a result of the additional utility relocation works.
3. Social and Environmental Management 3.1 Construction Activities and Associated Environmental Receivers The key construction activity associated with the additional utility relocation works is the excavation of the utilities trench. The construction activities have the potential to generate adverse environmental effects relating to traffic, noise and vibration, trees and vegetation, erosion and sediment discharges and social and businesses disruption. As a result of the additional area of works, there is a greater number of receivers identified in this addendum than identified in the Approved CEMP. The DWPs and MPs attached to the Approved CEMP and this addendum detail mitigation measures specific to the potential environmental effects generated by the construction activities.
3.2 Environmental Risk Register Refer to the Approved CEMP for a more detailed description on the Project environmental risk register. No change is proposed to this section except that the risk register is developed by the Project Engineers as per the project Health and Safety Management Plan2. The risk register also incorporates the requirements of the Project Physical Works Minimum Standards for Hazardous Substances3.
3.2.1. Review of the Register Refer to the Approved CEMP for a more detailed description on the review process of the Project environmental risk register. No changes or additions are required to this section as a result of the additional utility relocation works.
3.3 Cumulative Effects Further to the Approved CEMP, additional methods to address cumulative effects are detailed in the suite of DWP and MP addendums and the TV DWP prepared for these works.
3.4 Legislative and Other Requirements 3.4.1. National Legal Requirements and Policies
2
Health and Safety Management Plan – Early Works, 16 August 2019, CRL-SYW-HSE-LKA-PLN-800000, Revision 0, Final Physical Works Minimum Standards for Hazardous Substances, 26 August 2019, CRL-SYW-HSE-LKA-STD-800011, Revision A01, Draft. Page 44 | Construction Environmental Management Plan 3
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station Refer to the Approved CEMP for a more detailed description on legislative requirements. In addition, further national legal requirements and policies relevant to water quality and trees have been identified relating to the additional utility relocation works. Key national legislation, regulation and standards governing the environmental management of the Project are identified in Table 6. This supersedes Table 6 in the Approved CEMP.
Table 6 Key national legislation, regulations and standards National legislation, regulations, strategies and policies Resource Management Act 1991 Hauraki Gulf Marine Park Act 2000 Hazardous Substances and New Organisms Act 1996
Protected Objects Act 1975 for the relevant archaeological and heritage standards/practices Heritage New Zealand Pouhere Taonga Act 2014 National Environmental Standard – Air Quality 2004 (NES:AQ) National Environmental Standard for Assessing and Managing Contaminants in Soil to Protect Human Health Regulations 2011 WasteMINZ Technical Guidelines for Disposal to Land, Waste Management Institute New Zealand (WasteMINZ) 2018 National Policy Statement for Freshwater Management 2014 Protection of trees on development sites (non NZ): Australian Standard AS4970-2009
3.4.2. Legislation, Standards and Guidelines relating to Environmental Aspects Table 7 identifies any new legislation, standards and guidelines which are relevant to specific environmental aspects of the additional utility relocation works. This table is to be read in conjunction with Table 7 from the Approved CEMP and with the relevant DWPs and MPs of this CEMP addendum. Reference to TP10 (now GD01) has been deleted as this is not relevant to the social and environmental management context of this document. Table 7 Standards, guidelines and specific statutory requirements associated with environmental aspects and detailed in the CEMP Addendum and plans Environmental Aspect/Plan Tree and Vegetation DWP
Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (and Addendum)
Communication and Consultation Plan
Hazardous substances
Page 45
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Plan Statutory Requirements, Guidelines and Standards Auckland Unitary Plan AUP:OP Table E26.4.3 Network utilities and electricity generation – Trees in roads and open space zones and the Notable Trees Overlay GD05, Auckland Council Guideline Document No 2016/005 for Erosion and Sediment Control Guide for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region. (2016). It supersedes AC Technical Publication 90 (TP90) “Erosion and sediment control guidelines for land disturbing activities”. International Association for Public Participation engagement spectrum (IAP2). CRL’s Overarching Communication and Consultation Strategy (2018). CRL’s Communication and Consultation Strategy (2012) Hazardous Substances and New Organisms Act 1996, HSNO regulations and gazette notices. Hazardous Substances (fireworks, safety ammunition, and other
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station
Waste Management
Page 46
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
explosives transfer) Regulations 2003 no. 2003/176. Hazardous Substances (Tank Wagons and Transportable Containers) Regulations 2004. Land Transport Rule 45001/1 and 45001/2: Dangerous Goods 2005. AS/NZ 2430.3 Classification of Hazardous Areas. AS 2430.1:1987 Classification of Hazardous Areas – Explosive Gas Atmosphere. NS 6101.1:1998 Classification of Hazardous Areas – Flammable Gas and Vapour Atmospheres. AS/NZS 238 and AS/NZS 61241.1.2 Electrical Installations in Hazardous Zones. Land Transport Rule 45001/1 and 45001/2: Dangerous Goods. Health and Safety at Work (Asbestos) Regulations 2016 New Zealand Guidelines for Assessing and Managing Asbestos in Soil, BRANZ 2017. Waste Minimisation Act 2008. NZWaste Strategy. Auckland Council Bylaws – Part 22 SolidWaste.
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station
4. Implementation and Operation 4.1 Roles and Responsibilities 4.1.1. Overview and Responsibility for this Plan No changes are required to this section of the Approved CEMP. The exception is where reference is made to the Connectus, this should be replaced with the Link Alliance.
4.1.2. Specific Roles and Responsibilities The following changes are proposed to the roles and responsibilities outlined within the Approved CEMP (and Table 8 where appropriate): -
The Construction Contractor will be Link Alliance (instead of Connectus).
-
CRLL Contract is now C3 (instead of C2.1/2.2).
A suitably qualified and experienced practitioner in the safe removal of trees has been appointed for environmental controls and monitoring programmes relevant to affected trees. Table 8 of the Approved CEMP needs various amendments to the roles and responsibilities in relation to inspection and dust monitoring, as well as the addition of a Construction Contractor Environmental Sustainability Planning (ESP) Manager role and an update of tasks between Project Director/Construction Manager and ESP. The changes are reflected in Table 8 hereafter. Table 8 Specific roles and responsibilities Organisation Construction Contractor (Link Alliance)
Role Project Director/ Construction Manager
Environmental Sustainability Planning Manager (ESP)
Communications and Engagement Manager Environmental and Sustainability Manager (ESM)
Project and Site Engineers
Page 47
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Responsibilities · Construction delivery · Ensuring Site personnel adhere to the CEMP and delivery work plans. · Providing project progress/milestone information to CRLL for briefings and CLG meetings. · Leading the response to issues management and crisis management. · Ensuring that subcontractors adhere to the Project communication protocols and procedures. · Leading the process and providing expertise in specialist areas. · Alerting the Stakeholder and Communication Manager to stakeholder groups, individuals or issues that need attention. · Providing technical information to CRLL for briefings and CLG meetings. · Liaise regularly with the project affected community. · Weekly Inspection, auditing and checking of environmental management practices and procedures. · Daily Site Inspection (including environmental monitoring). · Develop risk register.
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station Note: All responsibilities for the Project Director/Construction Manager and ESP are provided in the Table for clarity purposes whereas only modification of responsibilities is provided for the Communications and Engagement Manager, the ESM and the Project/Site Engineers.
4.1.2.1
All Staff
Refer to the Approved CEMP for a detailed description of responsibilities. No changes or additions are required to this section as a result of the additional utility relocation works. The following sections numbering has changed to allow for the addition of the ESP Manager responsibilities.
4.1.2.2
Project Director
Refer to the Approved CEMP for a detailed description on Project Director responsibilities. No changes or additions are required to this section as a result of the additional utility relocation works.
4.1.2.3
Environmental Sustainability and Planning Manager
This is a new section which reflect the Link Alliance structure. ·
Responsible for leading the implementation of planning, environmental and sustainable matters and providing expertise in specialist areas.
·
Approves environmental plans prior to issue.
·
Coordinates and communicate issues that need attention to the Stakeholder and Communication Manager for communication to stakeholder groups and individuals.
·
Providing technical information to CRLL for briefings and CLG meetings.
4.1.2.4
Communications and Engagement Manager
Refer to the Approved CEMP for a detailed description of the Communications and Engagement Manager responsibilities (known in the approved CEMP as the ‘Stakeholder and Communications Manager’). No changes or additions are required to this section as a result of the additional utility relocation works.
4.1.2.5
Environmental and Sustainability Manager
Refer to the Approved CEMP for a detailed description on Environmental and Sustainability Manager responsibilities. Fulcrum will not be used as part of C3 and therefore reference to it needs to be removed. In addition, the following responsibility has been identified relating to trees and vegetation:
Page 48
·
Coordinates trees and vegetation monitoring and protection requirements and provides necessary training and advice to site staff.
·
Ensure staff are handling hazardous substances as per the Safety Data Sheets, are trained appropriately, and are taking all the appropriate measures to avoid any potential leakage into drains when handling those substances.
·
Centralize records of all environmental monitoring results.
·
Is an IS Accredited Professional. | Construction Environmental Management Plan
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station
4.1.2.6
Project Technical Specialists
Refer to the Approved CEMP (section 4.1.2.5) for a detailed description on Project Technical Specialist responsibilities. No changes or additions are required to this section as a result of the additional utility relocation works.
4.1.2.7
Project Engineer
Refer to the Approved CEMP (section 4.1.2.6) for a detailed description on Project Engineer responsibilities. The following change is proposed to the Project Engineer’s responsibilities outlined within the Approved CEMP: ·
Responsible for daily inspection of the site and environmental monitoring.
4.1.3. Contact Details This section of the CEMP Addendum has been updated to align the named people and positions with the Alliance job matrix (refer to Table 8A). Table 8A Utility Relocation Works (Implementation and Operation) - Contact Details Title Project Director Deputy Project Director Construction Manager Environmental Sustainability and Planning Manager Environmental and Sustainability Manager H&S Advisor Stakeholder Manager
Name Francois Dudouit Dale Burtenshaw Philippe Begou Hugh Leersnyder
Email Francois.dudouit@linkalliance.co.nz Dale.burtenshaw@linkalliance.co.nz Philippe.begou@linkalliance.co.nz Hugh.Leersnyder@linkalliance.co.nz
Sarah Sutherland
Sarah.sutherland@linkalliance.co.nz
Joseph McArdle Rachel Blundell
Joseph.McArdle@linkalliance.co.nz Rachel.blundell@linkalliance.co.nz
Note: Numbering for Table 8A means this is an additional Table following Table 8 from the Approved CEMP. Tables numbering in this CEMP Addendum have been kept consistent to the table numbering in the Approved CEMP.
4.2 Training and Induction Refer to the Approved CEMP for a detailed description on training and induction requirements. Further to this, specific training for removal of and protection of trees and tree roots will be provided as part of the additional utility relocation works.
4.2.1. Induction Training Refer to the Approved CEMP for a detailed description on induction training requirements. No changes or additions are required to this section as a result of the additional utility relocation works.
4.2.2. Tool Box Talks Refer to the Approved CEMP for a detailed description on tool box talks. Further to this, specific training will be provided around the potential impacts on street trees and tree roots and procedures to protect those trees that are being retained.
4.2.3. Pre-Start Meetings Page 49
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station Refer to the Approved CEMP for a detailed description on pre-start meeting requirements. No changes or additions are required to this section as a result of the additional utility relocation works.
4.3 Operating Procedures The below operating procedures have been amended from those described in the Approved CEMP to reflect the additional utility relocation works. A common amendment is to reflect the roles and responsibilities of those operating procedures (refer amended section 4.1 of this CEMP addendum).
4.3.1. Network Utilities This section remains unchanged from the Approved CEMP, with the exception of the reference to the Network Utility Operator (NUO) procedures for utility disruption, as described in the Communication and Consultation Plan (CCP) and Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP (SIBD DWP), refer Appendix K and Appendix J, respectively. NUO procedures for utility disruption will be followed in the event of any disruption as a result of the additional utility relocation works. It is considered that current practices by NUO reflect best practice and will therefore be used as standard procedure for the duration of the utility relocation works. Section 5.5 of the Approved SIBD DWP describes specific mitigation measures to be implemented.
·
Provision of Drawings to Network Utility Operators
Refer to the Approved CEMP for a detailed description on the provision of drawings to NUOs. No changes or additions are required to this section as a result of the additional utility relocation works.
4.3.2. Erosion and Sediment Control Detail of earthworks activities anticipated as part of the utility relocation works is provided in section 2.2 of this document. All streets within the works area are currently serviced by existing catchpits that are connected to an existing stormwater system. Further to the measures discussed in section 4.3.2 of the Approved CEMP, additional erosion and sediment controls will be implemented during the works. These are listed in the ESCP Addendum (refer Appendix D) and are summarised below: -
Settlement tanks sizing will be increased to reflect the extent of open excavation areas associated with the additional utility relocation works and therefore the volume for stormwater management.
-
Controls to minimise asphalt works and concrete pumping / pouring, i.e. complete isolation of drainage channels and, if this is not practicable, then implementation of careful placement of sandbags or bunds. Potential additional controls to avoid any discharges into stormwater and receiving environment include (but not limited to): •
Delay concreting works when bad weather is forecasted.
•
Minimise the volume of water used on site, use of saws with vacuum (or wet/dry vacuum) to minimise dust.
•
Collect all concrete or asphalt contaminated material or runoff on site.
•
If the above is not practical, divert all runoff to the construction pit / trench or unsealed ground, away from surface water and overland flow paths. Runoff or wash water
Page 50
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station contaminated with concrete fines / dust is highly alkaline and cannot be diluted, therefore, all captured runoff from concrete cutting and / or cement mixing must be treated or disposed off-site. •
Wash all equipment and tools in a designated wash area.
•
Do not allow concrete trucks or concrete pumpers to wash out on site unless there is a designated wash area.
•
Use tarpaulin sheets under concrete pumps and delivery chutes to capture any spills.
Staging and progressive stabilisation of the area will be required to mitigate the potential erosion and sediment generation of the construction activities for the utility relocation works.
4.3.3. Traffic, Access and Parking A Transport, Access and Parking Delivery Work Plan (TAP DWP) addendum has been developed and amends the Approved TAP DWP to reflect the additional utility relocation works. This TAP DWP addendum is included as Appendix E of this document. Section 4.3.3 of the Approved CEMP remains applicable with the following amendments. In stage two and stage three of the works, the bus stop on the southern side of Victoria Street West (between Albert Street and Elliot Street) will need to be relocated. After consultation with Auckland Transport it has been agreed to relocate the bus stop to the stop outside the Sky Tower. This is on the south side of Victoria Street West (between Hobson Street and Federal Street), and the bus stop ID is 7100. Generally, property access will be maintained with the exception of some of the vehicle accesses and pedestrian and cyclist accesses which may be restricted for short periods of time to undertake critical works. Procedures to mitigate disruption (e.g. alternate parking arrangement, consultation) will be agreed through the engagement process, as outlined in the TAP DWP addendum (Appendix E) and the CCP (refer Appendix K). All pedestrian routes and access to properties will be maintained on Victoria Street West, Kingston Street, and Albert Street. Where reduced footpath widths and minor diversions are necessary, operating procedures will be implemented to mitigate any potential effect (with the use of wayfinding signage for example). These are addressed in the Approved TAP DWP (and its addendum) and the Approved Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP (SIBD DWP) and its addendum (refer Appendix J). Parking and loading are likely to be disrupted during construction of the utility relocation works, therefore a number of mitigation options have been identified to offset the effects as practicably possible. Consultation with affected stakeholders will determine the most suitable option (refer TAP DWP addendum, Appendix E).
4.3.4. Construction Noise and Vibration Section 4.3.4 of the Approved CEMP remains applicable to the utility relocation works. Site Specific Construction Noise Management Plans (SSCNMP) and Site Specific Construction Vibration Management Plans (SSCVMP) will be required for a number of additional properties, which have been identified in the Construction Noise and Vibration DWP addendum (attached as Appendix F of this CEMP addendum). In particular, there is one Notable Receiver adjacent to the utility relocation works, the Auckland District Court. In accordance with designation condition 39, a SSCNVMP will be prepared for the Auckland District Court. Page 51
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station With the exception of the additional SSCNVMPs, no changes are required to the operation procedures for mitigating construction noise and vibration effects of the additional utility relocation works.
4.3.5. Lighting Spill and Glare Refer to the Approved CEMP for a detailed description on operational procedures relating to lighting spill and glare. No changes or additions are required to this section as a result of the additional utility relocation works.
4.3.6. Historic Character: Archaeology and Built Heritage This section provides an amendment to section 4.3.6 of the Approved CEMP and includes details of the built heritage relevant to the utility relocation works. An addendum to the Approved Historic Character DWP (HC DWP): Archaeology section is provided at Appendix G. This addendum addresses the management of any potential adverse effects on archaeological values that may arise from the additional utility relocation works. There are no changes to the procedures and mitigation measures proposed within the Approved HC DWP, however the roles and responsibilities have been updated to reflect the new scope of work. Some of the buildings proximate to the additional area of works on Albert Street and Victoria Street have been identified as having built heritage values. A memorandum assessing the effects on built heritage (refer Appendix P) has been prepared to assess any potential effects. The assessment confirms that there are no potential effects on the built heritage environment as a result of these works. A HC DWP: Built Heritage section is therefore not required. However, the assessment identifies a recommended protection methodology for those buildings such as the use of plywood sheeting (refer to section 5.1 of the memorandum attached in Appendix P).
4.3.7. Urban Design No changes or additions are required to this section as a result of the additional utility relocation works.
4.3.8. Contaminated Soils Section 4.3.8 of the Approved CEMP remains applicable to the utility relocation works. A Contamination DWP (CDWP) addendum is included as Appendix H of this document. The CDWP addendum provides updated operational procedures for the additional utility works, including the framework for managing contamination hazards and mitigation measures relevant to the expected conditions that will be encountered while earthworks are being undertaken. The CDWP addendum includes updated operational procedures relevant to classification of soil during disposal and excavation, based on the WasteMINZ Technical Guidelines for the Disposal to Land (2018). It also includes amendments to the materials importation, and to off-site soil disposal management and record keeping measures to be implemented by the Construction Contractor. Management of groundwater, dust and sediment generation will follow relevant operational procedures, as per their respective DWP/MPs.
4.3.9. Air Quality
Page 52
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station Given that the main air discharges and dust emission sources remain the same as those identified in the Approved Air Quality DWP (AQ DWP), the air quality operating procedures in section 4.3.9 of the Approved CEMP remain applicable. An AQ DWP addendum has been prepared and is attached as Appendix I of this document. It includes operating procedures to minimise any potential combustion emissions generated by the operation of small generators. In addition, responsibilities to conduct general site and dust monitoring are proposed to be amended and undertaken by the site engineer (daily basis) and the ESM (weekly basis, which will address the monthly inspection requirements).
4.3.10. Social Impact and Business Disruption Disruption to businesses, residents and community facilities generated by the utility relocation works may include: · · · · · · ·
Disruption and physical impact on people’s health and wellbeing from construction dust, noise and vibration; Disruption from changes to public transport, pedestrian and vehicle access; Impact on amenity from construction activities and fencing/hoardings required around the works areas; Disruption to utility services; Negative perception of safety around work areas and access points; Reduction in business visibility due to fencing of works areas; and Economic opportunities and impacts.
A SIBD DWP addendum (refer Appendix J of this document) has been prepared and provides updated operational procedures for the additional utility works, including the framework for managing social impacts and business disruption and relevant mitigation measures. Map 1 in section 5.8 of the SIBD DWP addendum identifies the key themes of primary concern and the location of the parties consulted to date. Appendix B of the SIBD DWP addendum provides a comprehensive profile of the businesses and residential activities within the immediate vicinity of the proposed utility relocation works (including identification of the occupancy duration). Section 5 of the Approved SIBD DWP and section 6 of the SIBD DWP addendum describe specific operational measures to be implemented, to mitigate any potential impacts listed above. Based on the more recent consultation and communication with consulted and affected parties, the indicative mitigations requested by consulted and affected parties to address the impacts raised fall into the following key areas: · · · · · ·
Page 53
Provision of unimpeded vehicle loading spaces within immediate proximity to businesses; Provision of unimpeded vehicle loading spaces for those requiring frequent courier deliveries; Removal of hoardings immediately on completion of works to limit duration of impact on visibility; Compensation for loss of customers and impact of the works on business viability. Rates relief was suggested as one method of providing compensation; Regular communications on construction staging and timing and what to expect on a weekly, monthly and longer-term basis; Consideration of timing of works to avoid peak tourist season and lunchtime trade for restaurants and fast food outlets; and | Construction Environmental Management Plan
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station ¡
Minimise impediments and changes to pedestrian access and the existing pedestrian flow and routes along and across the Albert Street network.
There is no change to the general ongoing implementation procedures described in the Approved SIBD DWP (and section 4.3.10 of the Approved CEMP), however due to the increase in the number of potentially affected parties arising from the increased extent of works, additional operational procedures are proposed to be implemented. These procedures are detailed in the SIBD DWP addendum.
4.3.11. Communications and Consultation Plan Section 4.3.11 of the Approved CEMP remains applicable to the utility relocation works and this CEMP addendum. The CCP addendum is attached in Appendix K for further details.
4.3.12. Groundwater Settlement Monitoring and Contingency A groundwater settlement assessment memorandum has been prepared and is attached in Appendix L. This memorandum confirms that the proposed utility relocation works are not expected to intercept groundwater and that no groundwater drawdown is anticipated. In addition, potential settlement effects (mechanical settlement) arising as a direct result of these works are anticipated to be approximately 75% of the predicted vertical settlements shown in the Approved Groundwater Settlement Monitoring and Contingency Plan (GSMCP) and any potential effect on buildings adjacent to the utility relocation works are therefore expected to be negligible The monitoring, response, mitigation and contingency measures outlined in the certified GSMCP are therefore considered relevant to those activities forming part of the updated Stage 1 to Stage 3 enabling works. The application of these measures should be extended to include the utility relocation works currently proposed. Refer to the Approved CEMP for a detailed description on operational procedures relating to groundwater settlement monitoring and contingency. No further changes or additions are required to this section as a result of the additional utility relocation works.
4.3.13. Building Conditions Surveys Refer to the Approved CEMP for a detailed description on operational procedures relating to building conditions surveys. No changes or additions to those procedures are required as a result of the additional utility relocation works. Based on the previous building condition surveys undertaken as part of the Approved CEMP, the following additional surveys (refer Appendix M of this document) will be undertaken prior to construction to comply with Appendix 1 and 2 of the CRL designation condition 46, due to the proximity of the buildings to the works: - 74 Albert Street; - 4 Kingston Street; - 6-12 Kingston Street; - 83 Albert Street; - 98-102 Albert Street (99 Albert Street is covered in the Building Surveys of the Approved CEMP); - 85 Albert Street; Page 54
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station - 66 Victoria Street West; and - 68 Victoria Street West. Further detail about the proximity of the works to those buildings is provided in the CNV DWP (refer Appendix F of this CEMP addendum).
4.3.14. Hazardous Substances This section provides an amendment to section 4.3.14 of the Approved CEMP and includes details of the storage of hazardous substances relevant to the utility relocation works. A temporary construction compound will be established at the corner of Wellesley Street and Mayoral Drive in the community garden of Bledisloe House car park (refer to site plans attached in Appendix C). Hazardous substances will be kept on site within specified hazardous substances storage areas at the temporary construction compound. These areas will be bunded and hazardous substances kept in secure containers. A list of all hazardous substances kept on site during the construction phase will be prepared and maintained in the project Hazardous Substances Register. Safety Data Sheets (SDS) for each hazardous substance will be maintained on site in the following locations: - A full set at the project office. - A sub-set at each storage location relevant to the specific materials being stored. Up to a maximum of 120L of diesel in 20L drums is anticipated to be stored on site. Diesel is a combination of substances of Hazardous Substances and New Organisms Act (HSNO) Class 3.1D, 6.1E, 6.3B, 6.7B, 9.1B. Given the quantity and HSNO Class (9.1B substance as well as a 3.1D) to be stored on site, the following measures should be implemented when storing and handling hazardous substances at the temporary construction compound: - Drums should be located in an area where there is no risk of collision with vehicles, such as forklift trucks, as diesel splashing onto a hot engine may ignite. - Adhere to safe handling practices when refilling and dispensing containers. - Leaks and spills should be confined to the vicinity of the drum and mopped up quickly, to lessen the risk of slipping. A spill kit will be available in case of emergency spill. Procedures to be followed are detailed in section 4.4. In addition, should the quantity of diesel stored on site increase, the following will need to be implemented: - Two fire extinguishers will be required (and type is listed in SDS), if the quantity stored on site is greater than 500 L. - Signage will be required on site (requirements for class 9 is triggered as it is over 1,000L). - A secondary containment will be required to store the diesel if the container sizes are between 60L to 450L.
4.3.15. Trees and Vegetation This is a new section which was not included in the Approved CEMP. Page 55
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station During the construction phase there is potential for adverse effects on trees and vegetation, including tree removal and potential effects on root systems and / or foliage within and / or overhanging the project area. A Trees and Vegetation DWP (TV DWP) is attached in Appendix N of this document. This TV DWP has been developed to satisfy CRL designation condition 55. The purpose of the TV DWP is to manage the potential adverse effects from the removal of trees and vegetation on Albert and Victoria Street during the utility works and impacts to trees during the setup of a temporary construction compound at corner of Wellesley Street West and Mayoral Drive. Eight trees have been identified as being impacted by the utility relocation works. This includes five trees on Albert Street (identified in the TV DWP as Trees T29-33) and three additional trees on Victoria Street West (X3-5). These trees are primarily comprised of evergreen magnolias (Magnolia grandiflora). Consideration has been given to transplanting all eight of the impacted trees to a new location as an alternative to cutting them down; however due to the nature of work required to permanently relocate underground utilities and the non-native status of these trees, this is not considered a practicable option. Note that an OPW waiver has been sought for the early removal of one of those trees (T33, commonly referred to as the ‘Harvey Tree’) to prevent potential project delays. Management strategies for the removal of this tree are not addressed in the TV DWP and has been provided for in a separate management plan4which has been submitted to Auckland Council. The removal of trees should be undertaken by a suitably qualified and experienced practitioner in self-removal of trees. The approach used will be informed by this suitably qualified and experienced practitioner in accordance with site observations, such as surrounding the proximity of surrounding buildings, tree size and overall condition. The tree removal methodology may include the following: - Removal should be staged whereby the outer limbs are removed first, followed by inner limbs and the main trunk. - Depending on the location of utility lines, tree stumps should either be dug out or ground in situ. - Removed tree debris will either be mulched onsite or removed for mulching offsite, depending on which is more practicable. Where removal is required, replanting will be addressed as part of a future UD DWP in accordance with the CRL designation conditions. A replanting plan will be identified in the Project UD DWP and will include (but not limited to) the following: - Replanting of semi-mature trees at least 1:1 ratio. Trees to be inspected and approved by the Community Facilities Arborist prior to planting. - The area to be reinstated. - The opportunity to include appropriate native species in the replacement and landscape plantings. - Documentation of the input from the Auckland Council Parks Department with regard to tree species / vegetation selection, tree pit construction and positioning of replacement trees. - An outline of the maintenance periods and responsibilities (i.e. the Requiring Authority for a period of five years for specimen trees and 3 years for all other landscape planting).
4
Request for Waiver of an Outline Plan of Works Requirement for the Harvey Tree Relocation 21 August 2019, submitted to Auckland Council.
Page 56
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station - Consultation outputs. An additional Twenty-nine trees have been identified in the area proposed for the temporary construction compound and may be impacted by installation of the facility and storage units. The trees are comprised of honey locust (Gleditsia triacanthos) and tulip tree (Liriodendron tulipifera) and are not planned for removal during this stage of works. Where trees are anticipated to be potentially affected at the temporary construction compound at the corner of Wellesley Street West and Mayoral Drive, the following methodologies are anticipated to be implemented: - All facility blocks and storage containers kept on the compound must be positioned outside of tree drip lines (i.e. outside the bounds of tree canopies) to avoid adverse impacts on root systems. - Any tree limbs that may come in contact with equipment or units during set up must be either prunes or tied back prior to work commencing. This should be undertaken by a suitably qualified and experienced practitioner. - Any trees identified as likely to be damaged during operation (i.e. vehicle collision) should be protected by erecting a protection fence at least 0.5m out from the base of the trunk to minimise potential risks to the health of the tree. Consultation related to trees and vegetation will be undertaken with relevant stakeholders and partners including the Mana Whenua Forum, Auckland Council Parks Department, and Auckland Council’s Heritage Advisor (refer to CCP addendum in Appendix K for further details).
4.3.16.
Waste Management
A WARRMP has been prepared for the project. The WARRMP sets out the procedures and environmental expectations in relation to waste management. Throughout construction, the project is striving to send zero waste to landfill. Designing for waste minimisation is a priority to support this aspirational goal. Waste material refers to items removed from worksites and road carriageways, such as surplus or spoil, excavated seal, pipes, rubbish detritus and any other unwanted materials. Appropriate disposal shall be arranged for any surplus or waste material. Where practical, waste streams will be segregated for re-use or recycling, and opportunities to minimise waste will be implemented. If the disposal of hazardous wastes is required, they will be disposed of safely, through an appropriate contractor authorised to handle, transport, process or safely dispose of the waste concerned. Specifically, in relation to waste avoidance and resource recovery during the construction phase, the Construction Contractor will: · · · · · Page 57
Consider how to avoid the creation of waste by optimising the use of the materials available and procured; Consider how materials can be reused or recycled; Consider potential waste generated by the product or related packaging; Consider the environmental and social impacts of the waste; and Consider how far items must be transported for recovery. | Construction Environmental Management Plan
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station
4.3.17.
Energy Use
CRLL is committed to minimising the use of fossil fuels and the corresponding release in greenhouse gas emissions (GHG emissions). Where practical, renewable energy sources will be used and methods to reduce energy use and GHG emissions will be implemented such as: · · · · · ·
Use of power from the national grid rather than on site generators; Use of biofuel; Use of hybrid and/or energy efficient equipment; Use of LED lights; Operator and driver training; and Optimisation of equipment maintenance.
During construction, data from energy use will feed into carbon footprint calculations in order to monitor actual energy use and to help measure the effects of innovations and improvements that have been implemented. Inductions and tool box meetings throughout the project will highlight the energy use goals and the measures that individuals can take to help achieve the goals. Refer to the Sustainability Rating Management Plan for further information regarding the carbon footprint calculations and the Sustainability Opportunities Register for further examples of energy reduction opportunities under investigation.
4.3.18.
Water use
Water is a resource often used without consideration due to its apparent abundance in New Zealand. However, as with other material use, it should be used with consideration and care as there are environmental costs associated with its delivery and treatment. Water use will be monitored during the project to track performance and promote considerate use. Where practical, water saving opportunities will be implemented such as: · · ·
Reuse of ground water (provided it is not contaminated) for dust suppression; Capture of rain water for use on site for non-potable requirements (i.e. saw cutting, wheel washing, jet grouting, concrete mixing); and Water efficient workers amenities.
Water losses can contribute to significant water use, as such, meter readings will be completed weekly to identify significant increases in water use that are unexplainable. The project Environmental and Sustainability Inspections will include checks of hoses and water connections for leaks. Refer to the Sustainability Rating Management Plan for further information regarding the metering and modelling of water use and the Sustainability Opportunities Register for further examples of water use reduction opportunities.
4.3.19. Page 58
Material use
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station Due to the very nature of construction, significant volumes of materials will be used. In order to reduce the environmental, social and economic impacts associated with material usage a number of initiatives will be undertaken, including: · · · ·
The use of environmentally certified materials; The use of renewable resources; The use of recycled products (provided they meet specification); and The use of locally sourced products.
Material use will be monitored using the ISCA Materials calculator (refer section 1.8) and further information is provided in the Sustainability Rating Management Plan.
4.4 Emergency and Incident Response This section of the CEMP addendum has been updated to reflect the additional utility relocation works, in particular in regards to any potential impacts on trees and vegetation.
4.4.1. Emergency Response Plan Refer to the Approved CEMP for a detailed description on the Emergency Response plan (ERP). No changes or additions are required to this section as a result of the additional utility relocation works.
4.4.2. Incident Response Refer to the Approved CEMP for a detailed description on incident response procedures. Environmental incidents for the utility relocation works will also include unforeseen impacts on trees / tree roots not anticipated by the TV DWP. Given that some hazardous substances will also be stored on site within the temporary construction compound, a spill kit will be available at all times to ensure the spill is appropriately managed, contained and cleaned up. Details of response to spill incidents will be dependent on the volume of the spill and detailed in the Spill Response Plan (which will be included in the ERP).
4.4.3. Notification Procedure Refer to the Approved CEMP for a detailed description on notification procedures. Environmental incident requiring notification will also include for the utility relocation works unforeseen impacts on trees / tree roots not anticipated by the TV DWP.
4.5 Stakeholder Communications Section 4.5 of the Approved CEMP relating to stakeholder communications remains applicable to the utility relocation works. A CCP addendum is attached in Appendix K and provides detail to the stakeholder communications in relation to the additional utility relocation works.
4.5.1. Public Safety Refer to the Approved CEMP for a detailed description on operational procedures relating to public safety. No changes or additions are required to this section as a result of the additional utility relocation works. Page 59
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station
Page 60
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station
5. Monitor and Review 5.1 Environmental Monitoring Refer to the Approved CEMP for a detailed description on environmental monitoring requirements. In addition there are amendments to environmental monitoring requirements from the various DWP and MP addendums (refer Appendix D to Appendix K), TV DWP (refer Appendix N) and Historic Character Assessment Memorandum – Built Heritage (refer Appendix P) attached to this CEMP Addendum. External specialists may be used, where required, to conduct specialist monitoring, including noise, vibration, air quality, tree removal / transplanting / replanting and non in-situ water monitoring.
5.1.1. Collaborative Working Refer to the Approved CEMP for a detailed description on collaborative working requirements. The title of the responsible persons to fit within the Alliance job matrix (refer Table 10) has been updated for the additional utility relocation works. Table 10 Collaborative Working Contacts Organisation Auckland Council Auckland Council Construction Contractor CRLL
Title Team Leader Central Monitoring Compliance Monitoring Officer Environment and Sustainability Manager Principal Planner
Name Steven Pearce Tim O’Grady Sarah Sutherland Richard Jenkins
5.1.2. Collaborative Meeting Refer to the Approved CEMP for a detailed description on collaborative meeting requirements. No changes or additions are required to this section as a result of the additional utility relocation works.
5.2 Environmental Inspections Refer to the Approved CEMP for a detailed description on environmental inspection requirements. No changes or additions are required to this section as a result of the additional utility relocation works.
5.3 Environmental Auditing Refer to the Approved CEMP for a detailed description on environmental auditing requirements. The following addition is required to this section as a result of the additional utility relocation works: External Environmental and Sustainability Audits (by Parent Company Staff not involved in the project or a suitably qualified consultant) will be completed as per the project Audit Schedule, and at least annually, to assess the effectiveness of the Environmental Management System.
5.4 Corrective and Preventive Action Refer to the Approved CEMP for a detailed description on corrective and preventive action requirements. No changes or additions are required to this section as a result of the additional utility relocation works. Page 61
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station
5.5 Reporting Refer to the Approved CEMP for a detailed description on reporting requirements. No changes or additions are required to this section as a result of the additional utility relocation works.
5.6 Document Control Refer to the Approved CEMP for a detailed description on document control requirements. No changes or additions are required to this section as a result of the additional utility relocation works
5.7 CEMP Addendum Review Refer to the Approved CEMP for a detailed description on CEMP Addendum review process. No changes or additions are required to this section as a result of the additional utility relocation works.
Page 62
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station
List of Appendices Appendix A
Designation Conditions
64
Appendix B
Resource Consent Conditions
65
Appendix C
Site Layout Plans
66
Appendix D
Erosion and Sediment Control Plan Addendum
67
Appendix E
Transport Access and Parking Delivery Work Plan Addendum
68
Appendix F
Construction Noise and Vibration Delivery Work Plan Addendum
69
Appendix G
Historic Character Delivery Work Plan Addendum – Archaeology
70
Appendix H
Contaminated Land Delivery Work Plan Addendum
71
Appendix I
Air Quality Delivery Work Plan Addendum
72
Appendix J
Social Impact and Business Disruption Delivery Work Plan Addendum
73
Appendix K
Communication and Consultation Plan Addendum
74
Appendix L
Groundwater Monitoring and Contingency Assessment Memorandum
75
Appendix M
Building Condition Surveys (to be undertaken prior to construction)
76
Appendix N
Records of CLG and IPRP feedback on the CEMP Addendum
77
Appendix O
Tree and Vegetation Delivery Work Plan
81
Appendix P
Historic Character Assessment Memorandum – Built Heritage
82
Appendix Q
Approved CEMP
83
Appendix R
ISCA Requirements
84
Page 63
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station
Appendix A
Page 64
Designation Conditions
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
CRL Designation Conditions 10 September 2018
Aotea Alteration: BROWN (confirmed 24 January 2017) Condition 27.1(b) (Swanson St diversion): ORANGE (confirmed 23 June 2017) Strata/Sub-Strata Alteration: GREEN (confirmed 22 September 2017) Mt Eden CRL and NAL Alteration: BLUE (Environment Court Decision 15/12/17) Condition 27.1(b) (second Swanson St diversion): PINK (confirmed 27 March 2018) Operational Vibration Conditions 63 & 66: PURPLE (confirmed 24 July 2018) Karangahape Station Alteration: Amendments not included in this set
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 1
Explanatory Note: The following explanatory note does not form part of the conditions. It is a non-statutory way finding explanation of how the conditions are structured, what they cover in broad terms and where referenced documents can be found. This note does not alter legal obligations and rights created by the conditions. The conditions attach to six different designations. The designations are: 2500-1
A surface designation extending from Britomart Transport Centre to Albert Street/Mayoral Drive (in the vicinity of the Aotea car park entrance on Mayoral Drive) for the construction, operation and maintenance of the CRL – including two rail tunnels and Aotea Station.
2500-2
A sub-strata designation of land below the ground surface (within road resource and private property) for the construction, operation and maintenance of the CRL – including two rail tunnels and ancillary activities. This designation sits underneath the strata (protection) designation 2500-3 and extends from Mayoral Drive to New North Road.
2500-3
A strata (protection) designation that acts as a buffer between activities on the ground surface and the sub-strata designation (2500-2) that provides for the two rail tunnels. This designation sits above designation 2500-2, starting from 5 metres below the ground surface, and extends from Mayoral Drive to New North Road.
2500-4
A surface and sub-strata designation for the construction, operation and maintenance of Karangahape Station, and encompassing land within road reserve and private property in the vicinity of Pitt Street, Beresford Square, Karangahape Road, and Mercury Lane.
2500-5
A surface and sub-strata designation for the construction, operation and maintenance of Newton Station, and encompassing land within road reserve and private property in the vicinity of Symonds Street, Dundonald Street, and New North Road.
2500-6
A surface designation for the construction, operation and maintenance of the CRL – including the rail tunnels and connections required to join the CRL to the North Auckland Railway Line (NAL). This designation is located generally between New North Road, Mt Eden Road and Boston Road in the north and the NAL in the south. It also includes land located on the southern side and adjacent to the NAL between Normanby Road and Mt Eden Road, and to the immediate east and west of Porters Avenue.
Hereafter for the purpose of this condition set the designations are referred to as 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6. The table of contents for the conditions provides a broad overview of the subject matter. It commences with definitions and abbreviations and progresses to general conditions applicable to all designations followed by the conditions for pre-construction, construction, and operation. Under each of these
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 2
headings may be found sub-headings dealing with specific aspects of the work. There follow advice notes and appendices for: - buildings for consideration as to building condition surveys; and - heritage buildings for consideration as to building condition surveys The conditions for designation 3 conclude the suite of conditions. Set out below are a series of figures illustrating and explaining the location, extent and nature of designations 1 – 6. For precise details, please refer to the relevant designation overlays within the planning maps. Figure 1: Designations Overview Map The map below is not to scale and is intended as a visual tool only to show the location of each designation. The Land Requirement Plans and associated Schedule of Directly Affected Parties (attached to each designation) should be referred to for the actual area of land required.
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 3
Figure 2: Visual explanation of the designation types Surface Designations
Sub-strata Designations
Strata Designation with Sub-strata Designation below
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 4
Figure 3: Indicative long-section of the designations across the length of the CRL
The relationship between the various plans required by designation conditions is illustrated in the diagram below:
The documents referred to in the designation conditions can be found at [insert]
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 5
Contents
Requiring Authority Designation Conditions – for Designations 1, 2, 4, 5 and 6 DEFINITIONS GENERAL CONDITIONS Condition 1 Condition 2 Condition 3 PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONDITIONS Condition 4 – Appointment of Communication and Consultation Manager Condition 5 – Pre-Construction Communication and Consultation Plan Condition 6 – Network Utility Operators Condition 7 – Community Liaison Groups Condition 8 – Mana Whenua Consultation Condition 9 – Network Utility Operator Liaison CONSTRUCTION CONDITIONS Condition 10 – Outline Plan Requirements Condition 11 – Independent Peer Review of CEMP and DWPs Condition 12 – Availability of Outline Plan(s) Condition 13 – Monitoring of Construction Conditions Communication and Consultation Condition 14 – Contact Person Condition 15 – Communication and Consultation Plan Condition 16 – Communications – Notable Noise and Vibration Receivers Condition 17 – Concerns and Complaints Management Condition 18 – “One Network” Consultation Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) and Delivery Work Plans (DWPs) Condition 19 – Preparation, Compliance and Monitoring Condition 20 – CEMP Requirements Condition 21 – CEMP Construction Works Requirements Condition 22 – Review Process for CEMP and DWPs
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 6
Condition 23 – Update of CEMP and DWPs following review Condition 24 – Network Utilities Transport, Access and Parking Condition 25 – General Transport, Access and Parking Condition 26 – Monitoring of Transport Network Congestion Condition 27 – Transport, Access and Parking: Specific Requirements (Britomart to Mayoral Drive) Condition 28 – Transport, Access and Parking: Specific Requirements (Karangahape Station Area) Condition 29 – Transport, Access and Parking: Specific Requirements (Newton Station Area) Condition 30 – Transport, Access and Parking: Specific Requirements (NAL Area) Noise and Vibration Condition 31 – Project Standards – Construction Noise Condition 32 – Project Standards – Blasting Noise Condition 33 – Project Standards – Construction Vibration Condition 34 – Project Standards – Construction Vibration (Amenity) Condition 35 – Project Standards – MediaWorks Condition 36 – Construction Noise and Vibration DWP Condition 37 – Site Specific Construction Noise Management Plan (SSCNMP) Condition 38 – Site Specific Construction Vibration Management Plan (SSCVMP) Condition 39 – Notable Noise and Vibration Receivers Condition 40 – Construct ion Noise and Vibration Management Plan – MediaWorks Built Heritage/Archaeology Condition 41 – Historic Character – Built Heritage Condition 42– Historic Character – Archaeology Condition 43 – Heritage Advisory Group and Composition Condition 44 – Heritage Advisory Group Function Condition 45 – Bluestone Wall Management Plan Building Condition Surveys Condition 46 – Process for Building Condition Surveys Urban Design Condition 47 – Urban Design Principles
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 7
Condition 48 – Mitigation Planting Requirements Condition 49 – Engagement with Mana Whenua and the Mana Whenua Principles Condition 50 – Specific Area Requirements: Britomart to Aotea Station Condition 51 – Specific Area Requirements: Karangahape Station area Condition 52 – Specific Area Requirements: Newton Station area Condition 53 – Specific Area Requirements: North Auckland Line area Condition 54 – Station Plan Requirements Trees and Vegetation Condition 55 – Trees and Vegetation DWP Public Art Condition 56 – Public Art DWP Contamination Condition 57 – Contamination DWP Condition 58 – Contamination Validation Report at Completion of Construction Air Quality Condition 59 – Air Quality DWP Social Impact and Business Disruption Condition 60 – Property Management Strategy Condition 61 – Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP Specific Design Requirements Condition 62 – Specific Design Requirements relating to 152 Vincent Street OPERATIONAL CONDITIONS Condition 63 – Operational Rail Vibration Condition 64 – Operational Noise – Mechanical Ventilation Plant Condition 65 – Operational Noise and Vibration Management Plan (ONVMP) Condition 66 – Operational Noise and Vibration Management – Mediaworks ADVICE NOTES APPENDIX ONE – Buildings for Consideration as to Building Condition Surveys APPENDIX TWO – Heritage Buildings for Consideration as to Building Condition Surveys
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 8
Requiring Authority Designation Conditions – Designation 3 Condition 1 Condition 2 Condition 3 Condition 4 Condition 5 ADVICE NOTES
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 9
Requiring Authority Designation Conditions – for Designations 1, 2, 4, 5 and 6
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
DEFINITIONS 1 2
Consult
4
Consulting
5
Consultation
The process of providing information about the construction works, and receiving for consideration, information from stakeholders, directly affected and affected in proximity parties, regarding those effects and proposals for the management and mitigation of them.
6 1 4 5
Fully operational traffic lane
May include a traffic lane that is subject to a reduced speed limit, or one which may have a temporary reduction in the lane width, due to construction activity.
Two way access
Access into and out from a site or a road. This access may include restrictions (eg. left in, left out) where these are specified within the relevant conditions.
6 1 4 5 6 Receivers that undertake activities within spaces that rely on a particularly low noise and vibration environment. For these designations these spaces are defined as:
1 2 4 5
Notable Noise and Vibration Receivers
6
•
Public Performance Theatres;
•
Recording Studios, both sound and television (including Mediaworks, except the specific spaces addressed by Condition 35);
•
In relation to sensitive equipment - Medical Facilities and Scientific Laboratories;
•
In relation to the requirement to record witness statements - The Auckland District Court in Albert Street
Receivers that may be disturbed during rest, concentration, communication or prayer. For these designations these include (but are not limited to): 1 2 4 5
Sensitive Noise and Vibration Receivers
6
1
Site Specific Construction
•
Dwellings
•
Offices
•
Schools, including Child Care Centres and tertiary facilities
•
Libraries
•
Hospitals
•
Rest Homes
•
Marae and other Cultural Centres
•
Churches
•
Hotels or other accommodation facilities
These include site specific construction noise management plans (SSCNMP), site specific construction vibration plans (SSCVMP), or a
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 10
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
2 4 5 6
Condition
Noise and Vibration Management Plans
combination of both noise and vibration in one plan (SSCNVMP) to address the effects from the construction activity on notable or sensitive receivers.
1 2 4 5
Best practicable option
Has the meaning under the Resource Management Act 1991 and, for the purpose of these conditions, comprises the best practicable option for minimising the effects of any construction activity (including effects on the transport network or heritage values) on the receiver.
Historic Character
This includes heritage buildings, sites and places identified in the New Zealand Historic Places Trust register or in the Auckland Council District Plan (Isthmus or Central Area Sections) or as specifically identified in conditions.
6 1 2 4 5 6 Mana whenua for the purpose of this designation are considered to be the following (in no particular order), who at the time of Notice of Requirement expressed a desire to be involved in the City Rail Link Project: 1 2 4
Mana Whenua
5 6
1 2 4
Material change
5 6
4 5 6
Ngati Maru
•
Ngati Paoa
•
Ngai Tai ki Tamaki
•
Ngati Te Ata
•
Ngati Whatua o Orakei
•
Te Akitai
•
Te Kawerau o maki
•
Ngati Tamaoho
Material change will include amendment to any base information informing the CEMP or other Plan or any process, procedure or method of the CEMP or other Plan which has the potential to materially increase adverse effects on a particular receiver. For clarity, changes to personnel and contact schedules do not constitute a material change. Delivery Work Plans will contain specific objectives and methods for avoiding, remedying or mitigating effects and address the following topics:
1 2
•
Delivery Work Plans
(a)
Transport, Access and Parking;
(b)
Construction noise and vibration;
(c)
Historic Character (including Archaeology);
(d)
Urban Design (including landscape and station plans);
(e)
Trees and vegetation;
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 11
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
(f)
Social Impact and Business Disruption;
(g)
Air quality;
(h)
Public Art; and
(i)
Contamination.
1 2 4 5
Peak Particle Velocity
The maximum component peak vibration level (in mm/s) measured in any of three orthogonal axes (vertical, transverse, longitudinal).
MediaWorks
MediaWorks means any television, radio and/or interactive media facilities which broadcast from the MediaWorks site (including any successor which conducts the same activities).
6 6
MediaWorks site means the properties at 2-3 Flower Street and 44-52 New North Road included within the following:
6
MediaWorks site
6
MediaWorks buildings
6
Studio 1
Lot 1 DP 84213
NA40B/1323
Lot 2 DP 49561
NA2063/54
Lot 4 Section 3 Deeds Plan 45(blue)
NA557/190
Part Lot 5 Section 3 Deeds Plan 45 Blue
NA557/144
Lot 1 DP 60771
NA15C/727
MediaWorks buildings means the buildings located at 2 Flower Street (Lot 2 DP 49561, NA2063/54), 3 Flower Street (Lot 1 DP 84213, NA40B/1323), 40 New North Road (Lot 1 DP 80372, NA37A/545), 44 New North Road (Lot 4 Section 3 Deeds Plan 45 (Blue), NA557/190), 4648 New North Road (Pt Lot 5 Section 3 Deeds Plan 45 (Blue), NA557/144), and 52 New North Road (Lot 1 DP 60771, NA15C/727). Studio 1 means the main broadcasting studio at the MediaWorks building at 3 Flower Street as shown on Diagram 1.
ABBREVIATIONS CEMP
Construction Environmental Management Plan
DWP
Delivery Work Plan
NoR
Notice of Requirement
ONVMP
Operational Noise and Vibration Management Plan
PPV
Peak Particle Velocity
SSCNVMP
Site Specific Noise and Vibration Management Plan
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 12
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
GENERAL CONDITIONS 1.1 The City Rail Link Project (City Rail Designations 1, 2, 4, 5 and 6) shall be undertaken in general accordance with the following, subject to final detailed design: (a) the information provided by the Requiring Authority in the Notice of Requirement dated 23 August 2012 and supporting documents (as updated by information provided by the Requiring Authority up until the close of the Hearing and during the course of Environment Court proceedings) being: (i) Assessment of Environmental Effects report (contained in Volume 2 of the Notice of Requirement suite of documents, dated 15 August 2012 Rev B); (ii) Supporting environmental assessment reports (contained in Volume 3 of the Notice of Requirement suite of documents, dated August 2012); (iii) The Concept Design Report (contained in Volume 2 of the Notice of Requirement suite of documents, dated 13 August 2012 Rev 3); (iv) Plan sets:
1 2 1
4 5 6
•
Land requirement plans (contained in Volume 1 of the Notice of Requirement suite of documents, dated 15 August 2012 and GIS4214293-100-10 Rev 5 as amended for 32 Normanby Road, dated 14 September 2015);
•
Plans contained in the Concept Design Report Appendices (contained in Volume 3 of the Notice of Requirement suite of documents, dated 13 August 2012 Rev 3);
•
Plan CIV-000-DRG-0001 attached at Appendix 1 to these Conditions.
(v) Information provided in response to the Section 92 requests and/or in advance of the Council’s section 42A report, including the following: •
“City Rail Link Notice of Requirement: Social Impact Assessment” prepared by Beca Carter Hollings & Ferner Ltd (Beca), dated 19 April 2011 (approved for release 19 April 2013);
•
“City Rail Link – Supplementary Report: Traffic Modelling of Alternative Construction Scenarios” prepared by Flow Transportation Specialists Ltd, dated 22 May 2013.
(vi) Evidence (including supplementary evidence) provided prior to and at the Council hearing, including but not limited to: •
Statement of Evidence by Ian Clark (Transport) dated 2 July 2013;
•
“Drawing 0220, Revision B” dated 20 August 2013, being part of the City Rail Link Project: Mt Eden Worksite set by Aurecon, submitted as part of the Second Supplementary Statement of Evidence of William (Bill) Russell Newns for Auckland Transport;
•
“City Rail Link Notice of Requirement: Outline Plan Process and Environmental Management Plan System (Indicative)” prepared by Beca Carter Hollings & Ferner Ltd, dated 27 September 2013;
•
“City Rail Link: Indicative Communication and Consultation Plan” prepared by Auckland Transport, dated September 2013;
•
“Outline Social Impact and Business Disruption Delivery Work Plan” submitted as Attachment A to the Statement of Evidence of Amelia Joan Linzey (Beca Carter Hollings & Ferner Ltd), dated 26 September
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 13
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
2013. (vii) All material and evidence (including rebuttal evidence) provided by the Requiring Authority in the Environment Court proceedings (ENV-2014-AKL-000057). (b) Except as modified by the following alterations: (i) Assessment of Environmental Effects (Reference CRL-AOT-RME-000-0057), Design and Construction Report (Reference CRL-AOT-RME-000-0059 and Drawings CRL¬ SYW-RME-000- DWG-0025-0030 (‘Aotea Alteration’ - CRL Designation 1); and (ii) Assessment of Environmental Effects (Reference CRL-SYWRME-000-RPT-0065, Design and Construction Memorandum (Reference CRL-SYW- RME-000-MEM0002) and Drawings CRL-SYW- RME-000-DRG-0120 to 0124 and 0128 to 0132 ‘Strata / Sub-Strata Alteration (CRL Designation 2); and (iii) Assessment of Environmental Effects (Reference CRL-MTE-RME- 000-RPT-0060, Revision 7 dated 9/11/16), Design and Construction Memorandum (Reference CRL-MTE-RME-000-MEM-0001, dated 9/11/16) and Drawings CRL-SYW-RME000-DWGDRG-0101 Revision 1 dated 26/7/16, 0102 Revision 1 dated 26/7/16, 0110 Revision 1 dated 26/7/16 and 0133 Revision 1 dated 26/7/16 and CRL-EFCROA-000-DRG-1027 Revision 4 dated 30/6/16, 1028 Revision 4 dated 30/6/16 and 1127 Revision 2 dated 30/6/16 and CRL-EFC-CON-000-DRG- 0060 Revision 1 dated 20/6/16, 0061 Revision 1 dated 20/6/16, 0062 Revision 1 dated 20/6/16, 0063 Revision 1 dated 20/6/16 and 0064 Revision 1 dated 8/7/16)(‘Mt Eden Station Alteration’ - CRL Designation 6), Section 92 responses dated 20/12/16, 17/2/17 and 27/4/17; (iv) Assessment of Environmental Effects (Reference CRL-PAT-ENV-CON-PLN-003285, Revision 2 dated 19/12/17, Section 92 Responses dated 19/2/18. 1.2 Where there is inconsistency between: (a) The documents listed above and these conditions, these conditions shall prevail; (b) The information and plans set out in conditions 1.1(a) and 1.1(b) lodged with the requirements and presented at the Council Hearing and during the course of Environment Court proceedings, the most recent information and plans shall prevail; (c) The indicative management plans and evidence presented at the Council Hearing and the management plans (DWPs, CEMP, etc) required by the conditions of these designations and submitted through an Outline Plan, the requirements of the management plans shall prevail. 1 2 2
4
2.1 In accordance with section 184(1) of the Resource Management Act 1991 (the RMA), these designations shall lapse if not given effect to within 15 10 years from the date on which they are confirmed.
5 6 1 3
3.1 As soon as reasonably practicable, and no later than the point at which any part or parts of the City Rail Link become operational, the Requiring Authority shall:
2
(a) Review the area and volume of land designated for the City Rail Link;
4
(b) Identify any areas of designated land that are either no longer necessary for construction of the City Rail Link (if the City Rail Link has been constructed in part), or no longer necessary for the on-going operation and/or maintenance of the City Rail Link or for on-going mitigation measures; and
5 6
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 14
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
(c) Give notice in accordance with Section 182 of the RMA for the removal of those parts of the designation identified in (b) above. (d) Give notice in accordance with s182 of the RMA for the drawback of the CRL designation post construction where the CRL overlaps the North Auckland Line designation (Auckland Unitary Plan reference 6300) as follows: (i) Between 4 Haultain Street and 5 Fenton Street north and south (Identification reference 7 on drawing CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-0104 Revision 1 dated 26/7/16); (ii) Between 49-51 Boston Road and Severn Street (Identification references 1, 2 and 3 on drawing CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-0101 Revision 1 dated 26/7/16; (iii) At 14-22 Boston Road (Identification references 5 on drawing CRL-SYW-RME000-DRG-0101 Revision 1 dated 26/7/16); (iv) At 11 Water Street (Identification reference 6 on drawing CRL-SYW-RME-000DRG-0101 Revision 1 dated 26/7/16); (v) At 26 and 28 Mt Eden Road (Identification references 5 and 6 on drawing CRLSYW-RME-000-DRG-0103 Revision 1 dated 26/7/16); (vi) Over road reserve at Normanby Road between Lauder Road and Boston Road to reflect the Normanby Road overbridge (Identification reference 2 on drawing CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-0103 Revision 1 dated 26/7/16); and (vii) At Porters Ave to reflect the location of signalling infrastructure (Identification reference 8 on drawing CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-0104 Revision 1 dated 26/7/16).
PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONDITIONS Appointment of Communication and Consultation Manager
4
1 2 4 5 6
4.1 Within three months of the confirmation of the designation the Requiring Authority shall appoint a Communication and Consultation Manager to implement the Pre-construction Communication and Consultation Plan (Condition 5). The Communication and Consultation Manager shall be the main and readily accessible point of contact for persons affected by or interested in the City Rail Link Project until the commencement of the construction phase of the Project, or the contact person under Condition 14 is appointed. 4.2 The Communication and Consultation Manager’s contact details (or, if appointed under Condition 14, that contact persons details) shall be listed in the Pre-construction Communication and Consultation Plan and listed on the Requiring Authority website, the City Rail Link Website, and the Auckland Council website. Pre-Construction Communication and Consultation Plan
5
1 2 4 5 6
5.1 The objective of the Pre-construction Communication and Consultation Plan is to set out a framework to ensure appropriate communication and consultation is undertaken with the community, stakeholders, affected parties and affected in proximity parties prior to the commencement of construction of the City Rail Link. 5.2 The Requiring Authority shall prepare a Pre-Construction Communication and Consultation Plan. This Plan shall be submitted to Auckland Councils Major Infrastructure Projects Team Manager, within 2 months of the Designation being confirmed, for confirmation that the Plan has been prepared in accordance with this condition. 5.3 The Plan shall be implemented and complied with within 3 months from the confirmation of the designations until the commencement of the construction of the City Rail Link.
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 15
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
5.4 This Plan shall set out recommendations and requirements (as applicable) that should be adopted by and/or inform the development of the CEMP and DWPs. 5.5 The Pre-construction Communication and Consultation Plan shall set out how the Requiring Authority will: (a) Inform the community of Project progress and likely commencement of construction works and programme; (b) Engage with the community in order to foster good relationships and to provide opportunities for learning about the Project; (c) Obtain (and specify reasonable timeframes for) feedback and input from Stakeholders, directly affected and affected in proximity parties regarding the development of the CEMP and DWPs; (d) Respond to queries and complaints. Information shall include but not be limited to: (i) Who is responsible for responding; (ii) How responses will be provided; (iii) The timeframes that the responses will be provided within. (e) Where feedback (in accordance with this condition) is provided, the Pre-construction Communication and Consultation Plan shall articulate how that feedback has informed the development of the CEMP and DWPs and where it has not, reasons why it hasn’t; (f) Provide updates on the property acquisition process as well as the management strategy for properties acquired by the Requiring Authority for the construction of the City Rail Link. 5.6 The Pre-Construction Communication and Consultation Plan shall be prepared in consultation with Stakeholders, directly affected parties and affected in proximity parties including, but not limited to: (a) All property owners and occupiers (including, subject to Condition 61.5, sub lessees) identified within the designation footprint; (b) All property owners and occupiers adjacent to construction sites (Britomart and Albert Street (Designation 1), Karangahape Road (Designation 4), Newton Station (Designation 5), and the main construction site including grade separation works at Normanby Road and Porters Ave (Designation 6)); (c) New Zealand Historic Places Trust (NZHPT); (d) Department of Corrections; (e) Ministry of Justice; (f) MediaWorks; (g) Network Utility Operators; (h) Bear Park Early Childhood Centre; (i) Body Corporate 164980 & Tenham Investments Limited (j) Community Liaison Group(s) (refer Condition 7); 5.7 The Pre-construction Communication and Consultation Plan shall, as a minimum, include: (a) A communications framework that details the Requiring Authority’s communication strategies, the accountabilities, frequency of communications and consultation, the range of communication and consultation tools to be used (including any modern and relevant communication methods, newsletters or similar, advertising etc.), and any other relevant communication matters;
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 16
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
(b) Details of the Communication and Consultation Manager for the pre-construction period (Condition 4 of this designation) including their contact details (phone, email and postal address); (c) The methods for identifying, communicating and consulting with stakeholders, directly affected parties and affected in proximity parties and other interested parties. Such methods shall include but not be limited to: (i) Newsletters; (ii) Newspaper advertising; (iii) Notification and targeted consultation with stakeholders, affected parties and affected in proximity parties; and (iv) The use of the project website for public information. (d) The methods for identifying, communicating and consulting with the owners of 1 Queen Street (HSBC House) and 21 Queen Street (Zurich House) regarding the development of the City Rail Link design and construction methodology between Britomart Transport Centre and Customs Street (through the Downtown Shopping Centre site). (e) The methods for communicating and consulting with mana whenua for the implementation of mana whenua principles for the project (refer to condition 8 and 48); (f) The methods for communicating and consulting with the Community Liaison Group(s); (g) How communication and consultation activity will be recorded; and (h) Methods for recording reasonably foreseeable future planned network utility works so that these can be considered and incorporated, where appropriate, into the City Rail Link design. 5.8 The Pre-construction Communication and Consultation Plan will be publicly available once finalised and for the duration of construction. Network Utility Operators 6.1 Under s 176(1)(b) of the Resource Management Act 1991 (RMA) no person may do anything in relation to the designated land that would prevent or hinder the City Rail Link, without the prior written consent of the Requiring Authority.
1 2 6
4
6.2 In the period before construction begins on the City Rail Link (or a section thereof), the following activities undertaken by Network Utility Operators will not prevent or hinder the City Rail Link, and can be undertaken without seeking the Requiring Authority’s written approval under section 176(1)(b) of the RMA: (a) Maintenance and urgent repair works of existing Network Utilities;
5
(b) Minor renewal works to existing Network Utilities necessary for the on-going provision or security of supply of Network Utility Operations;
6
(c) Minor works such as new property service connections; (d) Upgrades to existing Network Utilities within the same or similar location with the same or similar effects on the City Rail Link designation. 6.3 For the avoidance of doubt, in this condition an “existing Network Utility” includes infrastructure operated by a Network Utility Operator which was: (a) In place at the time the notice of requirement for the City Rail Link was served on Auckland Council (23 August 2012); or
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 17
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
(b) Undertaken in accordance with this condition or the section 176(1)(b) RMA process. Community Liaison Groups 7.1 Within three months of the confirmation of the designations the Requiring Authority shall, in consultation with the Auckland Council, establish at least one Community Liaison Group in each of the following key construction areas: (a) Britomart and Albert Street (Designation 1) (b) Karangahape Road (Designation 4) (c) Newton Station (Designation 5) (d) Main Construction site (Designation 6) 7.2 The number of Groups shall be confirmed with the Auckland Council. 7.3 The membership of the Community Liaison Group(s) shall include representative(s) of the Requiring Authority and be open to all directly affected and affected in proximity parties to the Project including, but not limited to the following: (a) Representative(s) for and/or directly affected and affected in proximity property owners and occupiers; (b) CBD Residents Advisory Group; (c) The Karangahape Road Business Association; (d) Eden Terrace Business Association; (e) Heart of the City; (f) Roman Catholic Diocese of Auckland;
7
1 2 4 5 6
(g) St Patrick’s Cathedral; and (h) St Benedict’s Parish. 7.4 In addition to the requirements in Condition 5, the purpose of the Groups shall be to: (a) Provide a means for receiving regular updates on Project progress; (b) Monitor the effects of constructing the Project on the community by providing a regular forum through which information about the Project can be provided to the community. (c) Enable opportunities for concerns and issues to be reported to and responded by the Requiring Authority. (d) Provide feedback on the development of the CEMP and DWPS. (e) Proposed potential joint initiatives to the Requiring Authority for the Property Management Strategy regarding the interim use of properties including vacant land acquired for the construction of the City Rail Link. 7.5 The Requiring Authority will consult with the Groups in respect of the development of the CEMP and DWPs. 7.6 The Requiring Authority will appoint one or more persons appropriately qualified in community consultation as the Community Consultation Advisor(s) to: (a) Provide administrative assistance to the Groups; (b) Ensure the Groups are working effectively (including the development of a Code of Conduct) and appropriate procedures for each Group; and (c) Act as a community consultation advisor to the Group. 7.7 The Requiring Authority will use its best endeavours to ensure that the Groups meet at least annually until the commencement of construction and then at least once every three months or as otherwise required once construction commences.
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 18
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
7.8 Once construction has commenced the Requiring Authority will provide an update at least every three months (or as otherwise agreed) to the Groups on compliance with the designation conditions and the CEMP and DWP and any material changes to these plans. 7.9 The Requiring Authority shall provide reasonable administrative support for the Groups including organising meetings at a local venue, inviting all members of the Groups, as well as the taking and dissemination of meeting minutes. 7.10 The Groups shall continue for the duration of the construction phase of the Project and for six months following completion of the Project. Mana Whenua Consultation 8.1 Within three months of the confirmation of the designations the Requiring Authority shall establish a kaitiaki or mana whenua forum to provide for an on-going role in the design and construction of the CRL Project. 8.2 The frequency at which the forum meets shall be agreed between the Requiring Authority and mana whenua. 8.3 The role of the mana whenua forum may include the following: (a) Developing practical measures to give effect to the principles in the Urban Design DWP (refer to Condition 49);
8
1
(b) Input into, where practicable, the design of the stations (refer to Condition 54);
2
(c) Input into the preparation of the CEMP and DWPs;
4
(d) Working collaboratively with the Requiring Authority around built heritage and archaeological matters;
5 6
(e) Undertaking kaitiakitanga responsibilities associated with the City Rail Link Project, including monitoring, assisting with discovery procedures, and providing mÄ tauranga MÄ ori input in the relevant stages of the Project; and (f) Providing a forum for consultation with mana whenua regarding the names for the City Rail Link stations, noting that there may be formal statutory processes outside the project (such as the New Zealand Geographic Board) which may be involved in any decision making on station names. 8.4 The mana whenua forum may provide written advice to the Requiring Authority in relation to any of the above matters. The Requiring Authority must consider this advice and the means by which any suggestions may be incorporated in the City Rail Link project. Network Utility Operator Liaison 9.1 The Requiring Authority and its contractor shall:
1 2 9
4 5 6
(a) Work collaboratively with Network Utility Operators during the development of the further design for the City Rail Link to provide for the ongoing operation and access to network Utility operations; (b) Undertake communication and consultation with Network Utility Operators as soon as reasonably practicable, and at least once prior to construction timing being confirmed and construction methodology, and duration being known; and (c) Work collaboratively with Network Utility Operators during the preparation and implementation of the CEMP (Condition 24) and DWPs in relation to management of adverse effects on Network Utility Operations. 9.2 A summary of the communication and consultation undertaken between the Requiring Authority and Network Utility Operators prior to construction commencing shall be
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 19
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
provided as part of the Outline Plan. 9.3 The Requiring Authority shall undertake on-going communication and consultation with Network Utility operators throughout the duration of construction, including in relation to changes envisaged by Conditions 22 and 23 affecting Network Utility Operations to ascertain whether or not any changes or updates to the CEMP Network Utilities section are required to address unforeseen effects. CONSTRUCTION CONDITIONS Outline Plan Requirements 10.1 The Requiring Authority shall submit an Outline Plan to the Auckland Council for the construction of the City Rail Link in accordance with section 176A of the RMA. The Outline Plan shall include: (a) The Communication and Consultation Plan (Condition 15); (b) The Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP); (c) Delivery Work Plans (DWPs); (d) Site Specific Construction Noise/Vibration Management Plans (SSCNVMPs) and Notable Receiver Management Plans; and (e) Any other information required by the conditions of this designation associated with the construction of the City Rail Link.
1 2 10
4 5 6
10.2 The plans listed in Condition 10.1 above must clearly document the comments and inputs received by the Requiring Authority during its consultation with stakeholders, affected parties and affected in proximity parties, and any recommendations received as part of the Independent Peer Review Panel process (where applicable), along with a clear explanation of where any affected party comments or peer review recommendations have not been incorporated, and the reasons why not. 10.3 The Requiring Authority may choose to give effect to the designation conditions associated with the construction of the City Rail Link: (a) Either at the same time or in parts; (b) By submitting one or more: (i) Communication and Consultation Plans; (ii) CEMP; (iii) DWPs; and (iv) SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs 10.4 These plans should clearly show how the part integrates with adjacent City Rail Link construction works and interrelated activities. This particularly applies where the Urban Design DWP is submitted as a number of plans. 10.5 Early engagement will be undertaken with Auckland Council in relation to preparation and submission of the Outline Plan to establish a programme for the Outline Plan process to ensure achievable timeframes for both parties. 10.6 All works shall be carried out in accordance with the Outline Plan(s) required by this condition.
11
1
Independent Peer Review of CEMP and DWPs
2
11.1 Prior to submitting the CEMP, DWPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs (other than those prepared in accordance with Condition 39) to Auckland Council for the construction of the City Rail Link, the Requiring Authority shall engage suitably qualified independent specialists
4
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 20
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
5 6
Condition
agreed to by Auckland Council to form an Independent Peer Review Panel. The purpose of the Independent Peer Review Panel is to undertake a peer review of the CEMP, DWPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs (other than those prepared in accordance with Condition 39), and provide recommendations on whether changes are required to those plans in order to meet the objective and other requirements of these conditions. 11.2 The CEMP, DWPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs (other than those prepared in accordance with Condition 39) must clearly document the comments and inputs received by the Requiring Authority during its consultation with stakeholders, affected parties and affected in proximity parties, along with a clear explanation of where any comments have not been incorporated, and the reasons why not. This information must be included in the CEMP, DWPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs (other than those prepared in accordance with Condition 39) provided to both the independent peer reviewer and Auckland Council as part of this condition. 11.3 The CEMP, DWPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs (other than those prepared in accordance with Condition 39) submitted to Auckland Council shall demonstrate how the recommendations from the independent peer reviewers have been incorporated, and, where they have not, the reasons why not. 11.4 In reviewing an Outline Plan submitted in accordance with these designation conditions, Auckland Council shall take into consideration the independent specialist peer review undertaken in accordance with this condition and any additional information provided to Auckland Council by affected parties. Availability of Outline Plan(s)
1 2 12
4 5 6
12.1 For the duration of construction the following plans and any material changes to these plans shall be made available for public viewing on the Project web site: (a) CEMP; (b) DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs); and (c) Communication and Consultation Plan. 12.2 A copy of these Plans will also be held and made available for viewing at each construction site. Monitoring of Construction Conditions
13
1
13.1 The Requiring Authority, its contractor team, and the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer(s) shall establish and implement a collaborative working process for dealing with day to day construction processes, including monitoring compliance with the designation conditions and with the CEMP and DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs) and any material changes to these plans associated with construction of the City Rail Link.
2
13.2 This collaborative working process shall:
4 5 6
(a) Operate for the duration of the construction works and for 6 months following completion of construction works where monitoring of designation conditions is still required, unless a different timeframe is mutually agreed between the Requiring Authority and the Auckland Council; (b) Have a “key contact” person representing the Requiring Authority and a “key contact” person representing the contractor team to work with the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer(s); (c) The “key contacts” shall be identified in the CEMP and shall meet at least monthly unless a different timeframe is agreed with the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer(s). The purpose of the meeting is to report on compliance with the
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 21
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
designation conditions and with the CEMP, DWPs and material changes to these plans and on any matters of non-compliance and how they have been addressed; (d) Once construction has commenced, the Requiring Authority and / or the contractor shall provide an update to the Community Liaison Groups (Condition 7 of this designation) at least once every 3 months, or if in accordance with Condition 7 these groups meet more regularly, at least once every two months. 13.3 The purpose and function of the collaborative working process is to: (a) Assist as necessary the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer(s) to confirm that: (i) The works authorised under these designations are being carried out in compliance with the designation conditions, the CEMP, DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs) and any material changes to these plans; (ii) The Requiring Authority and its contractor are undertaking all monitoring and the recording of monitoring results in compliance with the requirements of the CEMP and DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs) and any material changes to these plans; (b) Subsequent to a confirmed Outline Plan, provide a mechanism through which any changes to the design, CEMP or DWPs, which are not material changes requiring approval under Condition 10 triggering the requirement for a new Outline Plan, can be required, reviewed and confirmed; (c) Advise where changes to construction works following a confirmed Outline Plan require a new CEMP or DWP (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs); (d) Review and identify any concerns or complaints received from, or related to, the construction works monthly (unless a different timeframe is mutually agreed with the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer) and adequacy of the measures adopted to respond to these. Communication and Consultation
14
1 2 4 5 6
Contact Person 14.1 The Requiring Authority shall make a contact person available 24 hours seven days a week for the duration of construction for public enquiries on the construction works.
Communication and Consultation Plan 15.1 The objective of the Communication and Consultation Plan is to set out a framework to ensure appropriate communication and consultation is undertaken with the community, stakeholders, affected parties and affected in proximity parties during the construction of the City Rail Link.
15
1 2 4 5 6
15.2 The Requiring Authority shall prepare a Communication and Consultation Plan which shall be implemented and complied with for the duration of the construction of the City Rail Link. 15.3 The Communication and Consultation Plan shall set out how the Requiring Authority will: (a) Inform the community of construction progress and future construction activities and constraints that could affect them; (b) Provide early information on key Project milestones; (c) Obtain and specify a reasonable timeframe (being not less than 10 working days), for feedback and inputs from directly affected and affected in proximity parties
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 22
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
regarding the development (as part of the review process provided by Condition 22) and implementation of the CEMP or DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSNMPs and SSCVMPs); and (d) Respond to queries and complaints including but not limited to: (i) Who is responsible for responding; (ii) How responses will be provided; (iii) The timeframes that responses will be provided within. 15.4 The Communication and Consultation Plan shall as a minimum include: (a) A communications framework that details the Requiring Authority’s communication strategies, the accountabilities, frequency of communications and consultation, the range of communication and consultation tools to be used (including any modern and relevant communication methods, newsletters or similar, advertising etc), and any other relevant communication matters; (b) The Communication and Consultation Manager for the Project including their contact details (phone, email and postal address); (c) The methods for identifying, communicating and consulting with persons affected by the project including but not limited to: (i) All property owners and occupiers within the designation footprint (ii) All property owners and occupiers adjacent to construction sites (Britomart and Albert Street (Designation 1), Karangahape Road (Designation 4), Newton Station (Designation 5), Main Construction site and the works at Normanby Road and Porters Ave (Designation 6)) (iii) New Zealand Historic Places Trust (NZHPT) (iv) Department of Corrections (including the entity contracted by Department of Corrections to administer and run the Mt Eden Corrections facility at 1 Lauder Road) (v) Ministry of Justice (including but not limited to) confirming the details of the contact person required under Condition 14 of this designation, and to provide appropriate details (including but not restricted to timing, duration, scale, noise effects, vibration effects, access restrictions, and disruption to utilities) in respect to any works impacting the operation of the Auckland District Court at 65-71 Albert Street, Auckland. Communication and consultation of such details should be provided to the Ministry of Justice Auckland Property Programme Manager at least 9 months prior to the commencement of such works. (vi) Media Works (vii) Community Liaison Group(s) (refer Condition 7); (viii) Bear Park Early Childhood Centre; (ix) Body Corporate 164980 and Tenham Investments Ltd; (x) Network Utility Operators, including the process: •
To be implemented to capture and trigger where communication and consultation is required in relation to any material changes affecting the Network Utilities;
•
For the Requiring Authority to give approval (where appropriate) to Network Utility Operators as required by section 176(1)(b) of the RMA during the construction period;
•
For obtaining any supplementary authorisations (including but not limited to
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 23
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
resource consents (including those required under a National Environmental Standard) and easements); •
For inspection and final approval of works by Network Utility Operators; and
•
For implementing conditions 9, 22, 23, and 24 of this designation in so far as they affect Network Utility Operations.
(xi) The owner of 4 Kingston Street (xii) The owner of 6-12 Kingston Street (xiii) The owner of 83 Albert Street (xiv) The owner(s) of 5 Porters Avenue (ALLOT 236 SEC 10 Suburbs AUCKLAND) (d) How stakeholders and persons affected by the project will be notified of the commencement of construction activities and works, the expected duration of the activities and works, and who to contact for any queries, concerns and complaints; (e) How stakeholders and persons affected by the project will be consulted in the development and review of the CEMP and DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs), including specifying reasonable timeframes for feedback; (f) Methods for communicating in advance temporary traffic management measures and permanent changes to road networks and layouts to directly affected and in proximity parties, bus (public and private) operators, taxi operators, bus users, and the general public; (g) Methods for communicating in advance to surrounding communities (including sensitive noise and vibration receivers) which must be notified at least 24 hours in advance where construction activities are predicted to: (i) Exceed the noise limits (refer Condition 31); or (ii) Exceed a vibration limit (refer Conditions 33 and 34); or (iii) Be within 200m of a blast site (refer Condition 32). Further provisions for Notable Noise and Vibration Receivers are contained in Condition 16. (h) Methods for communicating in advance proposed hours of construction activities outside of normal working hours and on weekends and public holidays, to surrounding communities, and methods to record and deal with concerns raised about such hours; (i) Methods for communicating and consulting with mana whenua for the duration of construction and implementation of mana whenua principles for the project (refer to Conditions 8 and 49); (j) Methods for communicating and consulting with the Auckland Council Parks Department regarding works to be undertaken to any trees on public land (streets, squares, etc.) located within the City Rail Link surface designation footprint, including how trees not being removed, or in close proximity to the surface designation footprint where works are occurring, will be protected; (k) Methods for communicating and consulting in advance of construction works with emergency services (Police, Fire, Ambulance) on the location, timing and duration of construction works, and particularly in relation to temporary road lane reductions and/or closures and the alternative routes or detours to be used, with specific detail around the management of the Fire and Ambulance from their central stations on Pitt Street; (l) A list of Stakeholders, directly affected and affected in proximity parties to the
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 24
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
construction works who will be communicated with; (m) How communication and consultation activity relating to construction activities and monitoring requirements will be recorded; and (n) Methods for communicating and consulting with the Department of Corrections (including the entity contracted by Department of Corrections to administer and run the Mt Eden Corrections facility at 1 Lauder Road), to confirm the details of the contact person required under Condition 14 of this designation, and in respect of any works impacting on access or works in proximity to the Mt Eden Corrections Facility and the Boston Road Community Corrections site; including temporary traffic management measures and permanent changes to road networks and layouts which may impact on access to and from the Facility and the motorway network. 15.5 The Communication and Consultation Plan shall also include (as relevant) linkages and cross-references to the CEMP and DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs). 15.6 The Communication and Consultation Plan shall include a summary of the communication and consultation undertaken between the Requiring Authority and parties as required by the Pre-construction Communication and Consultation Plan. The summary shall include any outstanding issues or disputes raised by parties. The Communication and Consultation Plan shall be reviewed six monthly for the duration of construction and updated if required. Any updated Communication and Consultation Plan shall be provided to the “key contacts” (see Condition 13) and the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer for review and agreement on any further action to be undertaken. Any further action recommended as a result of this review shall be undertaken by the Communication and Consultation Manager for the City Rail Link and confirmation of completion provided back to the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer. 15.7 If, in the course of amendments undertaken as part of the review process, a material change to the Communication and Consultation Plan is made, those parties affected by the change shall be notified within 1 month of the material change occurring. Communications – Notable Noise and Vibration Receivers
1 16
17
4 5
16.1 A SSCNVMP shall be prepared for all Notable Noise and Vibration Receivers (refer Condition 39). As part of the SSCNVMP (and further to Condition 15 of this designation), the Requiring Authority shall undertake communication and consultation, as soon as reasonably practicable (and at least once following confirmation of construction timing and methodology), with any Notable Noise and Vibration Receivers located within 200 metres of blasting, or within 100 metres (either horizontally or vertically) of the designation footprint for other construction activities. Communication and consultation with these parties should focus on a collaborative approach to manage the adverse effects from construction noise and vibration while works are undertaken in the vicinity.
6
16.2 The Requiring Authority shall undertake on-going communication and consultation with notable noise and vibration receivers throughout the duration of construction occurring in the vicinity. This communication shall be reported back to the “key contacts” (see Condition 13) and the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer for their review and confirmation of any further action to be undertaken. The Auckland Council Consent Monitoring Officer shall advise the Requiring Authority of its recommendation within 10 working days of receiving this information from the Requiring Authority.
1
Concerns and Complaints Management
2
17.1 Upon receiving a concern or complaint during construction, the Requiring Authority shall instigate a process to address concerns or complaints received about adverse effects. This shall:
4
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 25
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
5 6
Condition
(a) Identify of the nature of the concern or complaint, and the location, date and time of the alleged event(s); (b) Acknowledge receipt of the concern or complaint within 24 hours of receipt; (c) Respond to the concern or complaint in accordance with the relevant management plan , which may include monitoring of the activity by a suitably qualified expert, implementation of mitigation measures, and, in the case of noise and / or vibration, preparation of a site specific noise and / or vibration management plan (in accordance with Conditions 37 and 38); 17.2 A record of all concerns and / or complaints received shall be kept by the Requiring Authority. This record shall include: (a) The name and address of the person(s) who raised the concern or complaint (unless they elect not to provide this) and details of the concern or complaint; (b) Where practicable, weather conditions at the time of the concern or complaint, including wind direction and cloud cover if the complaint relates to noise or air quality; (c) Known City Rail Link construction activities at the time and in the vicinity of the concern or complaint; (d) Any other activities in the area unrelated to the City Rail Link construction that may have contributed to the concern or complaint such as non-City Rail Link construction, fires, traffic accidents or unusually dusty conditions generally; (e) Remedial actions undertaken (if any) and the outcome of these, including monitoring of the activity. 17.3 This record shall be maintained on site, be available for inspection upon request, and shall be provided every two months (or as otherwise agreed) to the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer, and to the “key contacts” (see Condition 13). 17.4 Where a complaint remains unresolved or a dispute arises, the Auckland Council Compliance Monitoring Officer will be provided with all records of the complaint and how it has been dealt with and addressed and whether the Requiring Authority considers that any other steps to resolve the complaint are required. Upon receiving records of the complaint the Auckland Council Compliance Monitoring Officer must determine whether a review of the CEMP and/or DWPs is required under Condition 22 to address this complaint. The Auckland Council Compliance Monitoring Officer shall advise the Requiring Authority of its recommendation within 10 working days of receiving the records of complaint. “One Network” Consultation
1 18
4 5 6
18.1 The Requiring Authority and its contractor shall work collaboratively with the New Zealand Transport Agency (NZTA) during the preparation of the Traffic, Access and Parking DWP (Conditions 25, 27, 28, 29, and 30) in relation to confirming the management of adverse transport effects on the road network. A record of this consultation and outcomes shall be included in the Traffic, Access and Parking DWP. The Requiring Authority shall consult with the NZTA throughout the duration of construction on any changes or updates to the Traffic, Access and Parking DWP which relate to the management of the road network.
Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) and Delivery Work Plans (DWPs) 19
1 2 4
Preparation, Compliance and Monitoring 19.1 The objective of the CEMP and DWPs is to so far as is reasonably practicable, avoid,
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 26
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
5 6
Condition
remedy or mitigate any adverse effects (including cumulative effects) associated with the City Rail Link construction. 19.2 All works must be carried out in accordance with the CEMP, the DWPs required by these conditions and in accordance with any changes to plans made under Condition 23. 19.3 The CEMP and DWPs shall be prepared, complied with and monitored by the Requiring Authority throughout the duration of construction of the City Rail Link. 19.4 The DWPs shall give effect to the specific requirements and objectives set out in these designation conditions. 19.5 The CEMP shall include measures to give effect to any specific requirements and objectives set out in these designation conditions that are not addressed by the DWPs. 19.6 Where mitigation measures are required to be implemented by the Requiring Authority in relation to the construction of City Rail Link, it shall meet reasonable and direct costs of implementing such mitigation measures. CEMP Requirements 20.1 In order to give effect to the objective in Condition 19.1, the CEMP must provide for the following: (a) In relation to Designation 2, the use of one Tunnel Boring Machine (unless the effects of using more than one Tunnel Boring Machine are not materially different from those associated with the use of one Tunnel Boring Machine); (b) Notice boards that clearly identify the Requiring Authority and the Project name, together with the name, telephone number and email address of the Site or Project Manager and the Communication and Consultation Manager; (c) Training requirements for employees, sub-contractors and visitors on construction procedures, environment management and monitoring; (d) A Travel Management Plan for each construction site outlining onsite car parking management and methods for encouraging travel to the site using forms of transport other than private vehicle to assist in mitigating localised traffic effects; and
20
1 2 4 5 6
(e) Where a complaint is received, the complaint must be recorded and responded to as provided for in Conditions 13, 15 and 17. 20.2 The CEMP shall include details of: (a) The site or Project Manager and the Communication and Consultation Manager (who will implement and monitor the Communication and Consultation Plan), including their contact details (phone, email and physical address); (b) The Document management system for administering the CEMP, including review and Requiring Authority / Constructor / Auckland Council requirements; (c) Environmental incident and emergency management procedures; (d) Environmental complaint's management procedures (see also Condition 17); (e) An outline of the construction programme of the work, including construction hours of operation, indicating linkages to the DWPs which address the management of adverse effects during construction; (f) Specific details on demolition to be undertaken during the construction period; (g) Means of ensuring the safety of the general public; and (h) Methods to assess and monitor potential cumulative adverse effects. 20.3 Subject to any alternative agreement with the landowner(s) of HSBC House and Zurich House, the Requiring Authority shall prepare specific construction methodologies for the
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 27
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
works adjacent to 1 Queen Street and 21 Queen Street detailing how they will be undertaken to avoid compromising the structural integrity of the existing structures on the site including their foundation systems. The specific construction methodologies shall be prepared in consultation with the owner(s) of these properties. A record of this liaison and outcomes shall be included in the CEMP as part of the Outline Plan. This summary must provide a clear explanation of where any comments have not been incorporated into the CEMP, and the reasons why not. This summary must be provided to both the Independent Peer Review Panel and Auckland Council as part of the Outline Plan process. CEMP Construction Works Requirements 21.1 In order to give effect to the objective in Condition 19.1, the CEMP shall include the following details and requirements in relation to all areas within the surface designation footprint where construction works are to occur, and / or where materials and construction machinery are to be used or stored: (a) Where access points are to be located and procedures for managing construction vehicle ingress and egress to construction support and storage areas; (b) Methods for managing the control of silt and sediment within the construction area; (c) Methods for earthworks management (including depth and extent of earthworks and temporary, permanent stabilisation measures and monitoring of ground movement) for earthworks adjacent to buildings and structures; (d) Measures to adopt to keep the construction area in a tidy condition in terms of disposal / storage of rubbish and storage unloading of construction materials (including equipment). All storage of materials and equipment associated with the construction works shall take place within the boundaries of the designation;
21
1 4 5 6
(e) Measures to ensure all temporary boundary / security fences associated with the construction of the City Rail Link are maintained in good order with any graffiti removed as soon as possible; (f) For the duration of construction affecting Lower Queen Street or Queen Elizabeth II Square, construction fences and / or hoardings shall be placed no closer than 3 metres from the north frontage (building frontage onto Queen Elizabeth II Square) of 21 Queen Street in the vicinity of the entrance to the ground level retail space and the main pedestrian entrance to the building. (g) The location and specification of any temporary acoustic fences and visual barriers, and where practicable, opportunities for mana whenua (see Condition 8) and community art or other decorative measures along with viewing screens to be incorporated into these without compromising the purpose for which these are erected; (h) How the construction areas are to be fenced and kept secure from the public and, where practicable and without compromising their purpose how opportunities for public viewing, including provision of viewing screens and display of information about the project and opportunities for mana whenua and community art or other decorative measures can be incorporated to enhance public amenity and connection to the project; (i) The location of any temporary buildings (including workers offices and portaloos) and vehicle parking (which should be located within the construction area and not on adjacent streets); (j) Methods to control the intensity, location and direction of artificial construction lighting to avoid light spill and glare onto sites adjacent construction areas;
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 28
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
(k) Methods to ensure the prevention and mitigation of adverse effects associated with the storage, use, disposal, or transportation of hazardous substances; (l) That onsite stockpiling of spoil or fill at Downtown and Lower Albert Street construction yards be minimised where practicable; (m) That site offices and less noisy construction activities be located at the edge of the construction yards where practicable; and (n) Methods for management of vacant areas once construction is completed in accordance with the Urban Design DWP. 21.2 Unless expressly agreed in writing with the landowner of the Downtown Shopping Centre (at 7 Queen Street): (a) the Downtown construction yard (including QEII Square, Downtown Shopping Centre and Lower Albert Street), shall be progressively released from occupation for construction purposes where the area or any part of the area is no longer required for construction of the section of CRL between Britomart and Wyndham Street; and (b) following completion of the section of the CRL between the Downtown Shopping Centre and Wyndham Street and reinstatement of Albert Street, Lower Albert Street shall not be occupied for construction purposes for any section of CRL south of Wyndham Street. Review Process for CEMP and DWPs 22.1 The CEMP and DWPs shall be reviewed at least annually or as a result of a material change to the City Rail Link project or to address unforeseen adverse effects arising from construction or unresolved complaints. Such a review may be initiated by either Auckland Council or the Requiring Authority. The review shall take into consideration: (a) Compliance with designation conditions, the CEMP, DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs) and material changes to these plans; (b) Any changes to construction methods;
22
1 2 4 5 6
(c) Key changes to roles and responsibilities within the City Rail Link project; (d) Changes in industry best practice standards; (e) Changes in legal or other requirements; (f) Results of monitoring and reporting procedures associated with the management of adverse effects during construction; (g) Any comments or recommendations received from Auckland Council regarding the CEMP and DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs); and (h) Any unresolved complaints and any response to the complaints and remedial action taken to address the complaint as required under Condition 17. 22.2 A summary of the review process shall be kept by the Requiring Authority, provided annually to the Auckland Council, and made available to the Auckland Council upon request. Update of CEMP and DWPs following Review
23
1 2 4 5 6
23.1 Following the CEMP and DWPs review process described in Condition 22, the CEMP may require updating. 23.2 Any material change to the CEMP and DWP must be consistent with the purpose and objective of the relevant condition. 23.3 Affected parties will be notified of the review and any material change proposed to the CEMP and DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs).
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 29
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
23.4 The CEMP and DWPs must clearly document the comments and inputs received by the Requiring Authority from affected parties about the material change, along with a clear explanation of where any comments have not been incorporated, and the reasons why not. 23.5 Any material change proposed to the CEMP and DWPs shall be subject to an independent peer review as required by Condition 11. 23.6 Following that review any material change proposed to the CEMP and DWPs relating to an adverse effect shall be submitted for approval to Auckland Council Compliance and Monitoring Officer, at least 10 working days prior to the proposed changes taking effect. If any changes are not agreed, the relevant provisions of the RMA relating to approval of outline plans shall apply. Network Utilities 24.1 To manage the adverse effects on Network Utilities Operations during the construction of the City Rail Link, the following shall be included in the CEMP. 24.2 The purpose of this section of the CEMP shall be to ensure that the enabling works and construction of the City Rail Link adequately take account of, and include measures to address the safety, integrity, protection or, where necessary, relocation of existing network utilities that traverse, or are in close proximity to, the designation during the construction of the City Rail Link. 24.3 For the avoidance of doubt and for the purposes of this condition an “existing Network Utility� includes infrastructure operated by a Network Utility Operator which was: (a) In place at the time the notice of requirement for the City Rail Link was served on Auckland Council (23 August 2012); or (b) Undertaken in accordance with condition 6 of this designation or the section 176(1)(b) RMA process. 1 24
4 5 6
24.4 The CEMP shall be prepared in consultation with Network Utility Operators who have existing Network Utilities that traverse, or are in close proximity to, the designation and shall be adhered to and implemented during the construction of the City Rail Link. The CEMP shall include as a minimum: (a) Cross references to the Communication and Consultation Plan for the methods that will be used to liaise with all Network Utility Operators who have existing network utilities that traverse, or are in close proximity to, the designation; (b) Measures to be used to accurately identify the location of existing Network Utilities, and the measures for the protection, support, relocation and/or reinstatement of existing Network Utilities; (c) Methods to be used to ensure that all construction personnel, including contractors, are aware of the presence and location of the various existing Network Utilities (and their priority designations) which traverse, or are in close proximity to, the designation, and the restrictions in place in relation to those existing Network Utilities. This shall include: (i) Measures to provide for the safe operation of plant and equipment, and the safety of workers, in proximity to existing Network Utilities; (ii) Plans identifying the locations of the existing Network Utilities (and their designations) and appropriate physical indicators on the ground showing specific surveyed locations; (d) Measures to be used to ensure the continued operation of Network Utility Operations and the security of supply of the services by Network Utility Operators at
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 30
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
all times; (e) Measures to be used to enable Network Utility Operators to access existing Network Utilities for maintenance at all reasonable times on an ongoing basis during construction, and to access existing Network Utilities for emergency and urgent repair works at all times during the construction of the City Rail Link; (f) Contingency management plans for reasonably foreseeable circumstances in respect of the relocation and rebuild of existing Network Utilities during the construction of the City Rail Link; (g) A risk analysis for the relocation and rebuild of existing Network Utilities during the construction of the City Rail Link; (h) Earthworks management (including depth and extent of earthworks and temporary and permanent stabilisation measures), for earthworks in close proximity to existing Network Utilities; (i) Vibration management and monitoring for works in close proximity to existing Network Utilities; (j) Emergency management procedures in the event of any emergency involving existing Network Utilities; (k) The process for providing as-built drawings showing the relationship of the relocated Network Utilities to the City Rail Link to Network Utility Operators and the timing for providing these drawings; (l) Measures to ensure that network utility services are not interrupted to the Mt Eden Corrections Facility as a result of City Rail Link works. The requiring authority shall advise the Department of Corrections and the entity contracted by Department of Corrections to administer and run the Mt Eden Corrections facility at 1 Lauder Road, of any works on network utilities in the vicinity of the Mt Eden Corrections Facility which may impact on utility service provision to the Mt Eden Corrections Facility at least 14 days prior to those works occurring to allow the Department of Corrections (and the entity contracted to administer and run the facility at 1 Lauder Road) to arrange suitable contingencies. Communication and consultation with the Department of Corrections, and the entity contracted to administer and run the facility at 1 Lauder Road, shall be recorded in accordance with condition 15) of this designation. The Requiring Authority shall be responsible for ensuring that construction works do not interrupt network utility services to the Mt Eden Corrections Facility, unless by prior arrangement with Department of Corrections and the entity contracted by Department of Corrections to administer and run the Mt Eden Corrections facility at 1 Lauder Road. (m) A summary of the consultation (including any methods or measures in dispute and the Requiring Authorities response to them) undertaken between the Requiring Authority and any Network Utility Operators during the preparation of the CEMP. 24.5 If the Requiring Authority and a Network Utility Operator cannot agree on the methods proposed under the CEMP to manage the construction effects on the Operator’s network utility operation, unless otherwise agreed, each party will appoint a suitably qualified and independent expert, who shall jointly appoint a third such expert to advise the parties and make a recommendation. That recommendation will be provided by the Requiring Authority as part of the CEMP along with reasons if the recommendation is not accepted. Transport, Access and Parking 25
1
General Transport, Access and Parking
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 31
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
4 5 6
Condition
25.1 A Transport, Access and Parking DWP shall be prepared to manage the adverse effects of construction of the City Rail Link, or any part of it, on the transport network. 25.2 The objective of the Transport, Access and Parking DWP is to so far as is reasonably practicable, avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects of construction on transport, parking and property access. This is to be achieved by: (a) Managing the road transport network for the duration of construction by adopting the best practicable option to manage congestion; (b) Maintaining pedestrian access to private property at all times; and (c) Providing on-going vehicle access to private property to the greatest extent possible. 25.3 To achieve the above objective, the following shall be included in the Transport, Access and Parking DWP: (a) The road routes which are to be used by construction related vehicles, particularly trucks to transport construction related materials, equipment, spoil, including how the use of these routes by these vehicles will be managed to mitigate congestion, and to the greatest extent possible, avoid adverse effects on residential zoned land and education facilities; (b) Transport route options for the movement of construction vehicles carrying spoil, bulk construction materials or machinery shall be identified and details provided as to why these routes are considered appropriate routes. In determining appropriate routes, construction vehicles carrying spoil, bulk construction materials or machinery shall as far as practicably possible only use roads that: (i) Form part of the regional arterial network; (ii) Are overweight / over dimensioned routes; (iii) Or other routes (specified below) where no other practical option is available. (c) For the purposes of this condition the following routes (that at the time this designation was confirmed were not part of the regional arterial network and / or overweight / over dimensioned) shall be used where practicable for the movement of construction vehicles carrying spoil, bulk construction materials or machinery: (i) Ngahura Road, for trucks heading to/from Eden Terrace construction site; (ii) Dundonald Street and Basque Road, for trucks heading to/from the Newton Station construction sites; (iii) Pitt Street (between Hobson Street and Hopetoun Street), Beresford Square, Mercury Lane, Canada Street and Upper Queen Street (between Canada Street and Karangahape Road), for trucks heading to/from Karangahape Station construction sites; (iv) Wellesley Street (between Nelson Street and east of Albert Street), Cook Street (between Mayoral Drive and Hobson Street) and Mayoral Drive (between Wellesley Street and Cook Street) for trucks heading to/from Aotea Station construction sites; (v) Nelson Street (north of Wellesley Street), Hobson Street (north of Cook Street) and Lower Albert Street, for trucks heading to/from the Albert Street and Downtown construction sites. (d) Where other routes are necessary (other than those routes identified above), the Transport, Access and Parking DWP shall identify any residential zoned land and education facilities and shall provide details on how adverse effects from these vehicle movements are to be mitigated through such measures as: (i) Communication and consultation (in accordance with Condition 15 of this
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 32
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
designation) with these properties in advance of the vehicle movements occurring; (ii) Restricting vehicle movements on Monday to Friday to between 9.30am and 4pm, and on Saturday to between 9am and 2pm. (e) Proposed temporary road lane reductions and / or closures, alternative routes and temporary detours, including how these have been selected and will be managed to mitigate congestion as far as practicably possible and how advance notice will be provided; (f) How disruption to the use of private property will be mitigated through: (i) Ensuring pedestrian and cycle access to private property is retained at all times; (ii) Providing vehicle access to private property as far as practicably possible at all times, except for temporary closures where landowners and occupiers have been communicated and consulted with in reasonable advance of the closure; and (iii) How the loss of any private car parking will be mitigated through alternative car parking arrangements. (g) Where an affected party unexpectedly finds their vehicle blocked in as a result of a temporary closure, the Requiring Authority shall (within reasonable limits) offer alternative transport such as a taxi, rental car, or other alternative. Note: For the purposes of designation Conditions 25, 27, 28, 29 and 30 “temporary closure� is defined as the following: (i) In place for less than six hours, the Requiring Authority shall communicate and consult on the closure at least 24 hours in advance, but is not required to offer or provide alternative parking arrangements, though it may choose to offer this on a case by case basis in consultation with the affected party; and (ii) In place for between six and 72 hours, the Requiring Authority shall communicate and consult on the closure at least 72 hours in advance, and will offer and provide where agreed with the affected party alternative parking arrangements. The alternative parking arrangement should be as close to the site affected as is reasonably practicable. (h) How disruption to use of the road network will be mitigated for emergency services, public transport, bus users, taxi operators, freight and other related vehicles, pedestrians and cyclists through: (i) Prioritising, as far as practicably possible, pedestrian and public transport at intersections where construction works are occurring; (ii) Relocating bus stops and taxi stands to locations which, as far as practicably possible, minimise disruption; and (iii) Identifying alternate heavy haul routes where these are affected by construction works. (i) Cross references to the specific sections in the Communication and Consultation Plan that detail how emergency services, landowners, occupiers, public transport users, bus and taxi operators, and the general public are to be consulted with in relation to the management of the adverse effects on the transport network. (j) The alternative (to road) transport options that are available (including the option of rail use at the main construction site adjacent the North Auckland Rail Line) and that have been considered and assessed for the transportation of spoil. This will include as applicable:
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 33
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
(i) Benefits that could be provided by alternative options; (ii) Potential adverse effects associated with alternative options; (iii) Where an alternative option is proposed, methods for managing potential adverse effects; and (iv) Reasons for either adopting or not adopting alternative transport options. Monitoring of Transport Network Congestion 26.1 To achieve the objective of Condition 25.2(a), the Requiring Authority will undertake monitoring of the transport network and implement additional mitigation measures as required to manage congestion to achieve the best practicable option. 26.2 The purpose of the monitoring is to monitor congestion on the transport network by measuring average delays for traffic travelling along specified routes. The evaluation times will be: (a) The average travel times over the weekday two hour morning peak period; and (b) The average travel times over the weekday two hour evening peak period; and (c) The average weekday inter-peak travel times between 9am to noon, noon to 2pm and 2 to 4pm. 26.3 The Requiring Authority shall carry out continuous monitoring for the duration that construction of the City Rail Link is occurring. The intention is that this monitoring is to be continuous, although it is acknowledged that there may be occasional malfunctions. 26.4 If a congestion incident occurs (such as an accident), the monitoring during the affected period will be considered unrepresentative. 26.5 Monitoring shall commence six months prior to construction of the City Rail Link to establish a baseline of existing transport congestion. 26
1
26.6 The monitoring will establish whether the City Rail Link construction works have increased traffic delays as follows: (a) Either by more than 10 minutes (from the monitoring previously undertaken in accordance with this condition) (b) Or if the travel times are more than three minutes or 30% greater than the forecast modelled increases along that route (according to the most recent traffic model test of that scenario, undertaken prior to the start of construction. The modelled time is to be based on the Auckland City Centre SATURN traffic model or a different traffic model approved by the Requiring Authority). (c) The 30% above shall only apply for an increase predicted to be over four minutes. 26.7 If the travel times exceed the above criteria on any one of the specified routes, then additional mitigation shall be implemented by the Requiring Authority in its role as the Road Controlling Authority (under its statutory obligation). The additional mitigation could include but is not limited to advertising alternative routes, removing on street car parking or implementing operational measures, such as lane reconfigurations or signal phasing, to increase capacity on the surrounding network where reasonably possible at that time. 26.8 The purpose of additional mitigation measures is to mitigate the increases in traffic delays, reducing these to below the levels identified in Condition 26.6 as far as is reasonably achievable. 26.9 For the purposes of this condition, the following are the specified routes:
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 34
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
(a) Wellesley Street (between Victoria Street and Princes Street) (b) Victoria Street (between Wellesley Street and Princes Street) (c) Customs Street/Fanshawe Street (between Nelson Street and Tangihua Street) (d) Quay Street/Lower Hobson Street (between Fanshawe Street/Hobson Street and Tangihua Street) (e) Nelson Street/Hobson Street (between Pitt Street and Fanshawe Street) (f) Queen Street (between Mayoral Drive and Customs Street) (g) New North Road/Symonds Street (between Dominion Road and Newton Road) (h) Mount Eden Road (between Normanby Road and Symonds Street) (i) Khyber Pass Road between the southern motorway ramps and Symonds Street if this route is to be used by construction related trucks (j) Newton Road between the northwestern motorway ramps and Symonds Street 26.10 The specified routes shall exclude whichever east-west route has its intersection with Albert Street closed at the time of the surveys. Transport, Access and Parking: Specific Requirements (Britomart to Mayoral Drive) 27.1 To achieve the objective in Condition 25, the following measures shall be implemented: (a) A vehicle access lane at least 3m wide shall be provided along the eastern side of Albert Street between Customs Street and Victoria Street to provide access to properties (except that while the Albert Street/Victoria Street intersection is closed, this access lane is only to be provided between Customs Street and Durham Street); (b) A vehicle access lane at least 3m wide shall be provided along the western side of Albert Street between Customs Street and Victoria Street to provide access to properties, except that: (i) While the Albert Street/Customs Street intersection is closed, this access lane is only to be provided between Victoria Street and Wolfe Street; and (ii) While the Albert Street/Victoria Street intersection is closed, this access lane is only to be provided between Kingston Street and Customs Street. If Kingston Street is also to be closed to Albert Street during this construction stage, this access lane shall be provided between Wyndham Street and Customs Street; and 27
1
(iii) For a single period of up to 3 months while the cut and cover trench structure establishment works are carried out along Albert Street between Swanson Street and Customs Street, this access land is only required to be provided between Victoria Street and Swanson Street if northbound traffic is otherwise diverted via Swanson Street West and Federal Street; and (iv) For a single period of up to 10 months while the public realm reinstatement works are carried out along Albert Street between Wyndham Street and Wolfe Street, this access lane is only required to be provided between Victoria Street and Swanson Street if northbound traffic is otherwise diverted via Swanson Street West and Federal Street. (c) The east-west / west-east connection (two fully operational traffic lanes in each direction) is to be maintained in each direction at two of the Customs Street, Victoria Street and Wellesley Street intersections with Albert Street during the period when the third of those intersections is otherwise fully closed; (d) The left turn movement from Customs Street (from the east) into Albert Street, and the left turn from Customs Street (from the west) into Albert Street, shall be retained while the Albert Street / Customs Street intersection is fully closed;
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 35
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
(e) The left turn from Durham Street into Queen Street shall be reopened while the Albert Street/Victoria Street intersection is fully closed; (f) Two way access shall be provided on the single service lane along the western side of Albert Street between 87 Albert Street and Kingston Street while the Albert Street/Victoria Street intersection is fully closed. If Kingston Street is also to be closed to Albert Street during this construction stage, this access shall be provided to Wyndham Street; (g) Vehicular access into and egress from: (i)
Mills Lane to and from either Albert Street or Swanson Street; and
(ii) The Stamford Plaza Auckland main entrance and forecourt area is to be provided at all times and for the avoidance of doubt cannot be temporarily closed during construction. (h) Providing pedestrian and cycle access to private property at all times; (i) Providing footpaths of at least 1.5m in width along either side of Albert Street; (j) At a minimum two safe crossing passageways (which are “fully accessible” with a minimum width of 1.5m wide and well lit ), need to be provided in the vicinity of Swanson Street and Wyndham Street, in addition to pedestrian crossings at the intersections of Victoria Street and Customs Street; (k) Ensuring that construction traffic does not use Swanson Street, Wolf Street or Federal Street north of Swanson Street; (l) During the Kingston Street closure, pedestrian access to and from the Auckland District Court’s fire escape on the north side of Kingston Street shall be maintained at all times; and (m) 18 metres of on street parking within Kingston Street shall be reversed for police at the nearest practicable location. 27.2 The Traffic, Access and Parking DWP shall demonstrate how these measures will be implemented and shall also include the following: (a) How construction works will be undertaken to mitigate congestion on Albert Street, Wellesley Street, Victoria Street, Customs Street, and Quay Street including retaining east-west traffic movements across Albert Street on Customs Street, Victoria Street and Wellesley Street; (b) The timing and sequencing of temporary road lane reductions and / or closures, and the alternative routes and temporary detours to be used, including: (i) How these have been selected and will be managed to, where practicable, mitigate congestion on the surrounding road network; (ii) How the Albert Street/Wyndham Street intersection will be reopened as soon as practically possible; (c) How disruption to the use of private property located immediately adjacent the designation with access onto Galway Street, Tyler Street, Queen Elizabeth Square, Customs Street, Albert Street, Kingston Street, will be mitigated through: (i) Providing vehicle access to private property as practicably possible at all times; (ii) Retaining local vehicle access to properties located along Albert Street (which may include only left in, left out access); (iii) Retaining access for loading and unloading of goods located along the service lane on the eastern side of Albert Street, between Victoria Street and Wellesley Street; and;
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 36
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
(iv) Providing an on street loading bay on Customs Street, Lower Albert Street or Lower Queen Street to provide servicing to 21 Queen Street if access during construction cannot be provided to the existing loading bay area for 21 Queen Street, accessed from Lower Albert Street; and; (v) Providing access for loading and unloading of goods between Wyndham Street and Victoria Street West. (d) How disruption to the use of the local road network will be mitigated for private bus users, pedestrians and cyclists through: (i) Providing, where practicable, for the continued operation of private bus operators from hotels and other pick up / drop off locations in the city centre area (cross references to the Communication and Consultation Plan for consulting with private bus operators shall be included in the CEMP and Traffic, Access and Parking DWP); and (ii) Retaining pedestrian and cycle access through Lower Queen Street and / or Queen Elizabeth Square to provide access to and from the Ferry terminal and Customs Street; and (e) How disruption to pedestrians and cyclists requiring the ability to cross from east to west (and vice versa) across Albert Street between Victoria Street and Customs Street can be mitigated through providing, where practicable, safe pedestrian and cyclist passageways across the construction works on Albert Street. Transport Access and Parking: Specific Requirements (Karangahape Station Area) 28.1 To achieve the objective in Condition 25, the following measure shall be implemented: (a) Retaining one lane of traffic in each direction on Pitt Street (unless otherwise agreed with the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer); and (b) Spoil trucks shall not use East Street where practicable and on-street parking at the Southern end of East Street will be retained. 28.2 The Traffic, Access and Parking DWP shall demonstrate how these measures will be implemented and shall also include the following: (a) How construction of the shafts providing access to the Station can be undertaken to mitigate congestion on Pitt Street, Karangahape Road, and Mercury Lane;
28
4
(b) The timing and sequencing of temporary road lane reductions and / or closures on Pitt Street, Mercury Lane, and the western end of Beresford Street, and the alternative routes and temporary detours to be used, including how these have been selected and will be managed to, where practicable, mitigate congestion on the surrounding road network; (c) How disruption to the use of private property located immediately adjacent the surface designation with access onto Beresford Street, Pitt Street, Mercury Lane, and East Street will be mitigated through: (i) Providing pedestrian and cycle access to private property at all times, particularly those businesses located at the eastern end of Beresford Street and the northern end of Mercury Lane; (ii) Providing vehicle access to private property, which may include only a turn in and a turn out in the same direction), as practicably possible at all times, except for temporary closures where landowners and occupiers have been communicated and consulted with in reasonable advance of the closure; (iii) Providing local vehicle access to properties located along Beresford Street and Samoa House Lane (which may include only a turn in and a turn out in the same
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 37
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
direction); (iv) Alternative parking arrangements or other offers for resolving the temporary loss of car parking during construction for the Hopetoun Alpha Building. Transport, Access and Parking: Specific Requirements (Newton Station Area) 29.1 To achieve the objective in Condition 25, the Traffic, Access and Parking DWP shall include the following: (a) How construction of the shafts providing access to the Newton Station, although constructed wholly on private land, can be undertaken to mitigate construction related congestion on Symonds St, the Symonds Street / Mt Eden Road / New North Road intersection, Dundonald Street, and the western end of Basque Road; (b) The timing and sequencing of temporary road lane reductions and / or closures on Symonds St in the vicinity of the intersection of Symonds Street / Mt Eden Road and New North Road , Dundonald Street, and the western end of Basque Road, and the alternative routes and temporary detours to be used, including how these have been selected and will be managed to, where practicable, mitigate congestion on the surrounding road network;
29
5
(c) How disruption to the use of private property located immediately adjacent the surface designation with access onto Symonds Street, Dundonald Street, and the western end of Basque Road will be mitigated through: (i) Providing pedestrian and cycle access to private property at all times, particularly for those businesses and residences located along Symonds Street and Dundonald Street; (ii) Providing vehicle access to private property, which may include only a turn in and a turn out in the same direction), as practicably possible at all times, except for temporary closures where landowners and occupiers have been communicated and consulted with in reasonable advance of the closure. How the loss of public pay and display parking located at the Auckland Transport Symonds Street Public Car Park will be mitigated through alternative parking arrangements. The Requiring Authority may be able to arrange such alternative car parking at the Burleigh Street car park. (d) The effects of the temporary use of the Symonds Street car park as a construction site are to be mitigated by the Requiring Authority by active parking management and enforcement, within 400m of the car park, to maximise short term parking within this area Transport and Property Access: Additional Requirements (NAL Area) 30.1 To achieve the objective in Condition 25, the following measures shall be implemented: (a) The retention of at least two traffic lanes (one in either direction) on Mt Eden Road during the construction of the replacement Mt Eden Road Bridge;
30
6
(b) During the closure of the Normanby Road level crossing to construct the grade separated crossing, the Mt Eden Road and Normanby Road intersection shall be signalised and a second traffic lane shall be provided on the Boston Road approach to its intersection with Mt Eden Road intersection. Additionally, the no parking restrictions on Boston Road shall be extended along the length of Boston Road and considered for any adjacent local roads to facilitate through traffic; (c) A temporary pedestrian crossing (over the rail line) at Normanby Road is to be provided for the period of the temporary closure of the Normanby Road connection; (d) Access will be maintained to Nikau Street at all times by at least one lane (minimum
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 38
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
3m), and two lanes on Nikau St between Flower and Korari Streets. Access to sites within Flower Street and Korari Street is to be retained, from Nikau Street or New North Road, at all times; (e) Construction works will be undertaken to ensure two-way access is maintained at all times for vehicles to all accessways to the MediaWorks site including staff and visitors cars, trucks and service vehicles; (f) Providing for traffic to turn right out of Ruru Street to reduce any congestion (particularly at peak times) resulting from not being able to travel via Nikau Street to the traffic lights at Flower Street and New North Road; (g) Providing accessibility along Mt Eden and Normanby Roads as a priority for, where practicable: public transport (buses), emergency services, access to properties for pedestrians, and cyclists; (h) Construction works will be undertaken to ensure two-way access is maintained at all times for all vehicles accessing the Mt Eden Corrections Facility at Lauder Road (including staff and visitors’ cars, service vehicles, prison vans, emergency vehicles and buses), communication and consultation with the Department of Corrections, and the entity contracted by Department of Corrections to administer and run the Mt Eden Corrections facility at 1 Lauder Road, on this matter shall be recorded in accordance with Condition 15) of this designation. The Requiring Authority shall be responsible for ensuring that the construction works do not restrict 24-hour two-way access for all vehicles accessing the Mt Eden Corrections Facility at Lauder Road; (i) Construction works will be undertaken to ensure two-way access is maintained at all times for vehicles accessing the premises at 51-63 Normanby Road, including staff and visitors cars, trucks and service vehicles. The measures shall: (i) Ensure safe and reasonable access to and from the site, to Austroads standards; (ii) Not result in the loss of any on site parking; (iii) Incorporate a crossing width sufficient not to reduce the range of vehicles required to access the site, relative to the existing situation; (iv) It is noted that the site is used occasionally by large trucks of up to 18m. These vehicles are to be provided for in the design of the access (i.e. the vehicle crossing and the access onto the site); (v) Following completion of the grade separation of Normanby Road safe and reasonable access will be provided to and from the property at 51-63 Normanby Road to meet the relevant Austroads and NZS2890.1 standards or the applicable standard required by the road controlling authority. (j) Construction works will be undertaken to ensure pedestrian and two-way vehicle access is maintained at all times to access the premises at 32 Normanby Road, including staff and visitors cars, trucks and service vehicles. The measures shall: (i) Ensure safe and reasonable access to and from the site, to Austroads standards; (ii) Incorporate a crossing width sufficient not to reduce the range of vehicles required to access the site, relative to the existing situation; (iii) Should the Requiring Authority require part of the site at 32 Normanby Road that is currently used for 40 car parking spaces for the construction of the City Rail Link 34 alternative car parking spaces will be provided at 14-22 Boston Road (in accordance with Plans DRG 0052 Rev 2.0 CRL-EFC-CON-000-DRG-0064 Revision 1 dated 8/7/16 and DRW 0058 Rev 5.0 CRL-EFC-ROA-000-DRG-1027 Revision 4 dated 30/6/16, 1028 Revision 4 dated 30/6/16 and 1127 Revision 2
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 39
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
dated 30/6/16). The Requiring Authority shall provide safe pedestrian access across the North Auckland Line and into the site for customers and staff, visiting or employed at the site in accordance with Condition 30.1(c) until the grade separation works are completed and permanent access is reinstated to the site. (k) At completion of the grade separation of Normanby Road safe and reasonable pedestrian and vehicle access to and from the site and 34 on site car parking spaces will be provided for the property at 32 Normanby Road. In the case of pedestrian and vehicle access and parking arrangements, this will be in accordance with Plans DRG 0058 Rev 5.0 CRL-EFC-ROA-000-DRG-1027 Revision 4 dated 30/6/16, 1028 Revision 4 dated 30/6/16 and 1127 Revision 2 dated 30/6/16, and meet the following requirements: (i) The ramp access will meet relevant Austroads, NZS2890.2 and the Auckland Council District Plan: Isthmus Section design standards; (ii) The 34 car parking spaces will be provided across the site and the adjoining KiwiRail property. The spaces will be compliant with the appropriate Auckland Council District Plan: Isthmus Section parking standards for dimension and manoeuvring; (iii) The design, structures and barriers associated with the ramp and pedestrian access to the site will be subject to the urban design process of Condition 47; and (iv) Provision for landscape planting both on the site and on the KiwiRail land in the area shown on DRG 0058 Rev 5.0 CRL-EFC-ROA-000-DRG-1127 Revision 2 dated 30/6/16 and if appropriate beyond the site (in accordance with Condition 47.2). Indicative widths of landscaping on DRG 0058 Rev 5.0 are 1m for the section shown alongside the railway and 0.5m for the section on the southern side of the ramp. (l) The KiwiRail land required by condition (k) above for car parking spaces, landscaping and the ramp access will be provided by the Requiring Authority until such time as the vehicle access ramp is no longer required by the landowner. If the vehicle access ramp is no longer required to provide access to the property it shall be removed by the Requiring Authority at its cost within 3 months unless otherwise agreed with the landowner. (m) Construction of the grade separation works at Normanby Road on the parcels of land identified on the CRL NOR6 Sheet 2 as parcels 242, 243, 244, 245, 246, 393, 394, 399, 400 and 401 shall not commence until the KiwiRail land is available and written confirmation of this has been provided by the Requiring Authority to Auckland Council. (n) Access to Water Street to and from Mt Eden Road for CRL construction related heavy commercial vehicles shall be limited to left-in and left-out movements only. (o) Access to 14-22 Boston Road from Normanby Road shall be restricted to left-in and left-out movements only; the exception to this will be when Normanby Road is closed; and (p) During the temporary works along Boston Road, a 1.8m wide footpath on the north side of the street, in addition to two 3.0m wide traffic lances shall be provided on Boston Road between Normanby Road and Khyber Pass. A safe temporary pedestrian crossing facility shall be provided at the western extent of Active Construction Zone M1. 30.2 The Traffic, Access and Parking DWP shall demonstrate how these measures will be
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 40
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
implemented and shall also include the following: (a) How construction works can be undertaken to mitigate congestion on New North Road, Ruru Street, Korari Street, Flower Street, Nikau Street, Ngahura Street, Porters Avenue, Mt Eden Road, Normanby Road, Boston Road, Nugent Street, and the road network in general in this area including: (b) Which routes are to be used by construction trucks to remove spoil from the construction yard including how the use of these routes by these vehicles will be managed to mitigate congestion; (c) Which routes are to be used by construction related traffic (especially trucks) to deliver construction materials and other related goods and services to the construction yard including how the use of these routes by these vehicles will be managed to mitigate congestion; The grade separation of Porters Ave so that it is undertaken at a time when vehicles, pedestrians, and cyclists can be managed and accommodated on Dominion Road, Mt Eden Road and Normanby Road to an extent which mitigates where practicable, delays to travel journeys from congestion on these roads resulting from City Rail Link construction works; (d) The grade separation of Normanby Road so that it is undertaken at a time when vehicles, pedestrians, and cyclists can be managed and accommodated on Dominion Road, Mt Eden Road and Porters Avenue, to an extent which mitigates where practicable, delays to travel journeys from congestion on these roads resulting from City Rail Link construction works; (e) Any reduction in the number of fully operational traffic lanes associated with the closure of Porters Avenue and Normanby Road, and the reduction in the number of vehicle lanes on the Mount Eden Road bridge, is to be undertaken on only one of these three two routes at a time; (f) The timing and sequencing of temporary road lane reductions and / or closures at the Symonds Street / New North Road / Mt Eden Road intersection , Ruru Street, Korari Street, Flower Street, Nikau Street, Ngahura Street, Porters Avenue, Mt Eden Road in the vicinity of the bridge over the rail line, Normanby Road, Boston Road, Nugent Street in the vicinity of the rail crossing, and the alternative routes and temporary detours to be used, including how these have been selected and will be managed to, where practicable, mitigate congestion on the surrounding road network; (g) How disruption to the use of property located immediately adjacent to the surface designation with access onto New North Road, Ruru Street, Korari Street, Flower Street, Nikau Street, Ngahura Street, Porters Avenue, Mt Eden Road, Normanby Road, Boston Road, Nugent Street will be mitigated through: (i) Providing pedestrian and cycle access to private property at all times; (ii) Providing local vehicle access and pedestrian access at all times to properties located along Flower Street (between Nikau Street and Shaddock Street) and Shaddock Street (between Flower Street and its dead end to the east), which are not located within the designation footprint, except for temporary closures where landowners and occupiers have been communicated and consulted with in reasonable advance of the closure; (iii) Retaining local vehicle and pedestrian access to properties located outside the designation footprint along Haultain Street, Fenton Street, Porters Avenue, Ngahura Street, Ruru Street, Korari Street, Flower Street, Nikau Street, Mt Eden
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 41
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
Road, Boston Road, Nugent Street, and Normanby Road at all times except for temporary closures where landowners and occupiers have been communicated and consulted with in reasonable advance of the closure; and (iv) Full accessibility to those parts of Porters Avenue not affected by, but in the vicinity of, the construction works; and (h) How disruption to the use of Mt Eden Rail Station will be mitigated through providing, where practicable, access during construction works associated with the replacement of Mt Eden Road Bridge. Noise and Vibration Project Standards - Construction Noise 31.1 Construction noise shall comply with the following Project Standards (unless otherwise provided for in a SSCNMP which is approved under Condition 37, 39 or 40): Monday to Saturday 0700 – 2200
Sundays and Public Holidays
Occupied commercial and industrial buildings (including offices)
75 dB LAeq
75 dB LAeq
75 dB LAeq
Sensitive Noise and Vibration Receivers (excluding offices)
75 dB LAeq 90 dB LAFmax
65 dB LAeq 1 80 dB LAFmax2
60 dB LAeq 75 dB LAFmax
Receiver Type
1 31
4 5 6
Early Childhood Education Centres (whilst occupied during normal opening hours) Bear Park Early Childhood Education Centre at 32 Akiraho Street (whilst occupied during normal opening hours)
0700 – 2200
At all other times 2200 – 0700
35 dB LAeq in sleeping areas
35 dB LAeq in sleeping areas 65 dB LAeq in outdoor playing areas
Notes: 1. 60dB LAeq for Designation 5 and Designation 6; and 2. 75dB LAFmax for Designation 5 and Designation 6. 31.2 Construction noise shall be measured and assessed in accordance with the provisions of NZS 6803:1999 Project Standards - Blasting Overpressure and Vibration 32
6
For the avoidance of doubt this condition only applies to NoR 6 where blasting is required. 32.1 Prior to commencement of production blasts (ie. blasting that is undertaken as part of the
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 42
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
construction process), trial blasts (ie. preliminary blasts that occur prior to production blasts for the purpose of data acquisition), shall be undertaken to demonstrate how adverse effects will be managed and how compliance with Conditions 32.2, 32.3 and 32.4 will be achieved in production blasting. Trial blasts will determine site-specific attenuation characteristics, air overpressure levels and maximum instantaneous charge weight (MIC) thresholds. Outcomes shall be documented in a Trial Blasting Report. This Trial Blasting Report shall be used for subsequent design of production blasting. 32.2Air overpressure from the blast events shall not exceed 120 dB LZpeak at the facade of any occupied building measures and assessed in accordance with the provisions of the Australian Standard AS 2187.2-2006 Explosives – Storage and use – Use of explosives. 32.3Air overpressure from blast events shall not exceed 133dB LZpeak at the facade of any unoccupied building measured and assessed in accordance with the provisions of Australian Standard AS 2187.2-2006 Explosives – Storage and use – Use of explosives. 32.4 Unless a SSCNVMP is approved under Conditions 38, 39 or 40 which includes an alternative blasting vibration standard: (a) Vibration from blast events shall not exceed 10mm/s PPV for 95% of blast events and 15mm/s for 100% blast events when measured at the foundation of any building that will be occupied during the blast event when measured and assessed in accordance with the provisions of DIN 4150-3:1999. (b) Vibration from blast events shall not in any case exceed the limits specified in Condition 33 when measured at the foundation of any building when measured and assessed in accordance with the provisions of Condition 33. 32.5 For the purposes of 32.2 and 32.3, a building is deemed to be occupied if there are persons inside only during the blast event (ie. if the occupants of a dwelling are out (eg. at work) during the blast event then the dwelling is deemed to be unoccupied). 32.6 Blasts must be performed at set times during the daytime only, between 9am and 5pm, Monday to Saturday only. 32.7 Comprehensive vibration and air overpressure level predictions must be performed prior to every blast event. 32.8 Blasting shall not be carried out where overpressure levels are predicted to be above the Project Standards in 32.1 and 32.2 at any building. Blasting shall not be carried out where vibration levels are predicted to be above the project standards in Condition 32.4 at any building. 32.9 These criteria may be varied only by a Site Specific Construction Noise Management Plan (SSCNMP) that has been approved under Condition 37. Project Standards - Construction Vibration 33.1 Construction vibration (including blasting) shall comply with the following Project Standards for building damage (unless otherwise provided for in a SSCVMP which is approved under Condition 38, 39 or 40) Short-term (transient) vibration1
Type of Structure
Long-term (continuous) vibration
1 2 4 33
5 6
PPV at the foundation at a frequency of 1-10Hz (mm/s)
10-50 Hz (mm/s)
50-100 Hz (mm/s)
PPV at horizontal plane of highest floor (mm/s)
PPV at horizontal plane of highest floor (mm/s)
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 43
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
Commercial/ Industrial
20
20 – 40
40 – 50
40
10
Residential/ School
5
5 – 15
15 – 20
15
5
Historic or sensitive structures
3
3–8
8 – 10
8
2.5
Note: 1. Standard DIN 4150-3:1999 defines short-term (transient) vibration as “vibration which does not occur often enough to cause structural fatigue and which does not produce resonance in the structure being evaluated”. Long-term (continuous) vibration is defined as all other vibration types not covered by the short-term vibration definition. 33.2 Construction vibration (including blasting) shall be measured in accordance with German Standard DIN 4150-3:1999. Project Standards - Construction Vibration (Amenity) 34.1 Between the hours of 10pm and 7am vibration generated by construction activities (excluding blasting) shall not exceed: (a) a Peak Particle Velocity (PPV) of 0.3mm/s when measured at any part of the floor of any bedroom; (b) a noise level of 35 dB LAeq(15min) when measured in any bedroom. 1 2 34
4 5 6
6
35
34.2 Between the hours of 7am and 10pm vibration generated by construction activities (excluding blasting) shall not exceed: (a) A Peak Particle Velocity (PPV) of 1mm/s as measured on the floor of the receiving room for residentially occupied habitable rooms, bedrooms in temporary accommodation and medical facilities; and (b) A Peak Particle Velocity (PPV) of 2mm/s as measured on the floor of the receiving room for retail and office spaces (including work areas and meeting rooms); 34.3 The limits in 34.1 and 34.2 shall only be investigated and applied upon the receipt of a complaint from any building occupant. They shall not be applied where there is no concern from the occupant of the building. 34.4 Where the limits in 34.1 and 34.2 are found (through measurement) to be exceeded then a SSCVMP shall be prepared for that receiver (Condition 38). Project Standards – MediaWorks 35.1 The noise and vibration limits set out in Conditions 35.2 and 35.3 shall apply only during Sensitive Times. For the purposes of MediaWorks, Sensitive Times are defined as follows: (a) During scheduled live broadcasting (b) During emergency/breaking news live broadcasting (c) During scheduled recording sessions If the limits are complied with in Studio 1, the noise and vibration levels in all other Studios will be acceptable. For the avoidance of doubt, (a)-(c) above include sound checks as well as actual broadcast/recording time. 35.2 Noise Limits – Studios The noise level (whether air borne or reradiated from ground vibration) from all
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 44
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
construction sources as received inside Studio 1 shall not exceed 30dB LAeq (5 min) and 33 dB LAeq (1 sec). These limits apply to the construction component of the total noise. However for up to two periods of tunnelling, each no more than 15 consecutive days, the noise limits may be up to 5 decibels higher (ie. 35dB LAeq (5 min) and 38 dB LAeq (1 sec)) during Sensitive Times, other than during the Live Broadcasting Periods as follows: (a) Weekdays: 0600-0900 hours 1200-1230 hours 1730-1930 hours 2230-2330 hours (b) Christmas holiday season (Saturday prior to Christmas Day to Sunday following New Years Day inclusive) and weekends: 1730-1900 hours The Requiring Authority must give MediaWorks at least 12 days notice of the commencement of each such period. 35.2A Rockbreaking shall not be used for tunnel excavation within 100m of the MediaWorks site during Sensitive Times unless compliance with the noise limits in Condition 35.2 can be demonstrated in accordance with the methodology set out in the SSCNVMP. 35.3 Vibration Limits – Studios For the protection of studio camera image quality, the construction vibration level (including blasting) as received inside Studio 1 shall not exceed 0.1mm/s PPV. This limit may be elevated by agreement of both the Requiring Authority and MediaWorks where image quality is found to be unaffected. 35.4 Noise level measurements inside Studio 1 shall be undertaken at a position that is representative to the level received within 2m from, and at a similar height to, the microphone of the main presenter(s). 35.5 Noise level measurements inside Studio 1 shall be undertaken with all doors to the studio closed. 35.6 For the protection of amenity, the construction vibration level as received in inside office areas, meeting rooms and technical suits shall not exceed 1mm/s PPV (as received on the floor of the receiving room) when those spaces are in use. 35.7 For the prevention of building damage, the construction vibration level shall not exceed the limits in Condition 33 at all times. 35.8 For the protection of sensitive equipment, the construction vibration (including blasting) level shall not exceed 200mg (2m/s2) between 5-500Hz. Levels are to be measured on the floor supporting the Sensitive Equipment. 35.9 All attended noise and vibration measurements shall be undertaken by a suitably qualified and experienced expert. 35.10 For the avoidance of doubt, the MediaWorks conditions (Conditions 35, 40 and 66) only apply for so long as television, radio and/or interactive media facilities broadcast from the MediaWorks site. 35.11 Blasting shall not occur during MediaWorks Sensitive Times (as defined in Condition 35.1). Blasting shall occur at times to be agreed with MediaWorks and as documented in the SSCNVMP. 36
1
Construction Noise and Vibration DWP
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 45
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
2 4 5 6
Condition
For the avoidance of doubt, this condition is applicable to the management of construction noise and vibration on all receivers, including sensitive and notable receivers. 36.1 A Construction Noise and Vibration DWP shall be prepared and implemented. The objective of the Construction Noise and Vibration DWP is to provide for the development and implementation of identified best practicable option to avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects on receivers of noise and vibration resulting from construction. 36.2 The Construction Noise and Vibration DWP shall: (a) Adopt the noise and vibration standards for construction set out in Conditions 31, 32, 33 and 34 of these designations; (b) Be generally consistent with the draft Construction Noise and Vibration management plan submitted as part of the Notice of Requirement documentation (dated 23 August 2013); and (c) Identify methods to achieve best practicable option for mitigating adverse effects. 36.3 To achieve this objective, the Construction Noise and Vibration DWP shall include: (a) The roles and responsibilities of the noise and vibration personnel in the contractor team with regard to managing and monitoring adverse noise and vibration effects; (b) That piling and road cutting will be restricted to between the hours of 7am to 7pm, Monday to Saturday; (c) Construction machinery and equipment to be used and their operating noise and vibration levels; (d) Identification of construction activities that are likely to create adverse noise and vibration effects, the location of these in the construction site areas, and the distance to comply with the Project Criteria in Conditions 31, 32, 33 and 34; (e) The timing of construction activities that are likely to create an adverse noise and vibration effect; (f) The location of sensitive noise and vibration receivers; (g) A record of communication and consultation with sensitive noise and vibration receivers. The record must include a clear explanation of where any comments from sensitive receivers have not been incorporated in the Construction Noise and Vibration DWP, and the reasons why not. This information must be included in the Construction Noise and Vibration DWP provided to both the Independent Peer Review Panel and Auckland Council as part of the Outline Plan process specified in Condition 11; (h) Specific measures to address the concerns raised by those sensitive receivers; (i) Specific training procedures for construction personnel including: (i) The project noise and vibration performance standards for construction (conditions 31, 32, 33 and 34); (ii) Information about noise and vibration sources within the construction area and the locations of sensitive noise and vibration receivers; and (iii) Construction machinery operation instructions relating to mitigating noise and vibration; (j) Methods and measures to mitigate adverse noise and vibration effects including, but not limited to, structural mitigation such as barriers and enclosures, the scheduling of high noise and vibration construction, use of low noise and vibration machinery, temporary relocation of affected receivers or any other measures or offer agreed to
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 46
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
by the Requiring Authority and the affected receiver; (k) The proposed methods for monitoring construction noise and vibration to be undertaken by a suitably qualified person for the duration of construction works including: (i) Updating the predicted noise and vibration contours based on the final design and construction activities; (ii) Confirm which buildings are to be subject to a pre and post building condition survey in accordance with Condition 46. This includes consideration of those buildings in Appendix One and Two to these conditions; (iii) The timing and location for monitoring of buildings during construction is required (Note that the flow charts contained in Appendices B and C of Appendix J of the technical noise and vibration report provided as part of the Notice of Requirement should be used as a guide); (iv) Identifying appropriate monitoring locations for receivers of construction noise and vibration; (v) Procedures for working with the Communication and Consultation Manager to respond to complaints received on construction noise and vibration, including methods to monitor and identify noise and vibration sources; (vi) Procedures for monitoring construction noise and vibration and reporting to the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer; and (vii) Procedures for how works will be undertaken should they be required as a result of the building condition surveys; (l) Cross references to the specific sections in the Communication and Consultation Plan which detail how landowners and occupiers are to be communicated with around noise and vibration effects. Site Specific Construction Noise Management Plan (SSCNMP) For the avoidance of doubt, this condition does not apply to MediaWorks. 37.1 The objective of a SSCNMP is to detail the best practicable option to avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse effects on a receiver resulting from construction noise that does not comply with the Project Noise Standards.
1 2 37
4
37.2 Further to the Construction Noise and Vibration DWP in Condition 36, a SSCNMP shall be prepared for any receiver or activity for which air overpressure is either predicted or measured to exceed the limits in Condition 32, or where construction noise is either predicted or measured to exceed the Project Noise Standards in Condition 31, except where the exceedance of the standards in Condition 31 is less than 5 decibels and does not exceed :
5
(a) 0700-2200: 1 period of up to 2 consecutive weeks in any 2 months
6
(b) 2200-0700: 1 period of up to 2 consecutive nights in any 10 days 37.3 For predicted exceedances of less than 5 decibels (refer 37.2) monitoring shall be undertaken to confirm the actual noise levels. If exceedance is shown to be more than 5 decibels, or the period exceeds those detailed, then a SSCNMP will be prepared. 37.4 In addition to the SSCNMPs prepared in accordance with Condition 37.2, and notwithstanding Condition 37.1, the Requiring Authority shall prepare SSCNMPs specifying the best practicable option for management, methods and measures to mitigate all noise effects for the properties located at: (a) 1 Queen Street (Lot 1 DP 165403);
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 47
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
(b) 21 Queen Street (Lot 1 DP 67723); (c) 29 Customs Street West (Lot 7 DP 77037) (d) 188 Quay Street (Lot 5 DP 63972 and Lot 1 DP 78340); and (e) 23-29 Albert Street (Lot 1 DP 116724). 37.5 SSCNMPs will identify: (a) The extent to which noise may exceed the Project Noise Standards in Condition 31 or the overpressure limits in Condition 32; (b) The timing and duration of any exceedance; (c) Details of the type of activity causing any exceedance; (d) The summary of the communication and consultation undertaken with the receiver. The summary must include a clear explanation of where any comments have not been incorporated, and the reasons why not. This information must be included in the SSCNMP provided to both the Independent Peer Review Panel and Auckland Council as part of the Outline Plan process specified in Condition 11; (e) The methods and measures to mitigate noise effects, including but not limited to, potential to offer temporary relocation of affected receivers, alternative ventilation, faรงade sound insulation improvements, building condition surveys in the case of overpressure generated by blast events, or other offers made by the Requiring Authority and whether these have been agreed to by the affected receiver; (f) The reasons why the management and mitigation measures and methods reflect best practicable option. 37.6 The SSCNMP shall be submitted for the review of Auckland Council as part of the Outline Plan. The works shall then be undertaken in accordance with the SSCNMP confirmed by the Requiring Authority as part of the Outline Plan. Site Specific Construction Vibration Management Plan (SSCVMP) For the avoidance of doubt, this condition does not apply to MediaWorks. 38.1 The objective of a SSCVMP is to detail the best practicable option to avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse effects on a receiver resulting from vibration that does not comply with the Project Vibration Standards. 38.2 Further to the Construction Noise and Vibration DWP in Condition 36, a SSCVMP shall be prepared: 1 2 38
4
(a) For any unoccupied building, structure or infrastructure for which construction vibration is either predicted or measured to exceed the Project Vibration Standards in Condition 33;
5
(b) Where a complaint or concern is raised and the vibration level exceeds the amenity levels of Condition 34.2(a) and 34.2(b);
6
(c) In response to other concerns or complaints where required (refer Condition 17).; (d) For the properties listed in Condition 37.4. 38.3 Where the amenity limits in Conditions 34.2(a) and 34.2(b) are exceeded: (a) Best practicable management of vibration must be applied; and (b) The vibration activity shall be scheduled to avoid disturbance. If this is not practicable then reasonable respite periods shall be provided to reduce vibration exposure. 38.4 The limits in condition 33 may be relaxed by a SSCVMP but only for a building, structure or infrastructure that has been assessed by a suitably qualified and experienced structural
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 48
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
engineer and where it has been deemed to be capable of withstanding higher vibration levels without sustaining building or structural damage, and where appropriate vibration and building condition monitoring regimes are in place. 38.5 SSCVMPs will identify: (a) The timing and duration of any exceedance; (b) Details of the type of activity giving rise to any exceedance; (c) Site Specific vibration criteria that addresses the issue(s) of concern (i.e. building damage, amenity and sensitive equipment). Site Specific criteria shall be determined by a suitably qualified independent vibration expert; (d) The summary of the communication and consultation undertaken with the receiver. The summary must include a clear explanation of where any comments have not been incorporated, and the reasons why not. This information must be included in the SSCVMP provided to both the Independent Peer Review Panel and Auckland Council as part of the Outline Plan process specified in Condition 11; (e) The methods and measures to mitigate vibration effects, including but not limited to, investigating alternative low-vibration construction methods, undertaking highvibration works outside sensitive times, vibration barriers, building condition surveys, potential to offer temporary relocation of affected receivers, or other offers made by the Requiring Authority and agreed to by the affected receiver; (f) The reasons why the management and mitigation measures and methods reflect best practicable option. 38.6 The SSCVMP shall be submitted for the review of Auckland Council. The works shall then be undertaken in accordance with the SSCVMP confirmed by the Requiring Authority as part of the Outline Plan. Notable Receivers Notable Noise and Vibration Receivers For the avoidance of doubt, Conditions 39.5 and 39.6 do not apply to MediaWorks. 39.1 Further to Condition 36, the Requiring Authority and its contractor, in conjunction with a suitably qualified expert, shall work collaboratively with each notable receiver during the preparation of a SSCNVMP to confirm the extent and management of adverse effects on each Notable Receiver.
1 39
2 4 5 6
39.2 In addition to the Construction Noise and Vibration DWP, a SSCNVMP shall be prepared for each identified Notable Receiver. The objective of the SSCNVMP is to detail the best practicable option to avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse noise and vibration effects on each Notable Receiver. 39.3 The Requiring Authority shall consult with the notable receiver throughout the duration of construction and update the SSCNVMP as required to achieve the objective in 39.2. 39.4 The SSCNVMP shall include: (a) The level at which noise and vibration effects on the notable receiver will unreasonably interfere with its operation. This will enable development of the site specific criteria. In the case of MediaWorks this is set out in Condition 40; (b) Construction activities and equipment which are likely to create adverse noise and vibration effects and the location and timing of these in relation to the notable receiver; (c) The methods and measures associated with the worksite including, but not limited to, structural mitigation such as barriers and enclosures, use of low noise and
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 49
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
vibration machinery and the scheduling of high noise and vibration construction; (d) The methods and measures associated with the notable receiver building or operation including, but not limited to, potential for isolation of sensitive areas and equipment, dampening of reradiating surfaces and temporary relocation of affected receivers that are proposed to minimise adverse noise and vibration effects on the notable receiver; (e) Details about the methods to be adopted by the Requiring Authority to minimise construction noise and vibration effects on the notable receiver and the anticipated effectiveness of those methods; (f) A summary of the communication and consultation undertaken with the notable receiver. The summary must include a clear explanation of where any comments have not been incorporated, and the reasons why not; (g) Offers made by the Requiring Authority to the notable receiver to mitigate effects and the response by the operators, such as relocation, and whether those offers were accepted or not by the notable receiver; 39.5 If the parties cannot agree on any of the matters above they shall each appoint a suitably qualified and independent expert, who shall jointly appoint an independent and suitably qualified third expert who shall certify the following matters to be included in the SSCNVMP: (a) The level at which noise and vibration effects on the notable receiver unreasonably interfere with its operation (the certified noise and vibration limit); (b) The mitigation methods and measures within the worksite (at source) including, but not limited to, structural mitigation such as barriers and enclosures, use of low noise and vibration machinery and the scheduling of high noise and vibration construction; (c) The mitigation methods and measures at the notable receiver including but not limited to: isolation of sensitive areas and equipment; dampening of reradiating surfaces; any response to such offers; and temporary relocation of affected receivers; (d) Whether or not the mitigation methods and measures reflect best practicable management; and (e) Whether or not the residual effects are likely to cause significant disruption to the activities of the notable receiver. 39.6 Following the above process the SSCNVMP shall be submitted for the review of Auckland Council as part of the Outline Plan. For the avoidance of doubt, the Requiring Authority shall not be entitled to make any changes to the SSCNVMP through the Outline Plan process following any agreement reached with the notable receiver and/or through the above certification process without the consent of the notable receiver. The works shall then be undertaken in accordance with the SSCNVMP confirmed by the Requiring Authority as part of the Outline Plan process.
40
6
Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plan – Mediaworks Further to Condition 36, a SSCNVMP shall be prepared for MediaWorks implementing the project standards in Condition 35. 40.1 The MediaWorks SSCNVMP shall identify high noise or vibration plant and machinery, and list the relevant items that require testing in accordance with Condition 40.4 and 40.8. 40.2 Prior to any demolition or construction commencing, the Requiring Authority shall undertake a noise survey to determine the Transmission Loss (TL) performance of the
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 50
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
MediaWorks building envelope. This testing shall only be undertaken outside of Sensitive Times. 40.3 Prior to any demolition or construction commencing, the Requiring Authority shall undertake a vibration survey to determine the transfer function of the MediaWorks building structure from ground vibration outside the building to reradiated noise in Studio 1. This testing shall only be undertaken outside of Sensitive Times. 40.4 All high noise plant and machinery to be used at a location where it is predicted to generate noise levels in excess of 3 dB below the limits specified in Condition 35.2 shall be tested prior to use, to determine its Sound Power Level (Lw) at a sufficient distance from the MediaWorks building to ensure compliance. These measured Lws shall be used to predict the noise level at the MediaWorks building faรงade(s) from proposed construction scenarios. The faรงade TL (refer Condition 40.2) shall then be applied to predict the noise levels in the relevant rooms. 40.5 All high noise plant and machinery may not be used until Condition 40.4 is satisfied, taking into account the cumulative noise levels from active sources on the site. 40.6 The Requiring Authority and its contractor, in conjunction with a suitably qualified expert, shall work collaboratively with MediaWorks during the preparation of a SSCNVMP to confirm the extent and management of adverse effects on MediaWorks. 40.7 The SSCNVMP shall set out the requirements for monitoring, the number of monitors, the instrument location, any adjustments necessary if a proxy position is required and any other procedures or requirements that are necessary. The data shall be available in real time to the Requiring Authority, Auckland Council and MediaWorks. 40.8 Prior to the use of any high vibration equipment to be used at a location where it is predicted to generate vibration levels greater than 75% of the PPV vibration limits in Condition 35.3, 35.6, 35.7 and 35.8, or reradiated noise within 3 decibels of the limits in Condition 35.2, the Requiring Authority shall undertake vibration measurements at a sufficient distance from the MediaWorks building to ensure compliance, applying the transfer function required by Condition 40.3 to assess reradiated noise. These measurements shall be used to determine minimum set-back distances from the building to avoid potential exceedances of the vibration limits in Conditions 35.2, 35.3, 35.6, 35.7 and 35.8. The results of the testing and the outcomes affecting construction operations shall be set out in the SSCNVMP. 40.9 The noise and vibration levels from construction shall be monitored to determine compliance with conditions 35.2, 35.3, 35.6, 35.7 and 35.8 continuously by automated noise and vibration monitors located at positions that will represent the noise and vibration level in the relevant spaces and for the relevant noise and vibration limits. The SSCNVMP shall set out the requirements for monitoring, the instrument location, any adjustments necessary if a proxy position is required and any other procedures or requirements that are necessary including methods to exclude extraneous sources. The data shall be available in real time to the Requiring Authority, Auckland Council and MediaWorks. 40.10 Monitoring to determine compliance or otherwise with Condition 35.67 relating to office amenity shall only be undertaken in response to complaints from MediaWorks. The measurements must be attended by a suitably qualified person. 40.11 The SSCNVMP shall set out corrective action measures that must be adopted in situations where any of the noise and vibration limits in Conditions 35.2, 35.3, 35.6, 35.7, and 35.8 are exceeded and where the noise and/or vibration levels are unacceptable to MediaWorks. The corrective action measures must include the following: (a) Immediate cessation of the work(s) that is giving rise to the exceedance;
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 51
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
(b) A procedure to require the implementation of whatever measures are necessary to reduce the noise or vibration levels; (c) A monitoring procedure to determine compliance (once the remediation works are complete); (d) A requirement to ensure that the work(s) responsible for the exceedance are not recommenced during Sensitive Times; (e) A complaints procedure that is capable of effecting the immediate cessation of works including making a point of contact directly available 24 hours, seven days a week. 40.12
40.13
If there is a disagreement between the Requiring Authority and MediaWorks as to the content of the SSCNVMP, they shall each appoint a suitably qualified and independent expert, who shall jointly appoint an independent and suitably qualified third expert who shall certify the matters set out in Condition 40.11 and any other matters in dispute in the SSCNVMP. Following the above process the SSCNVMP shall be submitted for the review of Auckland Council as part of the Outline Plan. For the avoidance of doubt, the Requiring Authority shall not be entitled to make any changes to the SSCNVMP through the Outline Plan process following any agreement reached with MediaWorks and/or through the above certification process without the consent of MediaWorks. The works shall then be undertaken in accordance with the SSCNVMP confirmed by the Requiring Authority as part of the Outline Plan process.
Built Heritage/Archaeology Historic Character – Built Heritage 41.1 The Historic Character DWP shall be prepared to manage the adverse effects on built heritage and archaeology that may result from associated works prior to, during, and after the construction of the City Rail Link or any part of it. 41.2 The objective of the Built Heritage section is to avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse effects on built heritage as far as reasonably practicable. To achieve the above objective, the following shall, as a minimum, be included in the built heritage section of the Historic Character DWP:
1 2 41
4 5 6
(a) Preparation of a Building Record and Salvage Strategy that outlines a suitable set of procedures for the removal, storage and for later refitting and reuse of elements of heritage buildings and/or structures identified for demolition including the Griffiths Building, Beresford Toilets, Bluestone Toilets, and the rear annex to the building at 223-227 Symonds Street. (b) The proposed methods for monitoring building damage that is to be undertaken by a suitably qualified person for the duration of construction works. This includes confirming which Built Heritage buildings and structures are to be subject to a pre and post building condition survey through: (i) Using the updated predicted vibration contours undertaken in Condition 36; (ii) Reviewing those buildings in Appendix 2 to these conditions in accordance with Condition 46.1; (iii) Reviewing buildings within the designation footprint (including above sub-strata designation) or located in close proximity to identify buildings which have been recognised as having heritage value as a result of scheduling under the Historic Places Act 1993 or in the Auckland Unitary Plan. (c) Identification and methodology for recording of Built Heritage directly affected by the construction, or associated pre- and post-construction works (i.e. within the
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 52
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
surface designation footprint), which cannot be retained and / or adaptively re-used / partially retained. For the avoidance of doubt, the following buildings and structures may be demolished: (i) Bluestone Toilets (SCDP Category B); (ii) Beresford Toilets; (iii) Rear annex to building at 229-231 Symonds Street; and (iv) Griffiths Building. (d) Identification and methodology for recording Built Heritage directly affected by the construction, or associated pre- and post-construction, which are to be: (i) Adaptively reused; (ii) Partially retained in design and construction; or (iii) Built heritage elements have been integrated into other elements of the City Rail. (iv) In particular, the Requiring Authority shall explore the adaptive re-use of the buildings at 51-53 Victoria Street West (known as Martha’s Corner building) with complete demolition only considered as a last resort. As guidance, an appropriate level of adaptive re-use could include retention of the façade on all street frontages or the utilisation and incorporation of elements of the building into the design: (e) How Built Heritage Buildings and Structures will be protected during construction through the use of screening or other protective measures to mitigate adverse construction effects; (f) How mitigation or rectification of damage to Built Heritage Buildings and Structures will be addressed; and (g) Cross references to the specific sections in the Communication and Consultation Plan which detail how the Auckland Council Heritage Department, the New Zealand Historic Places Trust, and mana whenua (see condition 15) are consulted, and the communication with the general public on the management of the adverse effects relating to Built Heritage. Historic Character - Archaeology 42.1 A Historic Character DWP shall be prepared to manage the adverse effects on built heritage and archaeology that may result during construction of the City Rail Link or any part of it.
1 42
4 5 6
42.2 The objective of the Archaeology section of the Historic Character DWP is to avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse effects on archaeological remains during construction, as far as reasonably practicable. 42.3 To achieve the above objective the following matters shall be included in the Archaeology section of the Historic Character DWP: (a) Constructor roles and responsibilities, stand-down periods and reporting requirements are to be clearly identified; (b) How procedures for archaeological investigations and monitoring of preliminary earthworks are to be implemented in areas where there is potential for archaeological remains to be discovered; (c) Procedures for the discovery of, including accidental discovery of archaeological remains including: (i) The ceasing of all physical construction works in the immediate vicinity of the
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 53
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
discovery; (ii) Practices for dealing with the uncovering of cultural or archaeological remains and the parties to be notified (including, but not limited to, appropriate iwi authorities, the Auckland Council Consents Monitoring officer, the New Zealand Historic Places Trust, and the New Zealand Police (if koiwi (human skeletal remains) are discovered); (iii) Procedures to be undertaken before physical works in the area of discovery can start again, including any iwi protocols, recording of sites and material, recovery of any artefacts, and consultation to be undertaken with iwi, Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer and Heritage Unit, and with the New Zealand Historic Places Trust; and (iv) Procedures for recording any archaeological remains or evidence before it is modified or destroyed, including opportunities for the conservation and preservation of artefacts and ecofacts (biological material) that are discovered. Consideration shall be given to the incorporation of in-situ material or artefacts into the design of stations and / or public places associated with the City Rail Link project. Consideration shall also be given to the provision for ‘post-excavation’ assessment analysis and publication of material within 24 months of completion of construction. (v) Provision for ‘post-excavation’ archiving, assessment and analysis of the archaeological records and materials; publication of results of that work within 24 months of completion of construction assessment analysis and publication of material within 24 months of completion of construction. (d) Training procedures for all contractors are to be undertaken in advance of construction, regarding the possible presence of cultural or archaeological sites or material, what these sites or material may look like, and the relevant provisions of the Historic Places Act 1993 if any sites or material are discovered; (e) Cross references to the specific sections in the Communication and Consultation Plan which details how the Auckland Council Heritage Department, the New Zealand Historic Places Trust, mana whenua (see condition 8) are consulted, and the communication with the general public on the management of the adverse effects relating to archaeology. Heritage Advisory Group and Composition
43
1
43.1 The Requiring Authority must engage, at its expense, a panel of suitably qualified and experienced heritage experts to discharge the functions required by conditions 44 and 45. The Heritage Advisory Group will consist of three independent experts, whose members will not be directors or employees of the Requiring Authority, the New Zealand Historic Places Trust or the consent authority. The Heritage Advisory Group will comprise one nominee from the Requiring Authority, one nominee from the consent authority, and a third nominee appointed jointly by the Requiring Authority's and consent authority's nominees. 43.2 Before establishing the Heritage Advisory Group the Requiring Authority shall seek the opinion of NZHPT on the appointment of the Heritage Advisory Group. 43.3 The Heritage Advisory Group may determine its own processes and procedures for conducting its meetings and performing its functions as it sees fit, including methods for ensuring any disagreements between panel members are resolved, and must meet as necessary to fulfil its functions. All costs associated with the role and function of the Heritage Advisory Group and appropriate administrative support must be paid by the
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 54
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
Requiring Authority. If any member of the Heritage Advisory Group is unable to continue in the role for whatever reason, then a replacement member must be appointed using the process set out in this condition. Heritage Advisory Group Function 44.1 The functions of the Heritage Advisory Group are to review the assessment of the alternatives and option selected by the Requiring Authority to manage the adverse effects on the heritage values of the Bluestone wall and the Martha’s Corner building. 44.2 In relation to Bluestone Wall, the Heritage Advisory Group will: (a) Certify that the method selected by the Requiring Authority under Condition 45 will have the least impact on the heritage value of the Bluestone wall compared to other reasonably practicable methods; or 44
(b) Prepare a report as to why the method selected by the Requiring Authority under Condition 45 will not have the least impact on the heritage value of the Bluestone wall and set out details as to an alternative recommended reasonably practicable method.
1
44.3 In relation to Martha’s Corner, the Heritage Advisory Group will: (a) Certify that the heritage outcomes for Martha’s Corner adhere to the intent of Condition 41; or (b) Prepare a report as to why the method selected by the Requiring Authority will not adhere to the intent of Condition 41 and set out details as to the recommended reasonably practicable method. 44.4 The Requiring Authority must provide Auckland Council with the Heritage Advisory Group’s certification or report, and if applicable the reasons the Requiring Authority has not selected the method recommended by the Heritage Advisory Group. Bluestone Wall Management Plan 45.1 A Bluestone Wall Management Plan shall be prepared to manage the adverse effects on the heritage values of the Bluestone wall during the construction of the City Rail Link. 45.2 The objective of this Plan is to minimise adverse effects on the heritage values of the Bluestone wall during the construction of the City Rail Link by adopting the best practicable option. 45
1
45.3 To achieve the above objective, the following shall be included in the Bluestone Wall Management Plan: (a) Identification of the key heritage values of the wall; (b) Assessment of the alternative construction methods to ensure that construction of the City Rail Link has the least impact on the heritage value of the Bluestone wall, within the practical constraints of constructing the project; and (c) The option selected by the Requiring Authority. 45.4 The Bluestone Management Plan shall be prepared in consultation with the NZHPT and the Heritage Advisory Group (set out in Condition 43).
Building Condition Surveys
46
1
Process for Building Condition Surveys
2
46.1 Prior to construction, as a minimum those buildings listed in Appendix One and Appendix Two or identified pursuant to Condition 41.2(b) will be considered for a building condition
4
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 55
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
5 6
Condition
survey. A building condition survey will be undertaken where it is assessed that there is potential for damage to buildings or structures arising from construction as determined by an independent suitably qualified person appointed by the Requiring Authority based on the criteria below unless the relevant industry criteria applied at the time or heightened building sensitivity or other inherent building vulnerability requires it. Building damage criteria will initially be assessed in accordance with Burland, J.B. (1997) “Assessment of Risk of Damage to Buildings due to Tunnelling and Excavation�. Additional factors which may be considered in determining whether a building condition survey will be undertaken include: (a) Age of the building; (b) Construction types; (c) Foundation types; (d) General building condition; (e) Proximity to any excavation; (f) Whether the building is earthquake prone; and (g) Whether any basements are present in the building. 46.2 Where prior to construction it is determined that a Building Condition Survey is required in accordance with Condition 46.1, or if measurements exceed the criteria in Condition 33: (a) The Requiring Authority shall employ a suitably qualified person to undertake the building condition surveys and that person shall be identified in the CEMP; (b) The Requiring Authority shall provide the building condition survey report to the relevant property owner within 15 working days of the survey being undertaken, and additionally it shall notify and provide the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer a copy of the completed survey report; (c) The Requiring Authority shall contact owners of those buildings and structures where a Building Condition Survey is to be undertaken to confirm the timing and methodology for undertaking a pre-construction condition assessment; (d) The Requiring Authority shall record all contact, correspondence and communication with owners and this shall be available on request for the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring Officer; (e) Should agreement from owners to enter property and undertake a condition assessment not be obtained within 3 months from first contact, then the Requiring Authority shall not be required under these designation conditions to undertake these assessments; (f) The Requiring Authority shall undertake a visual inspection during "active construction" if requested by the building owner where a pre-construction condition assessment has been undertaken. (g) The Requiring Authority shall develop a system of monitoring the condition of existing buildings which is commensurate with the type of the existing building and the proximity of the CRL works. The purpose of monitoring is to assess whether or not active construction is compromising the structural integrity of the building. (h) The Requiring Authority shall, during the Building Condition Survey, determine whether the building is classified as Commercial / Industrial / School or a Historic or sensitive structure in terms of Condition 33. 46.3 During construction: (a) The Requiring Authority shall implement procedures that will appropriately respond
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 56
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
to the information received from the monitoring system. Where necessary this may include the temporary cessation of works in close proximity to the relevant building until such time as measures are implemented to avoid further damage or compromise of the structural integrity of the building. (b) Any damage to buildings or structures shall be recorded and repaired by the Requiring Authority and costs associated with the repair will met by the Requiring Authority. 46.4 Following construction: (a) The Requiring Authority shall, within 12 months of the commencement of operation of the City Rail Link, contact owners of those buildings and structures where a Building Condition Survey was undertaken to confirm the need for undertaking a post-construction condition assessment; (b) Where a post-construction building condition survey confirms that the building has deteriorated as the result of construction or operation works relating to the City Rail Link, the Requiring Authority shall, at its own cost, rectify the damage; and 46.5 Where the Requiring Authority is required to undertake building repairs in accordance with Conditions 46.3(b) or 46.4(b), such repairs shall be undertaken as soon as reasonably practicable and in consultation with the owner of the building. Urban Design Urban Design Principles 47.1 The objective of the Urban Design DWP is to enable the integration of the CRL’s permanent works into the surrounding landscape and urban design context. 47.2 An Urban Design DWP shall be developed to ensure that the areas within the designation footprint used during the construction of the City Rail Link are to be restored and the permanent works associated with the CRL are developed in accordance with urban design principles. The following Principles from the Urban Design Framework submitted as part of the Notice of Requirement documents will be used to inform the Urban Design and Landscape Plan: (a) Mana Whenua Principles – see Condition 49; 1 47
4 5 6
(b) Movement and Connections – (i) Existing Networks - Structures of the CRL should not interrupt or adversely change the function of existing public open space, street networks and infrastructure. (ii) Entrance Location - Station entrances should be clearly identifiable and conveniently located in relation to existing and anticipated main pedestrian routes and destinations. (iii) Intuitive Orientation - The location and nature of structures resulting from the CRL (station entrances in particular) should facilitate intuitive orientation and support a legible street network. (iv) Way Finding - Coherent signage should be utilised to aid intuitive orientation and way finding. (v) Mode Integration - Spatial integration with bus stops as well as kiss and ride should be facilitated where possible without imposing on the quality of public realm. (vi) Bicycle Parking – Appropriate numbers of safe bicycle storage or parking should
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 57
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
be provided in each station environment. (vii) Street Crossings - Safe pedestrian street crossings shall be provided in the immediate vicinity of station entrances to the extent practicable. The provision of level street crossings is preferable over any grade separated solutions. (viii) Footpaths – Footpaths surrounding stations need to be adequate to provide for pedestrians entering and exiting the stations. (ix) Grade separated rail crossings – Structures associated with grade separated rail crossings need to be carefully and sensitively designed and in accordance with crime prevention through environmental design principles to ensure appropriate amenity and safety are retained or achieved. Measures to achieve this may include: a.
Utilising permeable balustrades on overbridges;
b.
Maximising the width of the footpath at grade in street reserves;
c.
Orientating any steps parallel to overbridges;
d.
Providing appropriate levels of lighting (in accordance with the Auckland Transport Street Lighting Policy (Appendix 1) for “Pathways in high risk, high brightness areas”); and
e.
Treatment of the sides of ramps and footpaths to enhance visual amenity.
(x) Grade separated rail crossings – Permeable balustrades on overbridges should be required not only for crime prevention purposes but to enable views into the neighbouring sites. For clarity all balustrades comprised within Normanby Road grade separation works (as defined in condition 30.1(l) shall be permeable including without limitation the ramp to be constructed into the site at 32 Normanby Road. (xi) The Porters Avenue Bridge (lift and bridge structure above finished ground level) shall be located no closer than 3.5m from the property boundary of 5 Porters Avenue (ALLOT 236 SEC 10 Suburbs AUCKLAND). Foundation support (i.e. below finished ground level) for the bridge may extend closer but shall not cross the property boundary. (xii) The design of the Porters Avenue and Fenton Street pedestrian/cycle bridges shall: a.
Minimise loss of privacy on adjacent residential sites, including by locating the pedestrian/cycle bridge in the western half of the Avenue;
b.
Ensure the lifts are through lifts to carry bicycles; and
c.
Incorporate bicycle push ramps into the side of the pedestrian stairways.
(xiii) The extensions to Ruru Street and Nikau Street shall generally be undertaken in accordance with the indicative road layout shown on drawing CRL-SYW-RME000-DRG-0110 Revision 1 dated 26/7/16. (c) Public Realm and Landscape – (i) Existing Streetscape – Structures of the CRL should be designed to respect and contribute positively to the form and function of existing public open space. (ii) Universal Access – Station environments should promote universal access (e.g. footpath ramps and smooth ground surfaces).
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 58
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
(iii) Safe Environments – Structures resulting from the CRL should promote safe environments. The station entrances should release patrons into safe public spaces that are well lit at night, overlooked by other users (e.g. residents or workers) and have sufficiently wide and unobstructed footpaths. (iv) Reinstated Surfaces - The design and construction of reinstated streetscapes should be coherent with the wider area and/or recent public realm upgrades in the area. (v) Station Plazas - The design and construction of station plazas should be coherent with the wider area and/or recent public realm upgrades in the area. (vi) Public Art - Integration of art and design should foster local identity and character and reflect and/or interpret local characteristics including natural heritage and Mana Whenua cultural narratives, history, art and particular traits of the local community. (vii) Landscape Planting – Plant species used in station environments and/or as part of landscape plantings should consider the opportunity to acknowledge the area’s pre-human ecology as and where appropriate. This may include species which connect strongly with Mana Whenua cultural narratives. (viii) Entrances within the Road Reserve - Designs for station entrances within the road reserve should be designed to consider the impacts upon other modes of traffic, including the expected pedestrian patronage. (ix) Utility Structures - Above ground utility structures (e.g. vents, access services) should be designed to minimise any negative effect on public realm. Where possible these structures should be integrated with other buildings. (x) Where landscape planting is affected by construction works on private properties, replanting and/or mitigation of any such landscaping shall be undertaken in consultation with those landowners, and in recognition of wider mitigation works required for those properties (e.g. vehicle parking and access requirements). 47.3 The Urban Design DWP shall show how these principles have been used to guide and influence the design of permanent works associated with the CRL, and how the design has responded or otherwise to these principles and initiatives. 47.4 The work to restore those areas within the designation footprint used during construction of the City Rail Link will occur as part of construction or within six months of the City Rail Link being operational. Auckland Council Urban Design Panel 47.5 The Requiring Authority shall request the Auckland Council to refer the Urban Design DWP to the Auckland Urban Design Panel (or other equivalent entity (if any) at that time) and invite the Auckland Urban Design Panel to comment on: (a) The degree to which the Urban Design DWP has appropriately responded to the principles listed in 47.2 and 49.1; (b) The degree to which station plans have appropriately responded to the principles listed in Condition 54.1. 47.6 As part of the Urban Design DWP submitted, the Requiring Authority shall: (a) Provide a record of feedback received from the Auckland Urban Design Panel (or equivalent entity at that time); (b) Provide detail of how the Urban Design DWP has responded to any feedback
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 59
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
received from the Auckland Urban Design Panel (or equivalent entity at that time) and, where they have not, the reasons why; (c) Provide detail regarding the degree to which the community stakeholder, affected party and affected in proximity party feedback has been considered and where applicable incorporated into design. Where feedback has not been incorporated, the Requiring Authority shall provide comment as to reasons why the feedback has not been incorporated; (d) The information set out in (a), (b) and (c) above must be included in the Urban Design DWP submitted to both the independent peer reviewer and Auckland Council as part of the Outline Plan. Mitigation Planting Requirements
1 48
4 5 6
48.1 The Urban Design DWP shall include any replacement planting proposed to mitigate the adverse effects of tree and vegetation removal from within the designation footprint. It is acknowledged that the mitigation of effects of tree and vegetation removal will be considered in response to the urban design principles of Condition 47. 48.2 Any landscaping included under the Urban Design DWP shall be implemented in accordance with this plan within the first planting season following the City Rail Link being operational. If the weather in that planting season is unsuitable for planting, as determined by the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer (in consultation with the Auckland Council Parks Department), the landscaping shall instead be implemented at the first practicable opportunity thereafter. The next practicable opportunity shall be agreed by the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer. 48.3 The landscaping will be maintained by the Requiring Authority for a period of 5 years for specimen trees and 3 years for all other landscape planting. Engagement with Mana Whenua and the Mana Whenua Principles 49.1 The Urban Design DWP shall include: (a) How mana whenua (see Condition 8) have been engaged with during its development in relation to the implementation and interpretation of the Principles set out under Condition 47, and particularly in relation to the mana whenua principles set out below:
1 49
4 5 6
(i) Mana / Rangatiratanga – As the original local authorities of Tamaki Makaurau, Iwi require high level Treaty based relationships with all key stakeholders including the Requiring Authority and Auckland Council which recognise their Tangata Whenua status in order to fulfil their roles as kaitiaki. Such partnership relationships can then inform engagement with AT / Council at all levels including direct involvement with design consortia. Relationships are required at governance and senior management levels. Such relationships are a precursor to actualising the other 6 principles. (ii) Whakapapa – Names and genealogical connections– reviving names revives mana through Iwi connections to specific ancestors and events / narratives associated with them. An Iwi inventory of names associated with a given site can be developed so that the most appropriate names are identified to develop design, interpretation and artistic responses. (iii) Tohu – Acknowledging the wider significant Iwi cultural land marks associated with the CRL route and their ability to inform the design of the station precincts, entrances and exits. In particular exploring opportunities to maximise view shafts to such tohu / landmarks as a way of both enhancing cultural landscape
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 60
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
connections and as way finding / location devices. (iv) Taiao – Exploring opportunities to bring natural landscape elements back into urban /modified areas e.g. specific native trees, water / puna wai (springs) – promoting bird, insect and aquatic life to create meaningful urban eco systems which connect with former habitats, mahinga kai (food gathering areas) and living sites. (v) Mauri tu – Ensuring emphasis on maintaining or enhancing environmental health / life essence of the wider site – in particular focusing on the quality of wai / water (puna / springs), whenua / soil and air. In particular any puna or underground waterways encountered should be carefully treated with Mana Whenua assistance to ensure their mauri is respected and enhanced where possible. It is also important to minimise the disturbance to Papatuanuku through carefully planned ground works. (vi) Mahi toi – Harnessing the Creative dimension through drawing on names and local tohu to develop strategies to creatively re-inscribe iwi narratives into architecture, interior design, landscape, urban design and public art. (vii) Ahi kaa – need to explore opportunities to facilitate living presences for iwi / hapu to resume ahi-kaa and kaitiaki roles in and around the CRL route and new station precincts; and (b) A summary of the engagement with mana whenua (see Condition 15) and identification of where design has incorporated the mana whenua principles and other mana whenua aspirations. The summary must include a clear explanation of where any comments have not been incorporated and the reasons why not. The summary must be included in the Urban Design DWP submitted to both the Independent Peer Review Panel and Auckland Council as part of the Outline Plan. Specific Area Requirements: Britomart to Aotea Station 50.1 For this designation the Urban Design DWP shall include how the following are to be restored following completion of the City Rail Link construction works: (a) Queen Elizabeth Square and lower Queen Street between Quay Street and Customs Street; (b) Albert Street between Quay Street and Victoria Street; and 50
1
(c) Albert Street between Victoria Street and Mayoral Drive including those part of Victoria and Wellesley Streets, the Council owned land on the southeast corner of Albert and Wellesley Streets which is to be used as a construction area, affected by surface construction works; and (d) Kingston Street. 50.2 The restoration plan for this designation shall demonstrate how street upgrades and public realm improvements have been considered when Albert Street and Mayoral Drive are reinstated. This should include as a minimum how the design and construction utilises material palettes, planting schedules and street furniture that are coherent with the surrounding streetscape character. Specific Area Requirements: Karangahape Station area
51
4
51.1 For this designation the Urban Design DWP shall include restoration plans (showing how the following are to be restored following completion of the City Rail Link construction works): (a) Beresford Square and Street including where surface works have occurred within Pitt
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 61
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
Street; and (b) Mercury Lane. 51.2 The restoration plan for this designation shall demonstrate how street upgrades and public realm improvements have been considered when Beresford Street, Pitt Street and Mercury Lane are reinstated. This should include as a minimum: (a) How the design and construction utilises material palettes, planting schedules and street furniture that are coherent with the surrounding streetscape character. (b) Methods for street upgrades and public realm improvements. Specific Area Requirements: Newton Station area 52
5
52.1 For this designation the Urban Design DWP shall include restoration plans (showing how the following are to be restored following completion of the City Rail Link construction works) for those areas used for surface construction works within the designation footprint, including the construction yard located on the northeast corner of Mt Eden Road and Symonds Street. Specific Area Requirements: North Auckland Line area 53.1 For this designation the Urban Design DWP shall include the following: (a) Restoration Plans showing how the worksite area will be maintained during the construction period. (b) Restoration Plans showing how the following are to be restored after construction completion: (i) The replacement of Mt Eden Road Bridge;
53
6
(ii) The area used for the grade separation of Porters Avenue; (iii) The area used for the grade separation of Normanby Road; and (iv) The replacement of the pedestrian connection, to be provided over the railway, between Ngahura Street and Fenton Street, including a connection to the Mount Eden Station. (c) How the bulk, scale and massing of structures resulting from the City Rail Link at Mt Eden Station are integrated with the components of the Mt Eden Station located in the adjacent North Auckland Line designation. Station Plan Requirements 54.1 The Urban Design DWP shall include a Station Plan/s (report and design plan/s as required) and include the following: (a) The design details showing both the above ground and below ground elements of the station/s;
1 54
4 5
(b) How the above ground and below ground design of the stations has taken into account the following principles: (i) Overarching - stations should achieve a successful and memorable transport experience. (ii) Function - stations will provide safe, functional and clear transport solutions. (iii) Performance - stations will provide a credible, sustainable design outcome that responds to climate, site and social economics. (iv) Personality - stations will provide an expression that contributes to their context and local identity and will respond to an appropriate network wide identity. (v) Existing and New Building Structures.
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 62
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
(vi) Built Heritage: •
•
Where built heritage is required for City Rail Link station requirements, adaptive reuse strategies should be considered to preserve the building’s role in establishing the streetscape and urban character. The development of new buildings and structures should minimise impact on, and disturbance of, Built heritage listed by the New Zealand Historic Places Trust or the Auckland Council District Plan that play a significant role in establishing the streetscape and urban character of the local area.
(vii) Bulk, Scale and Massing: •
• •
•
Bulk, scale and massing of structures resulting from the City Rail Link (station buildings in particular) should be sympathetic with the surrounding built urban form. Aotea Station building frontages should correspond with the road reserve boundary unless a specific station plaza area is intended. Karangahape Road station building(s) should be sensitively designed so as to contribute positively and to complement the good public realm and urban form qualities that currently exist in this area of Karangahape Road, Pitt Street and the upper end of Beresford Street. The redevelopment of land acquired for the Newton Mt Eden Station provides the opportunity for a continuous active building frontage to correspond with the road reserve boundary, providing: ▪ This does not conflict with the operation requirements of the station; or ▪ Unless a specific station plaza area is intended.
(viii) Active Frontage – Structures resulting from the City Rail Link should present an active frontage towards public spaces like streets, squares, pedestrian walkways or station plaza areas provided that this doesn’t conflict with the operation requirements of the station. Where no active frontage is proposed, an explanation of the reasons shall be outlined in the Urban Design DWP. (ix) Weather Protection – Where practicable, station entrances should provide some weather protection along their frontage (e.g. verandahs, awnings, canopies etc.) and these should be considered as part of the design. (x) Adaptability – The design of structures resulting from the City Rail Link should be able to adapt to change over time (e.g. change of uses, innovations in technology etc.) where reasonably practicable and anticipate opportunities (e.g. additional entrances) that may become possible in the future. The station design should not inhibit wider development opportunities (e.g. above or around station entrances). (xi) Identity – The design of the station entrances should provide an expression that reflects their respective context and local cultural identity. They could reflect, respond and/or interpret local characteristics like natural or Mana Whenua heritage, history, art, particular traits of the local community and unique architectural and urban forms of the area. (xii) Construction Quality – The design and construction of structures resulting from the City Rail Link (station buildings in particular) should be of a quality that lasts over time. Materials should be selected that are highly durable, elegant and
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 63
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
vandal resistant where they come into contact with patrons. (xiii) Mana Whenua Principles – see Condition 49. (c) How these principles have been used to guide and influence the design, and how the design has responded, or otherwise, to these principles and initiatives; and (d) A summary of the engagement with mana whenua (see Condition 15) and identification of where design has incorporated the mana whenua principles and other mana whenua aspirations into station design. The summary must include a clear explanation of where any comments have not been incorporated and the reasons why not. The summary must be included in the Urban Design DWP submitted to both the Independent Peer Review Panel and Auckland Council as part of the Outline Plan. Trees and Vegetation Trees and Vegetation DWP 55.1 A Trees and Vegetation DWP shall be prepared to manage the adverse effects from the removal of trees and vegetation during the construction of the City Rail Link or any part of it. 55.2 The objective of the Trees and Vegetation DWP is to avoid the removal of scheduled trees as far as practicable. Where trees are identified for removal in surface works the Requiring Authority will remedy or mitigate the adverse effects of construction on trees and vegetation. 55.3 To achieve the above objective the following shall be included in the Trees and Vegetation DWP and implemented as required:
1 55
4 5 6
(a) Confirmation of the trees to be removed due to surface construction works and whether it is appropriate and feasible to relocate or store these trees for replanting. The removal of schedule trees which form a significant group should only be undertaken as a last resort; (b) A list of trees, which due to being located in proximity to construction works, have root systems and / or foliage within and / or overhanging the surface designation footprint, and the methods to be used, where practicable, to protect these trees from construction works; (c) Cross references to the Urban Design DWP and the proposed mitigation of any tree / vegetation removal through replanting trees at a 1:1 ratio, re-instatement of the area, and other methods. In preparing the Trees and Vegetation DWP, the Requiring Authority shall seek input from the Auckland Council Parks Department with regard to tree species / vegetation selection, tree pit construction where deemed necessary, and the positioning of replacement trees and from directly affected land owners with regards to preferences for any replacement planting for vegetation / trees removed from private property or for any replacement planting on private property; (d) Other methods to be used to monitor and report on the management of the adverse effects from tree / vegetation removal; and (e) Cross references to the specific sections in the Communication and Consultation Plan which detail how the Auckland Council Parks Department, mana whenua (see condition 8) are consulted, and communication with the general public on the management of the adverse effects relating to the removal of trees and vegetation.
Public Art 56
1
Public Art DWP
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 64
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
56.1 A Public Art DWP shall be prepared to manage the adverse effects on public art located within or in close proximity to the designation footprint. 56.2 The objective of the Public Art DWP is to enable: (a) The appropriate removal and / or relocation of one piece of public art directly affected by the construction of the City Rail Link; (b) The protection of two pieces of public art that are located on public land in close proximity to the City Rail Link construction works. 56.3 To achieve the above objective the following shall be included in the Public Art DWP and implemented as required: (a) The process that will be undertaken to remove the public art work known as "Enduring Fires" (at the time of the Notice of Requirement process located within Queen Elizabeth Square), including the consultation undertaken with the Auckland Council and Ngati Whatua ki Tamaki or Ngati Whatua o Orakei as to its removal, storage, re-establishment or relocation and / or replacement (as part of the restoration works associated with the City Rail Link construction); (b) The process that will be undertaken to protect or remove the public art work known as "Maori Warrior" (at the time of the Notice of Requirement process located on the pavement of Quay Street adjacent to 1 Queen Street), including the consultation undertaken with the Auckland Council as to its protection during construction or whether it should be removed, stored, relocated and / or replaced (as part of the restoration works associated with the City Rail Link construction); (c) The process to protect the public art known as "Matahorua Anchor and Tainui Anchor" (at the time of the Notice of Requirement process located at the northern end of the Bledisloe Building on Wellesley Street) from construction works to the west, including the consultation undertaken with the Auckland Council as to its protection. 56.4 If one does not already exist, an asset management plan shall be prepared by the Requiring Authority in collaboration with Auckland Council for any of the above listed public art works as part of any protection or removal process. 56.5 Should the above public art works be removed from these sites prior and separate to the City Rail Link project, this condition will not need to be complied with. Contaminated Land Contamination DWP 57.1 A Contamination DWP shall be prepared to manage the adverse effects relating to contaminated land during the construction of the City Rail Link or any part of it.
1 57
4 5 6
57.2 The objective of the Contamination DWP is to avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects of construction on human health which may result from the disturbance of contaminated materials during construction. 57.3 To achieve the above objective the following shall be included in the Contamination DWP and implemented as required: (a) A health and safety plan that addresses: (i) Worker safety in relation to hazardous substances; and (ii) Worker training with regard to handling hazardous substances, identifying potentially contaminated soil / material, and notification procedures for discovery of contamination; (b) Procedures for how erosion and sediment control, storm water, dust, and odour
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 65
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
control measures will manage the removal of contaminated soil / material; (c) Procedures for contaminated soil classification, management and disposal of contaminated soil / material; (d) Where any trenches/excavations during civil works are to be sealed as a result of contamination and how this is to be recorded; (e) How and which work areas are to be restricted to authorised personnel only and procedures to limit the presence of ignition sources in these areas (e.g. no smoking within or adjacent to construction area, no welding or open flames near areas with high concentrations of hydrocarbon contamination); (f) Procedures for the monitoring and management of the removal of contaminated soil / material by a suitably qualified environmental specialist; (g) How the placement of re-used contaminated soil / material will be recorded and tracked; (h) Where areas for stockpiling and storing contaminated soil / material will be established on the construction site and the procedures for managing the containment of the contaminated soil / material in these areas; (i) Cross references to the specific sections in the Communication and Consultation Plan which detail how the general public are to be communicated with on the management of the adverse effects relating to the removal of contaminated soil / material. Contamination Validation Report at Completion of Construction 1 58
4 5 6
58.1 At the completion of construction works a validation report will be prepared in accordance with any Ministry for the Environment guidelines and submitted to the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer documenting the management of soil and evidence of appropriate disposal. The validation report shall include a record of all analytical results, volumes, tip dockets, and any incidents or complaints and how these were addressed. The validation report shall also identify any areas which need on-going monitoring and management by the Requiring Authority.
Air Quality Air Quality DWP 59.1 An Air Quality DWP shall be prepared to avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects on air quality during the construction of the City Rail Link or any part of it. 59.2 The objective of the Air Quality DWP is to detail the best practicable option to avoid dust and odour nuisance being caused by construction works and to remedy any such effects should they occur. 1 59
4 5 6
59.3 To achieve the above objective the following shall be included in the Air Quality DWP and implemented as required: (a) The procedures to be implemented for the continuous monitoring of Total Suspended Particulate (TSP) concentrations and meteorology including, but not limited to, the establishment of two monitoring sites (to the north and south of the site); (b) Identification of the sensitive locations, and the specific methods for monitoring, including trigger limits to determine whether further action (such as implementation of the mitigation measures discussed below or other mitigation measures) is required; (c) Procedures for responding to malfunctions with construction machinery or works
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 66
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
causing accidental dust discharges including, but not limited to, the requirement to remedy any malfunction within 24 hours; (d) Procedures for monitoring weather conditions and the requirement that water spray is used on soil stockpiles, any non-paved construction areas, and the wheels of trucks where dust may disperse beyond the site; (e) Procedures for establishing when the covering of trucks will be required; (f) Procedures for determining when hard surfaced areas in construction yards and active construction areas should be cleaned including, but not limited to, the requirement that such areas be cleaned whenever dust generation occurs due to traffic on these surfaces; (g) Procedures for responding to discharges of odour (including in the event of excavation of contaminated sites) including, but not limited to, the requirement to address discharge of objectionable odour by immediately ceasing the activity causing the discharge; (h) Procedures for equipment inspection (including timeframes for regular inspections), maintenance, monitoring and recording, including baghouses, pressure relief valves and high level alarms to mitigate dust emissions; (i) Procedures for, where practicable, limiting dust and odour nuisance and the methods for monitoring these procedures including Identification of contingency measures to address identified and verified adverse effects on sensitive receptors. Contingency measures may include options such as: (i) Cleaning of air filtration intakes; or (ii) Cleaning of other buildings and infrastructure; and (j) Procedures for responding to any complaints received and the timeframes for response to complaints and reporting; (k) Cross references to the specific sections in the Communication and Consultation Plan which detail how the communities in the vicinity of construction works are to be communicated with on the management of the adverse effects relating to air quality. Social Impact and Business Disruptions Property Management Strategy 60.1 The Requiring Authority will prepare a Property Management Strategy and shall submit the Strategy to Auckland Council within 3 months of the Designation being confirmed for confirmation that the Strategy has been prepared in accordance with this condition.
1 60
4 5 6
60.2 The purpose of the Strategy is to set out how the Requiring Authority will ensure the properties acquired for the City Rail Link are appropriately managed so they do not deteriorate and adversely affect adjoining properties and the surrounding area. The Strategy shall identify measures and methods to ensure the properties are managed in a manner that: (a) Does not significantly change the character, intensity and scale of the effects of the existing use of the land; (b) Maintains the condition of the property at that which existed at the time of purchase by the Requiring Authority; (c) Contributes to the functioning of the area within which the property is located; (d) Maintains occupancy as far as reasonably practicable; and (e) Provides confidence to occupants, adjoining property owners, and the community
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 67
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
that the properties are managed responsibly pending construction. Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP 61.1 The Requiring Authority shall prepare a Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP. The objective of the Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP is to avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects arising from disruption to businesses, residents and community services/facilities so far as reasonably practicable. 61.2 To achieve this objective the Requiring Authority shall engage a suitably qualified specialist(s) to prepare a Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP to address the following specific issues: (a) How disruption to access (including pedestrian, cycle, passenger transport and service/private vehicles) for residents, community services and businesses as a result of construction activities will, so far as is reasonably practicable, be avoided, remedied or mitigated; (b) How the disruption effects that result or are likely to result in the loss of customers to businesses as a result of construction activities will, so far as is reasonably practicable, be avoided, remedied or mitigated; (c) How the loss and/or relocation of community facilities and the loss or change to catchments associated with these facilities as a result of the property acquisition process particularly to the Chinese Community Centre and Life Centre Church and the temporary loss of car parking at Hopetoun Alpha will be mitigated; and 1 61
4 5 6
(d) How loss of amenity for residents, community services and businesses as a result of construction activities will be or has been mitigated through the CEMP and other DWPs. 61.3 The Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP shall be prepared in consultation with the community, community facility operators, business owners, affected parties and affected in proximity parties to: (a) Understand client and visitor behaviour and requirements and operational requirements of community facilities and businesses; (b) Identify the scale of disruption and adverse effects likely to result to businesses, residents and community services/facilities as a result of construction of the City Rail Link; (c) Assess access and servicing requirements and in particular any special needs of residents, community facilities and businesses; and (d) To develop methods to address matters outlined in (b) and (c) above, including: (i) The measures to maximise opportunities for pedestrian and service access to businesses, residents and social services/facilities that will be maintained during construction, within the practical requirements of the Transport, Access and Parking conditions (Conditions 25 to 30) and the Transport, Access and Parking DWP; (ii) The measures to mitigate potential severance and loss of business visibility issues by way-finding and supporting signage for pedestrian detours required during construction; (iii) The measures to promote a safe environment, taking a crime prevention through environmental design approach; (iv) Other measures to assist businesses and social services/facilities to maintain client/customer accessibility, including but not limited to client/customer
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 68
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
information on temporary parking or parking options for access; (v) Other measures to assist residents, businesses and social services/facilities to provide for service delivery requirements; (vi) The process (if any) for re-establishment and promotion of normal business operation following construction; (vii) If appropriate and reasonable, requirements for temporary relocation during construction and/or assistance for relocation (including information to communities using these services and facilities to advise of relocations); and (viii) The measures to remedy and mitigate the disruption impacts to the community as a result of any closure and/or relocation of community services and facilities required by the Project. 61.4 The Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP shall include: (a) A summary of the findings and recommendations of the Social Impact Assessment report (2013); (b) A record of the consultation undertaken with the community including specific access and operational requirements of individual businesses and residents including, if relevant, consultation on the necessity for, and the feasibility of, options and requirements for temporary relocation during construction and/or assistance for relocation); (c) An implementation plan of the methods to mitigate the disruption effects (as developed in 61.3 above); (d) Reference to any site/business specific mitigation plans that exist (though these may not be included in the DWP); (e) Cross reference to detail on how the CEMP and DWPs have responded to the issues of resident, business and social service/facility accessibility and amenity; (f) Details of on-going consultation with the local community through the Community Liaison Groups to provide updates and information relating to the timing for project works and acquisition; (g) Details of best endeavours steps undertaken with regard to acquisition and/or relocation of the Chinese Community Centre and Life Centre Church under the Public Works Act 1981; and (h) The process for resolution of any disputes or complaints in relation to the management / mitigation of social impacts (including business disruption impacts). 61.5 In relation to the site at 32 Normanby Road, the Requiring Authority shall consult with sub-lessees in the presence of the landowner and head lessee when developing site/business specific mitigation plans, unless the sub-lessee(s) request otherwise. 61.6 The Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP shall be implemented and complied with for the duration of the construction of the City Rail Link and for up to 12 months following the completion of the Project if required. 61.7 Suitably qualified independent specialists for the social impact and business disruption mitigation (whose appointment shall be agreed by the Council) shall peer review the Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP pursuant to Condition 11. 61.8 The Requiring Authority shall prepare an annual report on the identification, monitoring, evaluation and management of the effects outlined in the Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP together with a summary of matters raised by the community, and how these have been responded to. The report shall be presented to the Community Liaison Groups.
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 69
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
Specific Design Requirements 62
2
62.1 The operational tunnel will avoid running under the building footprint of the property at 152 Vincent Street.
OPERATIONAL CONDITIONS Operational Rail Vibration 63.1 The Requiring Authority shall confirm that operational rail vibration and reradiated noise levels comply with the following Project Criteria at any noise or vibration sensitive receiver existing at the time of lodgement of the CRL NoR: Building Type
Vibration Criteria
Reradiated Noise Criteria (dB LASmax re: 20 Pa)
PPV (mm/s)
63
1
Commercial uses with primarily daytime use1
0.2
40
Residences and buildings where people normally sleep
0.15
35
Auditoria/Theatres1
0.1
30
TV/Recording Studios
0.06
25
Note: 1. 2.
Such as offices, businesses, churches, schools, universities and libraries. This includes Albert Street District Court.
63.2 For any noise or vibration sensitive building types that are not provided for in the table above, the upper limit for vibration and reradiated noise shall not exceed 0.3 mm/s PPV and 50 dB LASmax respectively. 63.3 For the avoidance of doubt this does not apply to the North Auckland Line and Britomart Designations. 63.4 When assessing operational rail vibration and reradiated noise, compliance with Conditions 63.1 and 63.2 shall be achieved for at least 95% of any 20 consecutive train pass-by ‘events’. Operational Rail Vibration 63A.1 The Requiring Authority shall confirm that operational rail vibration and reradiated noise levels comply with the following Project Criteria at any noise or vibration sensitive receiver existing at the time of lodgement of the CRL NoR: Building Type 63A
2
6
Reradiated Noise Criteria (dB LASmax re: 20 Pa)
Velocityᵌ (mm/s)
4 5
Vibration Criteria
Commercial uses with primarily daytime use1
0.14
40
Residences and buildings where people normally sleep
0.1
35
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 70
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
Auditoria/Theatres1 TV/Recording Studios
0.1
30
0.045
25
Note: 1. Such as offices, businesses, churches, schools, universities and libraries. 2. This includes Albert Street District Court. 3. Maximum one-second root-mean-square (RMS) value with an upper frequency limit of 80 Hz. 63A.2 For any noise or vibration sensitive building types that are not provided for in the table above, the upper limit for vibration and reradiated noise shall not exceed a RMS level (1s, maximum) of 0.21 mm/s and 50 dB LASmax respectively. 63A.3 For the avoidance of doubt the Project Criteria in Conditions 63A.1 and 63A.2 do not apply to the North Auckland Line and Britomart Designations. 63A.4 When assessing operational rail vibration and reradiated noise, compliance with Conditions 63A.1 and 63A.2 shall be achieved for at least 95% of any 20 consecutive train pass-by ‘events’. The events shall be representative of the rolling stock fleet operating on the line and shall include maintenance activities, unless such maintenance activities are undertaken after 11.30pm or before 6.00am. 63A.5 Subject to Condition 66.4 in the case of MediaWorks, when assessing operational rail vibration measurement shall be made in accordance with Section 5.2.3 of BS6472-1:2008 Guide to evaluation of human exposure to vibration in buildings. Operational Noise – Mechanical Ventilation Plant 64.1 Operational noise from mechanical ventilation plant servicing the underground rail sections of the City Rail Link shall be measured and assessed in accordance with the following Project Criteria: Location
Period
Auckland Central Area
7.00am to 11:00pm
65
11:00pm to 7:00am
60
7.00am to 10:00pm
60
10:00pm to 7:00am
55
1
dB LAeq
dB LAFmax 75
2 64
4 5 6
Auckland Isthmus Area
75
64.2 Measurements shall be undertaken in accordance with New Zealand Standard NZS 6801:2008 “Acoustics – Measurement of environmental sound” and assessed in accordance with New Zealand Standard NZS 6802:2008 “Acoustics - Environmental Noise”. 64.3 For the avoidance of doubt this does not apply to the North Auckland Line and Britomart Designations.
65
1
Operational Noise and Vibration Management Plan (ONVMP)
2
65.1 To manage the adverse effects from the maintenance and operation of the City Rail Link, the Requiring Authority shall, prior to the operation of the CRL, prepare an Operational Noise and Vibration Management Plan, (ONVMP) to the satisfaction of Auckland Council’s
4
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 71
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
5 6
Condition
Compliance Monitoring Manager. The objective of the ONVMP shall be to ensure that the tracks, rolling stock and associated infrastructure (including ventilation and other mechanical plant) are maintained and operated in accordance with maintenance standards as outlined in the Requiring Authority’s maintenance programme for the City Rail Link, so that operational noise and vibration levels received at noise sensitive receiver locations, and vibration levels comply with Conditions 63 and 64. . 65.2 The ONVMP shall set out procedures for: (a) The maintenance of rolling stock to minimise noise and vibration emissions including, but not limited to, the management of wheel roughness and flats, braking systems, cooling systems, suspension systems and any other significant source associated with the operation of locomotives; (b) The maintenance of tracks to minimise noise and vibration emissions, including, but not limited to, the management of curve squeal, rail roughness, joint constructions and any other significant source associated with the use of the tracks; (c) The implementation of mitigation measures associated with the operation and maintenance of the City Rail Link, for the operational life of the City Rail Link; (d) The management of noise from the operation of the line, including, but not limited to, the use of audible warning devices and acceleration / deceleration controls (where relevant); and (e) The management of noise and maintenance of noise-generating equipment from stations and associated ventilation and mechanical plant infrastructure including, but not limited to, PA systems, fans and ventilation noise and audible warning devices. 65.3 The ONVMP shall be adhered to at all times. It may be updated or amended at any time with the approval of Auckland Council’s Compliance Monitoring Manager. 65.4 For the avoidance of doubt this does not apply to the North Auckland Line and Britomart Designations.
66
6
Operational Noise and Vibration Management – MediaWorks 66.1 At least six months prior to the opening of the CRL, the Requiring Authority shall provide a report from a suitably qualified noise and vibration expert to Auckland Council’s Compliance Monitoring Manager and to MediaWorks. The report shall confirm the trackform mitigation applied to the project has been designed to ensure that operational noise and vibration will not exceed the levels as set out in Conditions 63A.1, 63A.2 and 66.5. 66.2 The Requiring Authority shall implement continuous vibration monitoring on the tunnel structure on the East Link Down Main line within 20m of the closest point of the CRL tunnel to Studio 1 to determine compliance with Conditions 63A.1 and 63A.2 during the operation of the CRL (but only for so long as MediaWorks remains located at the MediaWorks site). The monitoring regime shall: (a) Be based on measurements with an upper frequency limit of 500 Hz; Note: The upper monitored frequency band of 500Hz reflects the supplier’s permissible criteria specified for equipment operated by MediaWorks. (b) Ensure that measurement equipment and signal chain complies with the manufacturers guidelines for accuracy and calibration; (c) Capture every train pass-by on the line which may be triggered by vibration level radio frequency tag, interrupted beam or any other practicable triggering method; (d) Ensure the retention of the RMS data for every train pass-by on the line; (e) Ensure the transmission of RMS data for every train pass-by to the Requiring
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 72
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
Condition
Authority at an interval not exceeding 48 hours between data uploads to enable records to be viewed and interrogated as required without requiring access to the monitoring location; (f) Ensure that the Requiring Authority, Auckland Council’s Compliance Monitoring Manager and MediaWorks are alerted to RMS values exceeding a value at the tunnel monitoring location that corresponds to 90% of the limits specified in Condition 63A.1 for TV/Recording Studios to enable the Requiring Authority to instigate preventative maintenance of tracks and rolling stock with the aim of avoiding exceedences of the noise and vibration limits at the MediaWorks building. The ONVMP required by Condition 65 shall set out the method for determining the transfer function between the tunnel monitoring location and the floor of Studio 1, and what the vibration trigger level is (based on measurements on the tunnel structure) for investigation and corrective action measures relative to Condition 66.2(f) above. The transfer function shall be accurately determined prior to the railway becoming operational using the tunnel monitoring location and the floor of Studio 1. 66.3 Conditions 63A.1, 63A.2 and 66.5 shall be complied with at the MediaWorks building for so long as MediaWorks remains located at the MediaWorks site. 66.4 Noise shall be measured in accordance with the requirements of NZS6801:2008 Acoustics - Measurement of Environmental Sound. Vibration shall be measured in accordance with the requirements of section 5.2.3 of BS6472-1:2008 Guide to evaluation of human exposure to vibration in buildings, except that all references to people, persons and body in that clause shall apply to equipment as well. 66.5In addition to compliance with the criteria set out in Condition 63A.1 relating to TV/Recording Studios, and for the purpose of monitoring the effects of vibration on camera shake, the vibration arising from train pass-bys shall at all times comply with a vibration limit of 1m/s2 between 5Hz and 500Hz when measured on the floor of the MediaWorks filming studios. 66.6 In the event of any exceedance of any noise or vibration in Conditions 63A.1 and 63A.2 during a Sensitive Times (as defined in Condition 35.1) measures to reduce the noise or vibration below the relevant limit in Condition 63A shall be implemented as soon as reasonably practicable. ADVICE NOTES
1 AN1
4 5 6
1 2 AN2
4 5 6
AN3
1
The Requiring Authority will require an Authority under the Historic Places Act 1993 to destroy, damage or modify any archaeological site. This Authority is required in advance of earthworks commencing in the area where the archaeological site is located. It is expected that there will be staged Section 12 Authority applied for to cover the earthworks programme. In the event of unanticipated archaeological sites or koiwi being uncovered the Requiring Authority shall cease activity in the vicinity until it has the relevant approvals, and consulted with the Historic Places Trust and relevant iwi interests. The Requiring Authority will need to acquire the relevant property interests in land subject to the designation before it undertakes any works on that land pursuant to the designation. That may include a formal Public Works Act 1981 land acquisition process. It is acknowledged that property rights issues are separate from resource management effects issues and that the resolution of property issues may be subject to confidentiality agreements between the Requiring Authority and the relevant landowners. Prior to construction if Network Utility Operators are carrying out works that do not require prior written consent of the Requiring Authority in accordance with condition 6 of this
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 73
Condition Number
NoR Designati on Applies to
2 4 5 6 1 2 AN4
4
Condition
designation, they must carry out those works in accordance with the Corridor Access Request (CAR) Process (as set out in Part 4 of the National Code of Practice for Utility Operators’ Access to Transport Corridors 2011) where that process applies to the works being carried out. Under section 176 of the RMA no person may do anything in relation to the land subject to the designation that would prevent or hinder the Rail Link without the written approval of the Requiring Authority.
5 6 1 AN5
2 4
Some of the land is subject to existing designations. Nothing in these designation conditions negates the need for the Requiring Authority to adhere to the provisions of section 177 of the RMA.
5 Some of the land is subject to existing designations. Nothing in these designation conditions negates the need for the Requiring Authority to adhere to the provisions of section 177 of the RMA.
AN6
6
AN7
1
Modifications to Britomart Transport Centre to connect the City Rail Link tracks into the rail network are separate to this designation and are covered under the Britomart Transport designation.
AN8
6
Works required to connect the City Rail Link to the North Auckland Rail Line occurring within the North Auckland Rail Line designation are separate to this designation and are covered under the North Auckland Line Rail designation.
For the avoidance of doubt, the Requiring Authority shall obtain the written consent of the Minister of Corrections in accordance with section 177 of the RMA for any work authorised by the City Rail Link designation on the Mt Eden Corrections Facility site at 1 Lauder Road.
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 74
Appendix One to Designation Conditions (NoR for Designations 1, 2, 4, 5 and 6) Condition 36 of this designation requires as part of the CEMP process the confirmation of where and when building condition surveys will be undertaken in relation to vibration and settlement. Note that those buildings classed in the “heritage� category are covered under the Appendix Two below. In accordance with condition 46, at a minimum building condition surveys shall be considered for the following buildings:. No
Address
Property Known As
1
8-12 Albert Street
Quay West Hotel
2
17 Albert Street
Cohesive Technology House
3
22-26 Albert Street
The Stamford
4
74 Albert Street
Chifley Suites
5
76-84 Albert Street
City Gardens Apartments
6
103,105,107 Albert Street
Manhattan Apartments
7
109-125 Albert Street
Sky City - Grand Hotel & Convention Centre
8
106-108 Albert Street
Elliot Tower (Proposed)
9
128 Albert Street
Crown Plaza
10
103 Vincent Street
YWCA Accommodation
11
109 Vincent Street
The Rodney Apartments
12
113 Vincent Street
Winsun Heights Apartments
13
135 Vincent Street
Dynasty Gardens Hotel
14
150 Vincent Street
The City Lodge
15
156 Vincent Street
Eclipse Apartments
16
71-87 Mayoral Drive
Rendezvous Grand Hotel
17
29,39,41 Pitt Street
Hopetoun Delta Apartments
18
22-28 Beresford Square
The Beresford
19
259-281 Karangahape Road
Retail and Residential building
20
14 East Street
Residential Building
21
9 A-C Mercury Lane
Residential Building
22
18 East Street
Residential Building
23
153 Newton Road
Beatnik
24
10 Flower Street
Eden Terrace Apartments
25
1 Akiraho Street
Eden Oaks
26
21 Queen Street
Zurich House (Anzo Tower)
27
7 Albert Street
Retail and Office building
28
9-11 Albert Street
Food Alley
29
23-29 Albert Street
ANZ Centre
30
12-26 Swanson Street
Affco House Carpark
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 75
No
Address
Property Known As
31
58 Albert Street
APN NZ Complex
32
63 Albert Street
AMI House
33
65-69 Albert Street
Auckland District Court
34
38 Wyndham Street
Wyndham Towers
35
92-96 Albert Street
Former Telecom Tower
36
85 Albert Street
Retail and Office building
37
87-89 Albert Street
Albert Plaza
38
99 Albert Street
AA Building
39
135 Albert Street
ASB Building
40
120 Albert Street
BDO Tower
41
44-52 Wellesley Street West
Wellesley Centre
42
67-101 Vincent Street
Auckland Police Station
43
22 Dundonald Street
Soundcraft Ltd
44
3 Flower Street
TV3 Building
45
32 Normanby Road
Commercial Building
46
3 Enfield Street
Horse and Trap
47
101 Mount Eden Road
Hometune
48
1 Ngahura Street
Auckland Boxing Association
49
1 Queen Street
HSBC House
50
125 Queen Street
New World Supermarket tenancy
51
148 Quay Street
Tenham Investments and Body Corporate 184960
52
29 Customs Street West
AMP Centre
53
15-19 East Street
54
32 Akiraho Street
55
83 Albert Street
56
4 Kingston Street
57
6-12 Kingston Street
Bear Park Early Childhood Centre
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 76
Appendix Two to Designation Conditions (NoR for Designations 1, 2, 4, 5 and 6) Condition 41 of this designation requires as part of the CEMP process the confirmation of where and when building condition surveys will be undertaken in relation to Built Heritage (including those affected as a result of excavation). In accordance with condition 46, at a minimum building condition surveys shall be considered for the following buildings: No
Address
Property Known As
1
12 – 32 Customs Street
Customs House
2
2 Queen Street
Endeans Building
3
12 Queen Street
4
3 Albert Street
West Plaza
5
13 Albert Street Auckland Central
Yates Building
6
15 Albert Street
Link House
7
35 Albert Street Auckland Central
Price Buchanan Building
8
37 – 39 Albert Street Auckland Central
9
41 Albert Street
10
46 Albert Street
11
49 Albert Street Auckland Central
12
53 Albert Street Auckland Central
13
55 Albert Street
14
57 Albert Street
15
61 Albert Street Auckland Central
Shakespeare Hotel and Brewery
16
76 to 78 Albert Street Auckland Central
Bluestone Wall + toilets under wall
17
83 to 85 Albert Street Auckland Central
18
102 Albert Street
19
26, 34 – 36 Wyndham Street
Former Gas Co Building
20
9 – 11 Durham Street
Bluestone Store
21
37-43 Victoria Street West
22
51-53 Victoria Street West
23
61-65 Victoria Street West
24
66 Victoria Street West
London Dairy
25
68 Victoria Street West
J H Hannan
26
24 Wellesley Street West
Bledisloe House
27
15-31 Wellesley Street West
Former CPO - Britomart Transport Centre
New Zealand Herald
Martha’s Corner
Archibald and Sons Warehouse/ T & G Building
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 77
No
Address
Property Known As
28
42 Wellesley Street
Griffiths Holdings Building
29
33 Wyndham Street
30
Aotea Square Aotea Centre (rear section)
31
11 Mayoral Drive
Former Public Trust
32
105 Vincent Street
Auckland Chinese Presbyterian Church
33
133 Vincent Street
Juliette’s
34
53 Pitt Street
Former Central Ambulance Station
35
59 Pitt
36
65 Pitt Street
37
70 – 74 Pitt Street
The Chatham
38
78 Pitt Street Pitt Street
Wesleyan Church
39
78 Pitt Street
Wesleyan Bicentennial Hall
40
1 Beresford Square Auckland Central
Former Pitt Street Fire Station
41
16 – 18 Beresford Square
42
211-235 Karangahape Road
43
238 Karangahape Road
George Court Building
44
1 Cross Street
George Court Factory Building
45
243 Karangahape Road
Naval and Family Hotel
46
246-254 Karangahape Road
Hallenstein Brothers Building
47
251 – 253 Karangahape Road
48
256 Karangahape Road
49
257 Karangahape Road
50
258-266 Karangahape Road
51
268 Karangahape Road
52
259-261 Karangahape Road
53
270 Karangahape Road
54
283 Karangahape Road
Samoa House
55
9 Mercury Lane
Mercury Theatre former Kings Theatre
56
151 Newton Rd
Retail/Recording Studio
57
206-208 Symonds Street
58
210 Symonds Street Retail
Pitt Street Buildings (O’Malley’s Corner)
Mercury Theatre entrance - Norman Ng Building
Cheapskates/Penny Farthing Bike Shop French Café
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 78
No
Address
Property Known As
59
215 Symonds Street
Edinburgh Castle Building
60
221 Symonds Street
61
224 Symonds Street
62
227 Symonds Street
63
231 Symonds Street Retail
64
233 Symonds Street
65
235 Symonds Street
66
237 Symonds Street
67
239-241 Symonds Street
68
243 Symonds Street
69
245 Symonds Street
70
249 Symonds Street
71
253 Symonds Street
72
1-13 Mt Eden Road
73
15-17 Mt Eden Road
74
21 New North Road
75
14 New North Road
Villa Dalmacija
76
St Patrick’s Square 43 Wyndham Street
St Patrick’s Cathedral
77
59 Alex Evans Street
St Benedict’s Church
78
1 – 9 St Benedicts Street
St Benedict's Presbytery
79
6 St Benedicts Street
Residential
80
43 Wyndham Street & Hobson Street
St Patrick’s Presbytery
81
Beresford Square
Forrester’s Hall
Former Post Office
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 79
Proposed Draft Notice of Requirement Requiring Authority Designation Conditions – NoR for Designation 3 Condition Number
NoR Design ation Applies to
Condition
1.1 The City Rail Link Project (City Rail Designation 3) shall be undertaken in general accordance with the following: (a) The information provided by the Requiring Authority in the Notice of Requirement dated 23 August 2012 and supporting documents being: (i) Assessment of Environmental Effects report (contained in Volume 2 of the Notice of Requirement suite of documents, dated 15 August 2012 Rev B); (ii) Supporting environmental assessment reports (contained in Volume 3 of the Notice of Requirement suite of documents, dated August 2012); (iii) The Concept Design Report (contained in Volume 2 of the Notice of Requirement suite of documents, dated 13 August 2012 Rev 3); (iv) Plan sets: (i) Land requirement plans (contained in Volume 1 of the Notice of Requirement suite of documents, dated 15 August 2012); 1
3
(ii) Plans contained in the Concept Design Report Appendices (contained in Volume 3 of the Notice of Requirement suite of documents, dated 13 August 2012 Rev 3). (b) Except as modified by the following alterations: (i) Assessment of Environmental Effects (Reference CRL-SYW-RME-000-RPT0065, Design and Construction Memorandum (Reference CRL-SYW-RME-000MEM-0002) and Drawings CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-0120 to 0124 and 0128 to 0132 ‘Strata / Sub-Strata Alteration (CRL Designation 2 and 3). (ii) Assessment of Environmental Effects (Reference CRL-MTE-RME- 000-RPT0060 Revision 7 dated 9/11/16), Design and Construction Memorandum (Reference CRL-MTE-RME-000-MEM-0001 dated 9/11/16) and Drawing CRLSYW-RME-000-DRG-0133 Revision 1 dated 26/7/17) (‘Mt Eden Station Alteration’ - CRL Designation 3 and 6). 1.2 Where there is inconsistency between the documents listed above and these conditions, these conditions shall prevail.
2
3
2.1 In accordance with section 184(1) of the Resource Management Act 1991 (the RMA), this designation shall lapse if not given effect to within 10 years from the date on which it is confirmed. 3.1 The Requiring Authority shall, as soon as reasonably practicable, but no later than at completion of detailed design:
3
3
(a) Review the area and volume of land of NoR Designation 3 required to protect the structural integrity of the two tunnels (including the relevant considerations at Condition 5.5); (b) Identify any areas of designated land that are no longer necessary to protect the structural integrity, safety or operation of the two tunnels; and (c) Then give notice in accordance with Section 182 of the RMA for the removal of those parts of the designation identified in (b) above.
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 80
Condition Number
NoR Design ation Applies to
Condition
4.1 Under s 176(1)(b) of the Resource Management Act 1991 (RMA) no person may do anything in relation to the designated land that would prevent or hinder the City Rail Link, without the prior written consent of the Requiring Authority. 4.2 In the periods pre, during and post construction of the City Rail Link, the following activities undertaken by Network Utility Operators will not prevent or hinder the City Rail Link, and can be undertaken without seeking the Requiring Authority’s written approval under section 176(1)(b) of the RMA: (a) Maintenance and urgent repair works of existing Network Utilities; 4
3
(b) Minor renewal works to existing Network Utilities necessary for the on-going provision or security of supply of Network Utility Operations; (c) Minor works such as new property service connections; (d) Upgrades to existing Network Utilities within the same or similar location with the same or similar effects on the City Rail Link designation. 4.3 For the avoidance of doubt, in this condition an “existing Network Utility� includes infrastructure operated by a Network Utility Operator which was: (a) In place at the time the notice of requirement for the City Rail Link was served on Auckland Council (23 August 2012); or (b) Undertaken in accordance with this condition or section 176(1)(b) RMA process. 5.1 This designation does not authorise any CRL works but restricts development from proceeding without the approval of the Requiring Authority where that development would result in an adverse effect on the CRL in terms of safety, operation or construction. 5.2 The Requiring Authority will work with developers in a collaborative manner and may require alterations or changes to development proposals for the purpose in 5.1. 5.3 The Requiring Authority may require alterations or changes to any proposal for development including but not limited to construction of basements and foundations where such works disturb the ground in a way that is likely to result in loading changes and result in deformations or produce other risks to the integrity of the CRL structures.
5
3
5.4 Reasons shall be given by the Requiring Authority for these changes to demonstrate they are reasonably necessary to provide for safety, construction or operation of the CRL, 5.5 Any proposal for physical works or activities within the designation shall be provided to the Requiring Authority and will be assessed on the following: (a) Building height, size, mass and proximity to the CRL structures; (b) Foundation and basement designs; (c) Geotechnical conditions; (d) Separation between the CRL structures and the proposed development; (e) Nature of the activities including methods and staging of construction; (f) The predicted loading change on the CRL structures resulting from the development; and (g) Any other relevant information necessary to determine the likelihood and extent of any adverse effect that may occur as a result of the proposed development.
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 81
Condition Number
NoR Design ation Applies to
Condition
These factors will also be relevant considerations in the drawback of the designation as provided for in Condition 3.1. 5.6 That assessment shall be peer reviewed by an independent certified engineer, paid for by the Requiring Authority, and the findings supplied to the landowner/ developer and the Auckland Council for information. Advice Notes relating to the Designation
AN 1
AN 2
3
This is a designation for protection purposes only. It protects the City Rail Link infrastructure to be constructed, operated and maintained in a separate designation located beneath this designation. The use of the land within this designation is subject to the agreement of the Requiring Authority to protect the subterranean works below. Any person proposing to undertake physical works within this designation is required to contact the Requiring Authority and obtain its approval in accordance with provisions set out in section 176(1)(b) of the Resource Management Act 1991.
3
If Network Utility Operators are carrying out works that do not require prior written consent of the Requiring Authority in accordance with condition 6 of this designation, they must carry out those works in accordance with the Corridor Access Request (CAR) Process (as set out in Part 4 of the National Code of Practice for Utility Operators’ Access to Transport Corridors 2011) where that process applies to the works being carried out.
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 82
Diagram 1
City Rail Link Notice of Requirement
Page 83
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station
Appendix B
Page 65
Resource Consent Conditions
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
CONDITIONS Definitions ACZ – Active Construction Zone AEE - Assessment of Environmental Effects prepared by Aurecon New Zealand Limited/ Golder Associates (NZ) Limited, dated 13 May 2016 AQMP - Air Quality Management Plan CCP - Communication and Consultation Plan CEMP - Construction Environmental Management Plan CLG - Community and Business Liaison Group Commencement of construction or construction works – in all conditions which refer to ‘commencement of construction’, construction has the same meaning as the Construction Contracts Act 2002 and includes work such as site clearance, earthmoving and earthworks, excavation, tunnelling, and boring; and the construction, erection, installation, carrying out, alteration, repair, restoration, renewal, maintenance, extension, demolition, removal, or dismantling of any building or structure; and all other matters referred to in section 6 of that Act. CRL – City Rail Link CSA – Construction Support Areas CSMP - Contaminated Soils Management Plan EMP - Industrial and Trade Activities Environmental Management Plan ESC – Erosion and Sediment Control ESCP - Erosion and Sediment Control Plan FTMP – Flocculent Treatment Management Plan GSMCP - Groundwater and Settlement Monitoring and Contingency Plan IBA - Independent Building Assessor – The person engaged under Condition 91 to make recommendations to Council on building serviceability and damage matters and otherwise carry out the functions ascribed to the IBA under these conditions. Key contacts - are identified in the CEMP and are a “key contact” person representing the Consent Holder and a “key contact” person representing the contractor team to work with the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring). Refer Condition 30 Management Plan/s means one or all of the following:
Air Quality Management Plan (AQMP)
Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP)
Contaminated Soils Management Plan (CSMP)
Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (ESCP)
In Consent: REG/2016/1892
1
Address: Wyndham Street, Auckland Central to NAL, Mt Eden Station
Flocculent Treatment Management Plan (FTMP)
Groundwater and Settlement Monitoring and Contingency Plan (GSMCP)
Industrial and Trade Activity Environmental Management Plan (EMP) and Mana Whenua - Ngati Maru, Ngati Paoa, Ngai Tai Ki Tamaki, Ngati Te Ata Waiohua, Te Kawerau a Maki, Ngati Whatua o Orakei, Te Akitai, and Ngati Tamaoho
NAL – North Auckland Line PCCP - Pre-Construction Communication and Consultation Plan Plan – any Management Plan or other plan prepared under these conditions including any plan applicable to a stage of the works Project – the CRL Aotea Station to North Auckland Line Section, or any stage of the Project. Referee – the independent and appropriately qualified senior person to whom a dispute is referred under Condition 8. Senior Qualified Person - means a person with a post-graduate degree in environmental science, chemistry, biology, geology (including a Chartered Professional Engineer (CPEng)) or similar field; or having sufficient technical experience that is at least equivalent; and having at least five years’ professional experience. Services – includes including gas, water, sewerage, telecoms, stormwater, fibre optics and power. SVR - Site Validation Report TP90 - Auckland Council Technical Publication No. 90, Erosion & Sediment Control: Guidelines for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region, and any amendments to TP90 See also definitions specific to resource consents, namely, Water Permit R/REG/2016/1890 Take and Diversion of Groundwater. General Conditions These conditions apply to all resource consents. Activity in accordance with application 1.
The scope and extent of works envisaged by this project shall be carried out in general accordance with the plans and all information submitted with the application, detailed in Appendix 5, and all referenced by the Council as consent numbers R/LUC/2016/1890, R/REG/2016/1892, R/REG/2016/1895, R/REG/2016/1896, REG/2016/1897, R/REG/2016/1898, R/REG/2016/1899, R/REG/2016/1900 and R/REG/2016/2038. Advice note: Relevant plans may be updated as part of the Management Plan process referred to in these conditions.
2
2.
If there is any conflict between the application documents and the conditions of these resource consents, the conditions of the resource consents will prevail.
3.
The requirements of these conditions, including requirements for Management Plans and reports, shall relate to the Project or any stage of the Project (as applicable).
4.
Under section 125 of the RMA, this consent lapses 10 years after the date it is granted unless:
5.
a.
The consent is given effect to; or
b.
The Council extends the period after which the consent lapses.
The Consent Holder shall pay the Council an initial consent compliance monitoring charge of $8000 (inclusive of GST), plus any further monitoring charge or charges to recover the actual and reasonable costs incurred to ensure compliance with the conditions of these consents. Advice note: The initial monitoring deposit is to cover the cost of inspecting the site, carrying out tests, reviewing conditions, updating files, etc., all being work to ensure compliance with the resource consents. In order to recover actual and reasonable costs of monitoring conditions in excess of those covered by the deposit, costs shall be charged at the relevant hourly rate applicable at the time. The Consent Holder will be advised of further monitoring charges. Only after all conditions of the resource consents have been met, will the Council issue a letter confirming compliance at the request of the Consent Holder.
Copies of Resource Consents 6.
All personnel working on the Project shall be made aware of, and have access to, at least one copy of these resource consents, associated reference documents and plans, and the certified Management Plans.
Site Access 7.
Subject to compliance with the Consent Holder's health and safety requirements and provision of reasonable notice, servants or agents of the Council shall be permitted to have access to relevant parts of the surface construction sites controlled by the Consent Holder at all reasonable times for the purpose of carrying out inspections, surveys, investigations, tests, measurements and/or to take samples.
Dispute Resolution 8.
In the event of any dispute, disagreement or inaction arising from the implementation of these resource consents, including a.
any Council certification required by these conditions, or
b.
implementation of, or monitoring required by, these conditions, the disputed matter shall be referred in the first instance to the Consent Holder and Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring), to determine a resolution process.
3
If a resolution process cannot be agreed, then the matter shall be referred to an independent and appropriate Senior Qualified Person (‘the referee’), agreeable to both parties (such agreement not to be unreasonably withheld by either party). The referral shall set out in writing the details of the matter to be referred for determination and the reasons why the parties have not agreed. The referee shall be appointed within 10 working days of the Consent Holder or the Council giving notice to the other of its intention to seek an expert determination. Following the appointment, the referee shall issue a written decision on the matter, including the reasons for his or her decision. In making the decision, the referee shall be entitled to seek further information and to hear from the parties as he or she sees fit in his or her sole discretion. The reasonable fees of the referee shall be paid equally by both disputing parties. Advice Note: The dispute resolution process provided for by this condition does not prejudice any parties’ right to take enforcement action in relation to implementation of these conditions. However, the dispute resolution process will be applied before any formal enforcement action is taken by the Council, except in urgent situations. The Auckland Transport contact for this resolution process is the Manager Planning and Integration, Property and Planning Team, Capital Development Division Pre-Construction Communication and Consultation Plan (PCCP) 9.
Immediately following the grant of these consents, the Consent Holder shall prepare a PCCP, the purpose of which is to set out a framework to ensure appropriate communication and consultation is undertaken with the community, stakeholders, affected parties and affected in-proximity parties.
10.
The PCCP shall be submitted to Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring), within 40 working days of the grant of these consents, with a request for certification that the PCCP has been prepared in accordance with these conditions of consent.
11.
The PCCP shall set out recommendations and requirements (as applicable) that shall be adopted by and/or inform the development of the Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) and other Plans.
12.
The PCCP shall also set out how the Consent Holder will: a.
Inform the community of Project progress and the likely commencement of construction, and the programme;
b.
Engage with the community in order to foster good relationships and to provide opportunities for learning about the Project;
c.
Obtain (and specify reasonable timeframes for) feedback and input from stakeholders, directly affected and affected in-proximity parties regarding the development of the CEMP and other Plans;
4
d.
Respond to queries and complaints by providing as a minimum the following information: i) Who is responsible for responding to the query / complaint; ii) How responses will be provided; iii) The timeframes within which responses will be provided.
e.
13.
14.
Where feedback (in accordance with this condition) is provided, the PCCP shall articulate how that feedback has informed the development of the CEMP and other Plans and where it has not, the reasons why it has not.
The PCCP shall be prepared in consultation with stakeholders, directly affected parties and affected in-proximity parties including, but not limited to: a.
All property owners and occupiers of the sites that are identified in Appendix 4, and adjacent to the Project’s construction sites;
b.
Mana Whenua unless any of those named advise the Consent Holder of a different liaison process;
c.
Heritage New Zealand Pouhere Taonga (Heritage NZ);
d.
NZ Transport Agency / Auckland Motorway Alliance (AMA);
e.
KiwiRail;
f.
Department of Corrections;
g.
Ministry of Justice;
h.
Network Utility Operators; and
i.
The Community and Business Liaison Group (refer Conditions 16-24).
In addition to the requirements of Conditions 11 and 12 above, the PCCP shall, as a minimum, include: a.
A communications framework that details the Consent Holder’s communication strategies, accountabilities, frequency of communications and consultation, the range of communication and consultation tools to be used (including relevant communication methods, newsletters or similar, advertising etc.), and any other relevant communication matters;
b.
Details of the Consent Holder’s Communication and Consultation Manager for the pre- construction period including 24 hour contact details (phone, email and postal address);
c.
The 0800 CRL TALK phone number;
d.
The methods for identifying, communicating and consulting with stakeholders, directly affected parties and affected in-proximity parties and other interested parties. Such methods shall include but not be limited to: i)
Newsletters; 5
ii)
Newspaper advertising;
iii)
Notification and targeted consultation with stakeholders, affected parties and affected in-proximity parties; and
iv)
The use of the Project website for public information.
e.
The methods for communicating and consulting with the Community and Business Liaison Group (refer Conditions 16-24);
f.
How communication and consultation activity will be recorded; and
g.
Methods for recording reasonably foreseeable future planned network utility works so that those works can be considered and incorporated, where appropriate, into the Project design. The PCCP shall be advertised on the Project website as being publicly available once finalised for the duration of the Project’s pre- construction period. Advice Note: At the time these resource consents were granted, the Communication and Consultation Manager for the Project was Carol Greensmith, phone 0800 CRL TALK.
15.
The certified PCCP shall be implemented and complied with within 60 working days from the resource consent decision until the commencement of construction.
Community and Business Liaison Group (CLG) 16.
Within 60 working days of the resource consent decision, the Consent Holder shall, in consultation with Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring), establish a Community and Business Liaison Group in the construction area (Aotea Station to North Auckland Line Section). Advice Note: It is not the intention to set up a new CLG, but to invite those identified in Condition 17 to join one of the already established CLGs set up under the terms of the CRL Designation (refer to Condition 7 of the CRL Designation conditions). These existing CLGs include (and are known as): Aotea Station; Karangahape Station; and Mt Eden Station.
17.
The Consent Holder shall ensure that membership of the CLG shall include representative(s) of the Consent Holder and be open to all directly affected and affected in-proximity parties to the Project including, but not limited to the following: a.
Representative(s) for and/or directly affected and affected in-proximity property owners and occupiers identified in Appendix 4, and are adjacent to the Project’s construction sites;
b.
Karangahape Road Business Association Inc;
c.
Regional Facilities Auckland;
d.
CBD Residents Advisory Group;
e.
Heart of the City;
6
18.
f.
If not already included under (a), Mr C P Browne, 22 Stable Lane, Eden Terrace; and
g.
Mana Whenua unless any of those named advise the Consent Holder of a different liaison process.
In addition to involvement in the PCCP (refer Conditions 9-15), the Consent Holder shall ensure that the CLG shall: a.
Receive regular updates on Project progress;
b.
Enable the effects of constructing the Project on the community and businesses to be monitored by providing a regular forum through which information about the Project can be provided to the community;
c.
Enable opportunities for concerns and issues to be reported to and responded by the Consent Holder; and
d.
Be provided with feedback on the development of, and any material changes to the CEMP and other Management Plans.
e.
Respond to any issues raised in regard to business disruption.
f.
Provide to any landowner or tenant at his/her request, any information specific to that landowner’s or tenant’s property.
19.
The Consent Holder shall consult with the CLG in respect of the development and review of the CEMP and other Management Plans.
20.
Prior to preparation of the PCCP under Condition 9, the Consent Holder shall appoint one or more persons appropriately qualified in community consultation as the Community Consultation Advisor(s) to: a.
Provide administrative assistance to the CLG;
b.
Ensure the CLG is working effectively (including the development of a Code of Conduct and appropriate procedures for the CLG); and
c.
Act as a community consultation advisor to the CLG.
21.
The Consent Holder must use its best endeavours to ensure that the CLG meets at least annually until the commencement of construction and then at least once every three months or as otherwise required once construction commences.
22.
Once construction has commenced, the Consent Holder shall provide an update at least every three months (or as otherwise agreed) to the CLG on compliance with resource consent conditions, including the CEMP and other Management Plans, and any material changes to these Plans.
23.
The Consent Holder shall provide reasonable administrative support for the CLG including organising meetings at a local venue, inviting all members of the CLG, and taking responsibility for keeping and disseminating meeting minutes.
7
24.
The CLG shall continue for the duration of the Project and for six months following completion of the Project and an additional six months if a majority of the members of the CLG agree.
Communication and Consultation Plan (CCP) 25.
At least 3 months prior to the commencement of construction, the Consent Holder shall prepare a CCP the purpose of which is to set out a framework to ensure appropriate communication and consultation with the community, stakeholders, affected parties and affected in-proximity parties during the construction of the Project.
26.
[blank]
27.
The CCP shall be based on and, where appropriate, incorporate the provisions of the PCCP, and shall set out how the Consent Holder will:
28.
a.
Inform the community and business of construction progress and future construction activities and constraints that could affect them;
b.
Provide early information on key Project milestones;
c.
Obtain and specify a reasonable timeframe (being not less than 10 working days), for feedback and inputs from directly affected and affected in-proximity parties regarding the implementation and review of the CEMP or other Management Plans;
d.
Respond to queries and complaints including but not limited to: i)
Who is responsible for responding;
ii)
How responses will be provided; and
iii)
The timeframes within which responses will be provided.
The CCP shall (as a minimum) include: a.
A communications framework that details the Consent Holder’s communication strategies, accountabilities, frequency of communications and consultation, the range of communication and consultation tools to be used (including relevant communication methods, newsletters or similar, advertising etc.), and any other relevant communication matters;
b.
The Communication and Consultation Manager for the Project including 24 hour contact details (phone, email and postal address);
c.
The 0800 CRL TALK phone number;
d.
The methods for identifying, communicating and consulting with persons affected by the project including but not limited to: i)
All property owners and occupiers of the sites that are identified at Appendix 4, and adjacent to the Project’s construction sites;
8
ii)
Mana Whenua unless any of those named advise the Consent Holder of a different liaison process;
iii)
Heritage NZ;
iv)
NZ Transport Agency/ Auckland Motorway Alliance (AMA);
v)
Kiwirail;
vi)
Department of Corrections;
vii)
Ministry of Justice;
viii)
Network Utility Operators; and
ix)
The Community and Business Liaison Group (refer Conditions 16-24)
e.
How stakeholders and persons affected by the Project will be notified of the commencement of construction, the expected duration of the activities and works, and who to contact for any queries, concerns and complaints;
f.
How stakeholders and persons affected by the Project will be consulted in the development and review of the CEMP and other Management Plans, including specifying reasonable timeframes for feedback;
g.
A list of stakeholders, directly affected and affected in-proximity parties to the construction works with whom the Consent Holder will communicate;
h.
A requirement that the Consent Holder shall make any information that is relevant to 22 Stable Lane available to the owner of that property (Christopher Patrick Browne) on request, and advise that owner in the event that any alert or alarm trigger levels are exceeded that are relevant to 22 Stable Lane. In addition, the CCP shall state the method by which Christopher Patrick Browne can make such a request and the anticipated timeframe within which it will be provided;
i.
A summary of communication and consultation undertaken between the Consent Holder and parties as required by the PCCP. The summary shall include any outstanding issues or disputes raised by parties;
j.
How communication and consultation relating to construction activities and monitoring requirements will be recorded; and
k.
How opportunities to interpret and display archaeological finds within the Project area will be identified and implemented, including how Heritage NZ will be involved in this process.
Advice Note: At the time this resource consent was granted, the Communication and Consultation Manager for the Project was Carol Greensmith, phone 0800 CRL TALK. 29.
The CCP shall also include (as relevant) linkages and cross-references to the CEMP and other Management Plans.
9
30.
The CCP shall be reviewed six monthly for the duration of construction and updated if required. Any updates to the CCP shall be provided to the parties referred to in Condition 28(d) and the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for review and agreement on any further action to be undertaken.
31.
Any further action recommended as a result of the review under Condition 30 shall be undertaken by the Consent Holder’s Communication and Consultation Manager for the Project and confirmation of completion shall be provided to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring).
32.
If, in the course of amendments undertaken as part of the review process under Condition 30, a material change to the CCP is made, the Consent Holder shall notify those parties affected by the change within 20 working days of the material change occurring.
33.
The CCP shall be implemented and complied with for the duration of the construction of the Project.
Pre-Construction Meetings and Notification 34.
Prior to commencement of any stage of construction, the Consent Holder shall arrange a pre-construction meeting with Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring in conjunction with relevant technical specialists, as required) as well as the site contractor and shall invite Mana Whenua to attend. a.
The meeting shall be located on the Project site unless otherwise agreed;
b.
The meeting shall be scheduled no less than five working days before the anticipated commencement of construction;
c.
The meeting shall include representation from the contractor who will undertake the works;
d.
The following information shall be made available by the Consent Holder at the pre- construction meeting: i)
Conditions of consent;
ii)
Approved (signed/stamped) construction plans for that stage;
iii)
Timeframes for key stages of the works authorised under these consents;
iv)
Contact details of the site contractor, site stormwater engineer and other key contractors;
v)
All certified Management Plans; and Advice Note: by this stage, all of the Management Plan s should have been certified, given the plans are required to be lodged 20 working days prior to commencement of construction.
vi)
A copy of the Corridor Access Request from Auckland Transport.
10
e.
Appropriate provision to the extent sought by Manu Whenua, or their nominated representative(s), shall be made for a cultural induction of the contractor's staff. Advice Note: To arrange the pre-construction meeting required by Condition 34 please contact Steve Pearce, Team Leader Central Monitoring at steve.pearce@aucklandcouncil.govt.nz, or 09 301 01 01. The conditions of consent should be discussed at this meeting. All information required by the Council should be provided no later than two days prior to the meeting.
Construction Management 35.
Prior to the commencement of construction of the Project, the Consent Holder shall prepare a Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) including all certified Management Plans which form part of these conditions to ensure compliance with the resource consents.
36.
The CEMP shall include details of: a.
Final project details and staging of works to illustrate that the works remain within the limits and standards approved under these resource consents and that the construction activities avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse effects on the environment.
b.
The site or project manager and the Communication and Consultation Manager, including their contact details (phone, email and physical address);
c.
The parties listed in Condition 28(d);
d.
Communication and consultation procedures for ensuring that residents, road users and businesses in the immediate vicinity of construction areas are given prior notice of the commencement of construction and are informed about the expected duration and effects of the work. In particular, the procedures shall provide for the following in relation to residents, road users and businesses potentially affected by the construction works: i)
consultation prior to the commencement of construction;
ii)
notice periods for changes to pedestrian and vehicle access;
iii)
regular updates on construction progress;
iv)
key dates for major milestones such as road closure and re-opening; and
v)
communication on any other matters potentially affecting residents or business operations in the vicinity of the works.
e.
Notice boards that clearly identify the Consent Holder and the Project name, together with the name, telephone number and email address of the Site or Project Manager and the Communication and Consultation Manager;
f.
General site layout and management;
11
g.
An outline of the Project’s construction programme, including construction hours of operation;
h.
Means of ensuring the safety of the general public;
i.
Certified Management Plans referred to in these conditions;
j.
Water Discharge Quality Monitoring Programme; and
k.
Identification of the suitably independent, qualified Chartered Professional Engineer, or member of the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors, who will be undertaking the condition surveys required by the conditions of consent.
37.
The CEMP shall be provided to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification at least 20 working days prior to the commencement of construction.
38.
The Consent Holder shall request the Council’s (Team Leader Central Monitoring) determination, in writing, as to whether the CEMP can be certified as per the requirements of these consent conditions within 10 working days of receipt of the CEMP. Construction shall not commence until written certification is obtained from Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring).
39.
The CEMP required by Condition 35 shall be implemented and maintained throughout the entire construction period for the Project, or relevant Project stage, to manage potential adverse effects arising from the construction and shall be updated as necessary (or as required by the review process in Condition 42).
40.
Any change to the CEMP shall be submitted to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification and no activity reliant upon a change to the CEMP can be undertaken until the change has been certified. The Consent Holder shall request the Council’s (Team Leader Central Monitoring) determination as to whether the proposed change can be certified, in writing, within 10 working days of submission of the change.
Construction Traffic 41.
The Consent Holder shall, so far as is it is reasonably practicable, avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects of construction on transport, parking and property access. This is to be achieved through the following objectives: a.
managing the road transport network for the duration of the construction by adopting the best practicable option to manage congestion;
b.
maintaining pedestrian access to private property at all times; and
c.
providing on-going vehicle access to private property to the greatest extent possible.
12
Advice Note: Condition 41 refers to objectives to be achieved. The requirement to provide mechanisms to achieve these objectives is included in the relevant CRL designation conditions. Review Process for CEMP and other Management Plans 42.
43.
44.
The Consent Holder shall review the CEMP and other Management Plans at least annually or a.
as a result of a material change to the Project;
b.
to address unforeseen or materially greater adverse effects arising from construction or
c.
to address unresolved complaints.
A review pursuant to Condition 42 may be initiated by either the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) or the Consent Holder and shall take into consideration: a.
Compliance with resource consent conditions, the CEMP, other Management Plans and any material changes to these Plans;
b.
Any changes to construction methods;
c.
Key changes to roles and responsibilities relating to the Project;
d.
Relevant changes in industry best practice standards;
e.
Relevant changes in legal or other requirements;
f.
Results of monitoring and reporting procedures associated with the management of adverse effects during construction;
g.
Any comments or recommendations received from Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) or as a result of the CCP process regarding the CEMP and other Management Plans; and
h.
Any complaints and any response to complaints and remedial action taken to address the complaint as required under Conditions 45-49.
A summary of the review process shall be kept by the Consent Holder, provided annually to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring), and advised to and made available to the CLG.
Concerns and Complaints Management 45.
Upon receiving a concern or complaint during construction of the Project, the Consent Holder shall instigate a process to address the concern or complaint. This shall: a.
Identify of the nature of the concern or complaint, and the location, date and time of the alleged event(s);
b.
Acknowledge receipt of the concern or complaint within 24 hours of receipt;
13
46.
c.
Respond to the concern or complaint in accordance with the relevant Management Plan, which may include (for example) monitoring of the activity by a suitably qualified expert, and implementation of mitigation measures; and
d.
Provide the person raising the concern or complaint with details of the response.
A record of all concerns and / or complaints received shall be kept by the Consent Holder. This record shall include: a.
The name and address of the person(s) who raised the concern or complaint (unless they elect not to provide this or do not want the information recorded) and details of the concern or complaint;
b.
Where practicable and relevant, weather conditions at the time of the concern or complaint, including wind direction and cloud cover if the complaint relates to air quality;
c.
The relevant known construction activities being undertaken at the time and in the vicinity of the concern or complaint;
d.
Any other activities in the area unrelated to the Project that may have contributed to the concern or complaint such as non-related construction, fires, traffic accidents or unusually dusty conditions generally;
e.
Remedial actions undertaken (if any) and the outcome of these, including monitoring of the activity and any proposed changes to any Management Plan; and
f.
the response of the person who raised the concern or complaint to the remedial actions undertaken.
47.
This record shall be maintained on site, be available for inspection upon request, and shall be provided every two months (or as otherwise agreed) to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring).
48.
Where a complaint remains unresolved or a dispute arises, the Consent Holder will provide to Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) a copy of all records of the complaint and advice as to
49.
a.
how it has been dealt with and addressed; and
b.
whether the Consent Holder considers that any other steps to resolve the complaint are required.
In addition to Condition 48, the Consent Holder shall also request the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) to determine whether a review of the CEMP and/or Management Plan(s) is required under Condition 42 to address the unresolved complaint or dispute. The Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) will be asked to advise the Consent Holder of its recommendation within 10 working days of receiving the records of complaint.
14
Specific conditions – land use consent R/LUC/2016/1890 Earthworks Duration 50.
Consent R/LUC/2016/1890 shall expire 15 years from the date it is granted unless it has been surrendered or been cancelled at an earlier date pursuant to the RMA.
Completion or abandonment of works 51.
Upon completion or abandonment of earthworks on the subject site all areas of bare earth shall be permanently stabilised against erosion to the satisfaction of the Team Leader Central Monitoring.
52.
The Consent Holder shall manage the on-going monitoring of the measures taken under Condition 51 and for that purpose, should discuss any potential measures with Council’s (Team Leader Central Monitoring), with reference to TP90.
Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (ESCP) 53.
At least 20 working days prior to the commencement of construction within a CSA or ACZ, the Consent Holder shall submit to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification an ESCP which provides for the management of all bulk earthworks to minimise any discharge of debris, soil, sediment or sediment-laden water beyond the site to either land and/ or stormwater drainage systems.
54.
The Consent Holder shall request the Council's (Team Leader Central Monitoring) determination as to whether the ESCP can be certified, in writing, within 10 working days of receipt of the ESCP. No construction activity shall commence until certification from Council is provided.
55.
An ESCP shall include, but is not be limited to, the following matters:
identification of construction zones and construction support areas;
specific erosion and sediment control works for each Active Construction Zone (location, dimensions, capacity supporting calculations and design drawings), which should be in line with Industry Best Practice that will meet or exceed the performance of measures detailed in TP90;
catchment boundaries;
the timing and duration of construction and operation of control works (in relation to the staging and sequencing of earthworks);
details relating to the management of exposed areas;
reference to the Flocculent Treatment Management Plan and confirmation of erosion and sediment control measures necessary to give effect to that plan;
15
reference to the Contaminated Soils Management Plan and confirmation of erosion and sediment control measures necessary to give effect to that plan; and
monitoring and maintenance requirements, including information on complaint investigation and response procedures, training, and roles and responsibilities.
56.
Any change to an ESCP shall be submitted to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification.
57.
The Consent Holder shall request the Council's (Team Leader Central Monitoring) written determination as to whether the proposed change can be certified, to be provided within 10 working days of submission of the change. No activity reliant upon a change to the ESCP can be undertaken until the change has been certified.
58.
The Consent Holder shall comply with the ESCP for the duration of the earthworks associated with the Project.
Flocculent Treatment Management Plan (FTMP) 59.
At least 20 working days prior to the commencement of construction, the Consent Holder shall submit to Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification an FTMP which confirms the measures that will be taken to ensure that the construction of the Project or Project Stage will be generally consistent with the Water Quality Assessment and the Industrial and Trade Activities Assessment prepared by Golder Associates (NZ) Limited, both dated December 2014.
60.
The Consent Holder shall request the Council's (Team Leader Central Monitoring) written determination as to whether the FTMP can be certified, within 10 working days of receipt of the FTMP. No construction activity shall commence until certification from Council is provided.
61.
The FTMP shall include, but not be limited to, the following matters:
Specific design details of the flocculent treatment system based on a batch dosing methodology for the site's settlement tanks, including the potential for use of non - flocculants (e.g. chitin based flocculants);
Monitoring, maintenance (including post-storm) and contingency programme (including a record sheet);
Details of optimum dosage (including assumptions);
Results of initial flocculent treatment trial;
A spill contingency plan; and
Details of the person or bodies who will hold responsibility for the long-term operation and maintenance of the flocculent treatment system and the organisational structure which will support this system.
16
62.
Any change to the FTMP shall be submitted to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification.
63.
The Consent Holder shall request the Council's (Team Leader Central Monitoring) written determination as to whether the proposed change requested under Condition 62 can be certified, to be provided within 10 working days of submission of the change. No activity reliant upon a change to the FTMP can be undertaken until the change has been certified.
64.
The Consent Holder shall comply with the FTMP for the duration of construction of the Project.
As Built certification 65.
Prior to the commencement of bulk earthworks, a certificate signed by a Senior Qualified Person shall be submitted to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) to certify that the erosion and sediment controls (including diversion bunds, silt fences and sumps) have been constructed in accordance with the certified ESCP(s) as required by Condition 53 of this consent.
66.
The certification from the Senior Qualified Person for these measures shall be supplied to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) immediately upon completion of construction of those measures. Information supplied, if applicable, shall include:
The contributing catchment area;
The shape of structure (dimensions of structure);
The position of inlets/outlets; and
The stabilisation of the structure.
General Performance Standards 67.
The Consent Holder shall ensure that there shall be no deposition of earth, mud, dirt or other debris on any road or footpath resulting from bulk earthworks on the subject site. In the event that such deposition does occur, it shall immediately be removed. In no instance, shall roads or footpaths be washed down with water without appropriate erosion and sediment control measures in place to prevent contamination of the stormwater drainage system, watercourses or receiving waters.
68.
The operational effectiveness and efficiency of all erosion and sediment control measures specifically required as a condition of resource consent, including the certified ESCP referred to in Condition 53, shall be maintained throughout the duration of earthworks, or until the Project site is permanently stabilised against erosion.
69.
The site shall be progressively stabilised against erosion at all stages of earthworks activity, and shall be sequenced to minimise the discharge of contaminants to groundwater or surface water.
17
70.
The Consent Holder shall ensure that the erosion and sediment control measures are constructed and maintained in accordance with TP90, except where a higher standard is detailed in an ESCP/FTMP, in which case the higher standard shall apply.
71.
Sediment control measures shall be inspected on a weekly basis and after a significant storm event to ensure effective operation.
72.
The Consent Holder shall ensure that all material removed from or delivered to the Project site shall be covered during transportation.
Review Condition for regional land use (earthworks) consent R/LUC/2016/1890 73.
Pursuant to section 128 of the RMA the conditions of this consent may be reviewed by the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) at the Consent Holder's cost, by giving notice pursuant to section 129 of the Act within six months after commencement of bulk earthworks and subsequently at intervals of not less than one year thereafter in order to achieve the following: a.
To deal with any adverse effects on the environment which may arise or potentially arise from the exercise of this consent and which it is appropriate to deal with at a later stage;
b.
To alter erosion and sediment control requirements as a result of previous monitoring outcomes, and/or in response to changes to the environment and/or hydro-geological knowledge, and/or changes to industry best practice;
c.
If, at any time, it is found that the information made available to the Council in the application contained inaccuracies which materially influenced the decision and the effects of the exercise of the consent are such that it is necessary to apply more appropriate conditions; and
d.
If, at any time, CRL-related works being undertaken under a designation providing for aspects of the Project, or a separate resource consent, leads to an inconsistent approach to the management of effects.
Stormwater quality (redevelopment of Albert Street - high use road) 74.
Management of stormwater from the redevelopment of Albert Street that is necessitated by the Project shall achieve the following performance standard, and measures to achieve that standard shall be implemented prior to completion of the Project: Works Via a treatment device(s) that meets the design guideline requirements
Device catchment 17,300 area m2
Design guideline Best Practicable Option, designed in accordance with the principles of TP10/75% TSS removal
18
75.
At least 30 days prior to the commencement of construction of the stormwater devices on the site, the Consent Holder shall submit a final detailed design of the stormwater management system required to comply with Condition 74 to the Team Leader Central Monitoring for certification. The information shall include, but not be limited to: a.
A site drainage plan;
b.
Catchment area details (and associated water quality volume calculations) for stormwater treatment device(s);
c.
Plans and engineering drawings for the stormwater treatment(s); and
d.
Design calculations for the stormwater treatment device(s) demonstrating the treatment efficiency.
As builts 76.
The Consent Holder shall provide As-Built certification and plans of the stormwater management works, which are certified (signed) by a suitably qualified registered surveyor as a true record of the stormwater management system constructed in accordance with the design approved under Condition 75, to the Team Leader Central Monitoring.
77.
The As-Built plans shall display the entirety of the stormwater management system, and shall include
78.
a.
location, dimensions and levels of any overland flow paths including cross sections and long sections;
b.
plans and cross sections of all stormwater management devices, including confirmation of the Water Quality Volume, storage volumes and levels of any outflow control structure;
c.
documentation of any discrepancies between the design plans and the As-Built plans approved by the Modifications Approval condition.
A post-construction meeting shall be held by the Consent Holder, within 20 working days of completion of the stormwater management works, that: a.
is located on the subject area;
b.
includes representation from the Team Leader Central Monitoring; and
c.
includes representation from the site stormwater engineer or contractors who have undertaken the works and any other relevant parties.
Operation and Maintenance Plan 79.
The Consent Holder shall provide an Operation and Maintenance Plan for the stormwater management system to the Team Leader Central Monitoring 5 days prior to the post-construction meeting required by Condition 78.
19
80.
81.
The Operation and Maintenance Plan shall set out how the stormwater management system is to be operated and maintained to ensure that adverse environmental effects are minimised. The plan shall include: a.
details of who will hold responsibility for long-term maintenance of the stormwater management system and the organisational structure which will support this process;
b.
a programme for regular maintenance and inspection of the stormwater management system;
c.
a programme for the collection and disposal of debris and sediment collected by the stormwater management devices or practices;
d.
a programme for post storm inspection and maintenance;
e.
a programme for inspection and maintenance of the outfall;
f.
general inspection checklists for all aspects of the stormwater management system, including visual checks and
g.
a programme for inspection and maintenance of vegetation associated with the stormwater management devices.
The stormwater management system shall be managed in accordance with the Operation and Maintenance Plan (see Condition 79).
Specific conditions – water permit (groundwater diversion/discharge) R/REG/2016/1892 DEFINITIONS: Commencement of Dewatering:
Means Commencement of Bulk Excavation and/or the commencement of the taking or diversion of groundwater, other than for initial state monitoring purposes.
Completion of Excavation
Means the stage when all Bulk Excavation has been completed.
Completion of Dewatering:
Means when the tunnel and associated shafts and access-ways within a construction zone have been constructed and no further groundwater is being extracted for the construction of the railway and utility infrastructure.
Completion of Construction
Means when the Consent Holder advises the Council in writing that construction is complete in relation to the consent.
Serviceability Limit/s
As detailed in Table 1 Building Damage Classification, it is the limit beyond which Serviceability Damage may occur. It represents the magnitude of structural deflections (caused by ground settlement) or lateral displacement) beyond which structural, as opposed to nonstructural (aesthetic) damage may occur, including:
20
i. any reduction of operational functionality ii. any reduction in weathertightness or service life or iii. any reduced durability. In determining Serviceability Limits for a given building, structure or service, the predicted and actual response to deflection must be considered in relation to the existing conditions of the building, structure or services (and parts thereof). Damage
Includes aesthetic and structural (serviceability) damage.
Alert Level
= 80% design prediction.
Alarm Level
= 100% design prediction
Manager:
Means the Team Leader Water Allocation, NRSI, AC, or nominated Auckland Council staff acting on the Team Leader’s behalf.
RL:
Means Reduced Level.
Consent duration 82.
The Dewatering and Diversion consent and water permit 46500 shall expire 35 years after the consent commences unless it has been surrendered or been cancelled at an earlier date pursuant to the RMA.
Performance standards 83.
Within the 5mm settlement contours on the drawings in Appendix 1, all excavations, dewatering systems, retaining structures and associated works (including backfilling) for the CRL construction must be designed, constructed and maintained so as to avoid any damage that exceeds the Serviceability Limits of buildings, structures and services.
84.
Beyond the 5mm settlement contours on the drawings in Appendix 1, the Consent Holder must ensure that the damage to masonry buildings due to the Project works, including excavations, dewatering systems, retaining structures and associated works (including backfilling), does not exceed the “negligible damage� category extent detailed in Table 1 below and has only negligible effects on piled buildings, structures and services.
21
Category of Damage
Normal Degree of Severity
Description of Typical Damage
0
Negligible
Hairline cracks.
1
Very Slight
Fine cracks easily treated during normal redecoration. Perhaps isolated slight fracture in building. Cracks in exterior visible upon close inspection. Typical crack widths up to 1mm.
2
Slight
Cracks easily filled. Redecoration probably required. Several slight fractures inside building. Exterior cracks visible, some repainting may be required for weather-tightness. Doors and windows may stick slightly. Typically crack widths up to 5mm.
3
Moderate
Cracks may require cutting out and patching. Recurrent cracks can be masked by suitable linings. Brick pointing and possible replacement of a small amount of exterior brickwork may be required. Doors and windows sticking. Utility services may be interrupted. Weather tightness often impaired. Typical crack widths are 5mm to 15mm or several greater than 3mm.
4
Severe
Extensive repair involving removal and replacement of walls especially over door and windows required. Window and door frames distorted. Floor slopes noticeably. Walls lean or bulge noticeably. Some loss of bearing in beams. Utility services disrupted. Typical crack widths are 15mm to 25mm but also depend on the number of cracks.
5
Very Severe
Major repair required involving partial or complete reconstruction. Beams lose bearing, walls lean badly and require shoring. Windows broken by distortion. Danger of instability.
(Building Damage Classification after Burland (1995), and Mair et al (1996))
General Category
CRL Consent
(after Burland – 1995) Aesthetic Damage
Negligible effects for <5mm predicted ground settlement Aesthetic Damage Effects – to be mitigated
Serviceability Damage
Serviceability Limit (interface between Damage Category 2 “Slight” and Damage Category 3 “Moderate”)
Serviceability Damage Effects – to be avoided
Stability Damage
Stability Damage Effects – to be avoided
Planner’s report to the Independent Hearing Commissioners R/LUC/2016/1890, R/REG/2016/1892, R/REG/2016/1895, R/REG/2016/1896, R/REG/2016/1897, R/REG/2016/1898, R/REG/2016/1899, R/REG/2016/1900 and R/REG/2016/2038 Page 22
Typical crack widths are greater than 25mm but depend on the number of cracks.
Table 1: Building Damage Classification Note: ‘Description of Typical Damage’ applies to Masonry buildings only. The ‘General Category’ applies to all buildings.
23
85.
The maximum bulk excavation depths, including shafts shall not exceed the specified depth in Schedule A below in the respective construction zones by more than 2 metres without approval from the Manager: Schedule A: Construction Zone
Design Component
Design Depth
ACZ A
Aotea Station
6.5 mRL
ACZ A
Wellesley Street Entrance
5.5 mRL
ACZ A
Victoria Street Entrance
6.5 mRL
ACZ-K
Karangahape Station
30 mRL
ACZ-K
Pitt Street Shaft
ACZ-K
Mercury Lane Shaft
30 mRL
ACZ-M
Newton Grade Separation Structure
54 mRL
26.5 mRL
86.
The design tunnel alignment shall not be raised by more than 4m without approval from the Manager.
87.
The Consent Holder shall ensure that the following underground structures are sealed from groundwater ingress following construction:
88.
i.
ACZ A – Aotea Station.
ii.
ACZ N – North Tunnels.
iii.
ACZ K – Pitt Street and Mercury Lane shafts between the ground surface and the top of the unweathered rock.
iv.
ACZ S – South Tunnels excluding Newton Y-Junctions.
v.
ACZ M – Mt Eden Station trench, cut and cover tunnels and Newton Grade Separation Structure.
The Consent Holder shall ensure that: a.
the North and South Tunnels (excluding the Vincent Street, Upper Queen Street and Symonds Street tunnel cross passages and Newton Y-Junctions) are sealed within one month of excavation, and
b.
the three tunnel cross passages are sealed within three years of excavation, unless it is demonstrated by monitoring results submitted to and agreed by Council that potentially adverse effects of settlement will not occur, in which case the tunnel cross passages shall be sealed prior to Completion of Construction.
24
89.
After Completion of Construction, with the exception of permanent groundwater drawdown in the vicinity of Aotea Station (perched groundwater), Karangahape Station and the Newton Y-junctions, groundwater levels shall not be reduced by the CRL project below pre-existing seasonal low levels or rise above seasonal high levels measured during pre-construction monitoring in accordance with Condition 105.
90.
The Consent Holder shall ensure that there is no long-term mounding due to damming of groundwater by the proposed rail infrastructure.
Appointment of Independent Building Assessor (IBA) 91.
Prior to the Consent Holder submitting the GSMCP under Condition 97, the Consent Holder shall request that Council engage, at the cost of the Consent Holder, a suitably qualified independent specialist, agreed to by the Consent Holder, to fill the role of Independent Building Assessor (IBA). The Consent Holder shall acknowledge that the IBA can, at the expense of the Consent Holder, engage other independent specialists, but only in consultation with the Consent Holder.
92.
The IBA required by Condition 91 shall report to the Manager on building damage matters and how these matters may be addressed by the Consent Holder. The IBA’s report shall have regard to the following: a.
that site-specific assessments are undertaken to an appropriate level of detail;
b.
monitoring data is collected, interpreted and assessed in regard to limiting effects to avoid Serviceability Damage (refer Table 1);
c.
Alert and Alarm limits; and
d.
any matters referred to in Conditions 109, 115, 124 and 125.
Pre-Dewatering services survey 93.
Prior to the Commencement of Dewatering, and following the identification of potentially affected Services, the Consent Holder shall, in consultation with the relevant service provider, undertake a condition survey of all such Services. This condition does not apply to any Service where written evidence is provided to the Manager that the owner of that Service has confirmed they do not require a condition survey.
94.
The monitoring of any settlement effects on those potentially affected Services shall be in accordance with Conditions 120 and 121.
95.
In the event that the Services’ trigger levels listed in Appendix 2 are breached, the Consent Holder must carry out remedial actions in accordance with Conditions 125 and 128.
25
Groundwater and Settlement Monitoring and Contingency Plan (GSMCP) 96.
During construction, the Consent Holder shall implement procedures that will appropriately respond to the information received from the monitoring system, including assessment at each excavation stage of the actual retention and building response against the predictions determined from the detailed design.
97.
The procedures referred to in Condition 96 shall be set out in a GSMCP, prepared and submitted by the Consent Holder at least 20 working days prior to the Commencement of Dewatering, together with a statement from the IBA confirming its adequacy, to the Manager for certification.
98.
The Consent Holder shall request the Manger’s written determination as to whether the GSMCP can be certified, to be provided in writing within 10 working days of receipt of the GSMCP.
99.
No dewatering on the subject site shall commence until certification from the Manager is provided.
100.
The GSMCP required by Condition 97 shall include the requirements of this resource consent including, but not limited to, the following: a.
An “as built” survey plan of all monitoring locations based on approximate positions located on the plans entitled:
A02502731, Figure 39, Rev B dated May 2016 and ET Table 7.1 (Appendix 3); and
The plans referred to in Appendix 1 and any further building-specific monitoring requirements determined from the detailed pre-construction building condition assessment.
b.
Full details (frequency and scope) of groundwater (including construction logs), ground surface, building, retaining wall, building façade, inclinometer monitoring programme and conditions surveys, and frequency and scope of visual inspections required by this consent;
c.
A bar chart, such as a Gantt chart, showing the timing and frequency of the condition surveys and monitoring required by this consent relative to the Commencement of Dewatering and the Completion of Dewatering;
d.
Groundwater alert triggers, defined as 90% of predicted drawdown below seasonal low groundwater levels;
e.
Details of all alert and alarm triggers (including any necessary horizontal and vertical displacements), the frequency of monitoring and the criteria to cease monitoring for each ground, building and retaining wall deformation marks and inclinometers, extensometers. The alert and alarm triggers shall be an update of the provisional triggers provided on drawings CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG2640 Rev 4. dated 14 October 2016 and CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2642 Rev 3. dated 11 October 2016;
26
101.
f.
Details of the contingency measures to be implemented if alert or alarm triggers are exceeded, including a Response Plan;
g.
Identification of any adjacent Services susceptible to damage and details of any pre and post construction monitoring or inspection;
h.
Details of monitoring proposed to ensure the effects of any ground settlement adjacent to shafts proposed for the installation of new utilities near Mt Eden Station are adequately monitored;
i.
Details of the monitoring proposed to be undertaken to protect the issued groundwater diversion consents listed below against cumulative settlement effects: i.
Consent No. 45735, 46 Upper Queen Street
ii.
Consent No. 44531, 224 Hobson Street
iii.
Consent 44857, 106 Vincent Street
iv.
Consent No. 45635, 210 Federal Street
v.
Consent No. 44571, 58 Albert Street
vi.
Consent No. 43162, 26 Poynton Terrace
j.
Identification of existing basements which could be subject to potential flooding from post-construction groundwater mounding; details of monitoring of longterm groundwater mounding effects; and details of groundwater drain construction to prevent groundwater mounding; and
k.
The review of the proposed alarm and alert trigger levels in Appendix 2, approved by the IBA, following the pre-construction building condition surveys (required by Condition 109) that confirms they are set to ensure Serviceability Limits will be not be exceeded and whether the monitoring frequency is adequate, possibly requiring further site investigation work where sensitive structures are identified as part of Condition 112.
The GSMCP may be varied, including frequency of monitoring, subject to the certification of the Manager, which is contingent on approval of the IBA. Advice Note: The Manager will endeavour to determine whether the change can be certified, in writing, within 10 working days of submission of the change.
102.
Once certified, the GSMCP shall be implemented for the periods specified in conditions of this consent.
103.
The Consent Holder shall advise the Manager, in writing, of the date of the proposed Commencement of Dewatering.
27
Monitoring - Groundwater 104.
The Consent Holder shall install, maintain and replace if necessary, groundwater monitoring boreholes listed in Appendix 3 of this consent and shown on drawing A02502731, Figure 39, Rev B dated May 2016 (Appendix 3) and ET Table 7.1 (Appendix 3) of this consent, for the period required by the conditions of this consent.
105.
The Consent Holder shall measure and record groundwater levels at the monitoring boreholes specified in drawings and ET Table 7.1 attached to these conditions (Appendix 3) at the frequency specified in Schedule B.
Schedule B: Bore Name
Location
As per list in As per Appendix 3 Plans in Appendix 3
Groundwater level monitoring frequency and duration (to an accuracy of 10mm, calibrated by the instrument supplier)1 From bore construction for at least three months prior to Commencement of Dewatering
Commencement of Dewatering until either six months after the Completion of Dewatering, or until such time following the completion of dewatering that monitoring of settlement and building monitoring marks has ceased under Condition 120.
Weekly
At least three times Weekly1
Note 1: The monitoring frequency and duration may be changed if approved by the Manager. Any change shall be specified in the GSMCP. 106.
These records, reported in reduced level, shall be compiled and submitted to the Manager at monthly intervals.
107.
The groundwater alert trigger level criteria is listed in Schedule C below for the monitoring boreholes.
Schedule C: Provisional Alert Trigger Level Criteria Alert Trigger Low Level
108.
90% of predicted drawdown response in all units
Where groundwater alert trigger levels are exceeded, as identified from monitoring data obtained pursuant to Condition 105, the Consent Holder shall undertake the actions set out in the certified GSMCP; a.
notify the Manager within 2 working days, advising the trigger exceedance, the risk of settlement causing damage to buildings, and details of the actions taken; and
28
b.
send a copy of the material notified to Council to the relevant building owner.
Building Inspection 109.
Prior to the submission of the GSMCP, the Consent Holder shall employ an independent Senior Qualified Person to undertake, subject to the approval of the property owner, a detailed pre-construction condition survey of all buildings specified in Appendix 2 in order to confirm their existing condition. The survey and assessment shall include, but not be limited to, the following: a.
any information about the type of foundations;
b.
existing levels of damage considered to be of an aesthetic or superficial nature;
c.
existing levels of damage considered to affect the serviceability of the building where visually apparent and without recourse to intrusive or destructive investigation;
d.
a professional opinion as to whether observed damage may or may not be associated with actual structural damage;
e.
susceptibility of the building or structure to further movement;
f.
specific assessment of building damage with reference to the trigger levels identified in Appendix 2;
g.
review of proposed alarm and alert trigger levels to confirm they are appropriately set; and
h.
photographic evidence of (b) and (c).
110.
Where the Consent Holder is required to access property (including buildings or structures) owned by a third party to undertake monitoring, surveys or inspections and that access is declined or subject to what the Consent Holder considers to be unreasonable terms, the Consent Holder shall notify the Manager of that circumstance, and provide an alternative monitoring plan which includes the matters stated in Condition 100.
111.
Any condition survey undertaken in accordance with Condition109, or any other condition surveys undertaken by the Consent Holder, shall be undertaken as follows: a.
The Senior Qualified Person shall be identified in the CEMP to undertake the condition surveys (see Condition 36);
b.
The Consent Holder shall contact owners of those buildings and structures where a condition survey is to be undertaken to confirm the timing and methodology for undertaking a pre-construction condition survey;
c.
The Consent Holder shall record all contact, correspondence and communication with owners and this shall be available on request for the Manager;
29
d.
The Consent Holder shall provide the building condition survey or structure condition survey report to the relevant property owner and the Manager within 15 working days of the survey being undertaken;
e.
The Consent Holder shall undertake a visual inspection during construction if requested by the building or structure owner where a pre-construction condition survey has been undertaken and monitoring data and observations note any changes from the pre-construction condition survey report.
f.
The Consent Holder shall develop a system of monitoring the condition of existing buildings or structures which is commensurate with the type of the existing building or structure and the proximity of the Project works in order to assess whether or not construction activities are compromising the structural integrity of the building or structure.
112.
Should the pre-construction building condition survey and assessment highlight greater sensitivity of buildings than envisaged by the application, and should this increased sensitivity mean that the Serviceability Limit for the building may be exceeded, then the Consent Holder shall, at its cost, implement additional measures (that may include modifications to the design of the retention systems or further geotechnical investigation, as discussed with the building owner.
113.
The Consent Holder shall carry out a visual inspection of the surrounding ground and external building facades of the listed buildings in Appendix 2 adjacent to the tunnel/trench and station alignment to monitor for any deterioration or movement of any pre-existing cracks at a frequency to be specified in the GSMCP.
114.
The Consent Holder shall keep a record of the time, date and any observations for each inspection. This record is to be maintained and submitted to the Manager in accordance with Condition 128.
115.
No earlier than six months after Completion of Dewatering and within six months of Completion of Construction, a detailed condition survey all previously surveyed buildings, structures and water, stormwater and wastewater services, shall be prepared by a suitably qualified engineering professional. This condition survey report shall address all matters reviewed in the pre-dewatering condition survey. It shall also identify any new damage (if any) that has occurred since the pre-dewatering condition survey was undertaken and include a determination of the cause of any such damage and steps to repair it as provided for in Condition 125. The requirements of this condition need not be fulfilled for any particular building where the Consent Holder can provide written evidence to the Manager that the current owner of that building has advised they do not require such a condition survey.
30
116.
At the reasonable request of the Manager, the Consent Holder shall, without delay, undertake an additional condition survey of any building within the area defined by the groundwater monitoring, deformation monitoring and modelling undertaken pursuant to the conditions of this consent potentially affected by excavation, for the purpose of checking for damage and follow up with a report of damage to that building.
117.
Subject to Condition 125, the requirement for any such condition survey will cease six months after the Completion of Construction, unless the requirements of Condition 115 have not been met and subject to a consistent pattern of deformation records having been obtained in this period in which no evidence of adverse effects is apparent.
118.
[condition moved to Condition 96]
Ground Surface and Building Monitoring 119.
120.
The Consent Holder shall establish and maintain a settlement monitoring network of ground settlement monitoring marks and building movement monitoring marks to detect any deformation (vertical and/or horizontal movement) for the period required by the conditions of this consent, as follows: a.
The minimum scope of settlement monitoring is shown on the drawings in Appendix 1;
b.
Subject to the owners’ approval, at least two sets (minimum of three pins) of building movement monitoring marks shall be located on each building listed in Appendix 2; and
c.
The final location and number of building movement monitoring marks shall take into account the building type and size, accessibility to survey the marks and risk of damage from ground settlement, as determined by requirements of conditions of this consent, and the effects of differential settlement from the predicted settlement contours on the drawings I Appendix 1 as modified by the detailed design and reflected in the GSMCP.
The Consent Holder shall survey and record each ground and building movement mark in accordance with the following Schedule D; and records of the baseline monitoring shall be compiled and submitted to the Manager prior to the Commencement of Dewatering.
31
Schedule D: Ground settlement and building movement monitoring mark measurement Frequency 1 and Duration Monitoring Station name and type
Frequency All settlement marks, PreCommenceme nt of Dewatering (baseline monitoring)
All settlement marks, Commenceme nt of Dewatering to Completion of Dewatering
All ground and building settlement monitoring marks within 50 metres of the excavations during excavation and dewatering
Post-Completion of Dewatering
Postcompletion of constructio n
All settlement and building monitoring 1 mark
Three times to a horizontal and vertical accuracy of +/2mm (achieved by precise levelling)
Monthly
Daily for two weeks and weekly thereafter
Monthly for six months after the completion of dewatering, or until such time following the completion of dewatering that measurements have stabilized.
See Condition 121
Note 1: The monitoring frequency and duration may be changed if approved by the Manager and subsequently specified in the GSMCP.
121.
Where groundwater drainage is proposed at (a)
Karangahape Station;
(b)
Newton Y Junctions; and
(c)
The perched groundwater system at Aotea Station
and consolidation settlement risks are identified at Completion of Construction that could cause building damage, the Consent Holder shall prepare a post construction monitoring plan to be approved by the IBA and certified by the Manager. The post construction monitoring plan shall specifically address (a)
the potential for delayed consolidation settlement effects resulting from long term groundwater drainage; and
(b)
Monitoring durations and the process for establishing cessation of monitoring.
32
Retaining Wall Monitoring 122.
For the measurement of vertical and lateral wall movement, the Consent Holder shall install retaining wall deflection pins as near to the top of the wall as practicable, with inclinometers installed either in a retaining pile or immediately behind one and extending to the base of the retaining pile for the monitoring of wall deflection.
123.
Monitoring of the retaining wall pins and inclinometers shall be undertaken and recorded in accordance with Schedule E below unless otherwise specified and agreed in the GSMCP:
Schedule E: Frequency Baseline
Active Excavation
Post Excavation
Pre-Commencement of Dewatering
Commencement of Dewatering to one month after Completion of Excavation
One month after Completion of Excavation to Completion of Dewatering
Retaining wall pins
Retaining wall pins
Inclinometer
Retaining wall pins
Inclinometer
Twice to a horizontal and vertical accuracy of +/2mm
Once for every 2 metres depth (on average) of excavation, and, in any case, at a minimum of once weekly.
Once for every 6 metres depth (on average) of excavation, and, in any case, at a minimum of once weekly.
Minimum of three sets of readings at fortnightly intervals
Minimum of three sets of readings at monthly intervals
Contingency
124.
In the event that monitoring of ground or building settlement, differential settlement, or horizontal movement associated with the construction works identifies movement which exceeds the vertical and horizontal movement triggers detailed in Appendix 2 or any revised trigger levels subject of this consent, then the Consent Holder shall instigate the Response Plan detailed in the GSMCP and undertake the following procedures: a.
Notify the Manager and the IBA within 24 hours;
b.
If measurements exceed any of the alert values, then a Senior Qualified Person engaged by the Consent Holder or the Consent Holder’s contractor shall reassess the works constructed up to that time to confirm –
that works’ progress against the design predictions are within expectations;
33

whether additional measures (if any) are required to restrain further increases in movement; and

that possible ensuing effects will exceed Serviceability Limits. Measures (if any) to be implemented, identified in the Response Plan in the GSMCP or as agreed with the IBA, may include an increase in the frequency of monitoring, or additional support measures.
c.
The Senior Qualified Person shall prepare and submit a written report to the Manager, within one week of alert level exceedance, which provides analyses of all monitoring data relating to the exceedance of any of the trigger levels and any actions taken;
d.
If measurements exceed any of the alarm values the Consent Holder shall:
e.
125.
i)
Follow the process identified in Condition 124(b);
ii)
Commission and submit a written report, prepared by the Senior Qualified Person engaged in accordance with Condition 124(b) to the Manager, within one week of alarm level exceedance, which provides analyses of all monitoring data, relating to the exceedance of any of the trigger levels and any recommendations for remedial actions, if required, in order to avoid damage that will affect building Serviceability and which may also allow Completion of Construction; and
iii)
Implement the recommendations of the report. In the instance that the recommendation is to stop work, pursuant to Conditions 124(b) and (d)(ii), the remedial action(s) that have been recommended shall be undertaken before the works recommence.
In relation to alarm level exceedance, the recommendations of the IBA (refer Condition 92), which may include remedial actions up to and including stopping the works, if that is (in the opinion of the IBA) in the best interests of preventing building serviceability damage, shall be implemented by the Consent Holder (unless the building owner(s) request in writing that the construction works are to be completed in accordance with the report prepared under Condition124 (d)(ii).
If any damage to buildings, structures or services is caused wholly or in part by the exercising of this consent, the Consent Holder shall: a.
notify the Manager and the asset owner as soon as practical;
b.
engage a Senior Qualified Person to prepare a report as soon as practical, describing the damage and identifying methods to avoid and mitigate the potential for Serviceability damage and to remedy any damage caused wholly or in part by the exercising of this consent; and provide a copy of the report to the Manager and the asset owner; and
34
c.
thereafter promptly undertake (at the entire cost of the Consent Holder) all necessary repairs to fully remedy the damage caused by the exercise of this consent, with timing to be agreed with the asset owners. “Entire cost” includes all design and consenting costs as well as all construction costs.
This obligation as a condition of the resource consent shall apply to all Damage that is identified during the latest of the periods listed below: i)
Two years after Completion of Dewatering; or
ii)
One year after groundwater levels have stabilised; and
iii)
The completion of post construction monitoring required to be carried out under Condition 121; and
iv)
Six months after any completion of any other works associated with the project which have the potential to cause settlement.
Reporting 126.
The Consent Holder shall advise the Manager, in writing within ten working days of Completion of Dewatering.
127.
The Consent Holder shall advise the Manager, in writing within ten working days of Completion of Construction.
128.
All data collected as required by conditions of this consent from Commencement of Dewatering to completion of monitoring are to be compiled, compared with the relevant trigger levels and submitted to the Manager at two monthly intervals, unless otherwise specified in this consent, setting out the previous results, providing an explanation for any trends and providing a construction progress timeline.
Review Condition – Water Permit R/ REG/2016/1892 129.
The conditions of this consent may be reviewed by the Manager pursuant to Section 128 of the Resource Management Act 1991, by the giving of notice pursuant to Section 129 of the Act, within six months after Commencement of Dewatering and subsequently at intervals of not less than one year thereafter in order to vary the monitoring and reporting requirements, and performance standards in order to take account of information, including the results of previous monitoring and changed environmental knowledge, on: a.
Ground conditions
b.
Aquifer parameters
c.
Groundwater levels and
d.
Ground surface deformation.
Advice Note: Under section 128 of the RMA the conditions of this consent may be reviewed by the Manager at the Consent Holder’s cost in the following circumstances:
35
At any time, if it is found that the information made available to the Council in the application contained inaccuracies which materially influenced the decision and the effects of the exercise of the consent are such that it is necessary to apply more appropriate conditions. Specific conditions – discharge permit (contaminated land) R/REG/2016/1895 and land use consent R/LUC/2016/1890 (Contaminated Land and Resource Management (National Environmental Standard for Assessing and Managing Contaminants in Soil to Protect Human Health) Regulations 2011) Duration 130.
Consent R/REG/2016/1895 shall expire 15 years from the grant date, unless it has been surrendered or been cancelled at an earlier date pursuant to the Resource Management Act 1991. Advice Note: this condition does not apply to R/LUC/2016/1890
Contaminated Soils Management Plan (CSMP) 131.
At least 20 days prior to the commencement of construction (earthworks), the Consent Holder shall provide a Contaminated Soils Management Plan (CSMP) to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification. The CSMP shall be prepared by a Contaminated Land Professional in accordance with the Contaminated Land Management Guidelines, No.1 - Reporting on Contaminated Sites in New Zealand, Ministry for the Environment (revised 2011).
132.
The Consent Holder shall request that Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) provide a determination to the Consent Holder, in writing, within 10 working days of receipt of the CSMP, whether the CSMP can be certified as per the requirements of the Condition 134.
133.
No earthworks shall commence until a. certification is provided from the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) that the CSMP satisfactorily meets the requirements of Schedule 13 (A4) of the ACRP:ALW, and b. all measures identified in that plan as being required to be established prior to the commencement of earthworks have been established.
134.
The CSMP shall address the following matters: a.
The areas within the project site designated for the excavation works, including depths and extent of the proposed works, and an updated map/s showing the land disturbance activity areas
b.
Excavation, management, and disposal procedures for soil, sediment, dust, surface run-off water, perched groundwater, and groundwater, if encountered
c.
Temporary containment, treatment, and testing procedures for any water getting in contact with the contaminated material if the disposal option is to the stormwater system or the marine environment is considered
36
d.
Contingency measures for unexpected discovery of contamination
e.
Proposed sampling and analysis, if applicable; and
f.
Any proposed works summary reporting.
Advice Note: The Council acknowledges that the CSMP is intended to provide flexibility of for the management of the works and contaminant discharge. Accordingly, the Plan may need to be further updated. Any updates must be limited to the scope of this consent and consistent with the conditions of this consent. If you would like to confirm that any proposed updates are within scope, or have any other queries, please contact the Council (Team Leader Earth and Stream Works, Trees, and Contaminated Land, Natural Resources and Specialist Input) on (09) 301 0101. 135.
The Consent Holder shall notify the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) at least two working days prior to any earthworks activity on the site and provide the following details: a.
Name and telephone number of the project manager and the site owner
b.
Site address to which the consents relate
c.
Activity to which the consents relate and
d.
Expected duration of the works.
136.
All disturbance of contaminated and potentially contaminated soil shall be carried out in accordance with the certified CSMP required by Condition 131 and any changes to the plan shall be submitted to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification prior to the change being implemented.
137.
The Consent Holder shall ensure that all disturbance of contaminated soil shall be supervised by a suitably qualified and experienced Contaminated Land Professional, whose responsibilities shall include making sure that the soil management and disposal procedures, the contingency measures outlined in the certified CSMP required by Condition 131, and all relevant consent conditions are adhered to.
138.
The Consent Holder shall ensure that regular inspections of the works area shall be carried out by a suitably qualified and experienced Contaminated Land Professional. These inspections shall be documented and the relevant records retained and provided to Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) in the Site Validation Report (SVR) required by Condition 149.
139.
The Consent Holder shall manage all soil disturbance works to minimise any discharge of debris, soil, silt, sediment or sediment-laden water from the subject site to either land, stormwater systems or the receiving marine environment. The implementation of erosion and sediment controls shall be in accordance with the ESCP required by Condition 53. Advice Note: Measures such as covering the excavations overnight and during heavy rainfall, diverting overland flow around the works area, and appropriate treatment of any water collected in an excavation prior to the disposal may be required to comply with this condition. 37
140. The Consent Holder shall manage all soil disturbance works to avoid the potential for cross-contamination of materials to occur, in particular, movement of contaminated soil around the site and/or deposition of contaminated soil on other parts of the site shall be avoided. Where soils are identified for off-site disposal, they shall be loaded directly for removal, where possible, and all material shall be covered during transportation off site. 141. To minimise the spread of contaminated material, any temporary stockpiles of the excavated contaminated material shall be located within the catchment of erosion and sediment controls for the site. All stockpiles shall be covered with either polythene or an equivalent impermeable material when the site is not being worked and during periods of heavy rain. 142. At all times, dust shall be controlled in accordance with the publication titled Good Practice Guide for Assessing and Managing the Environmental Effects of Dust Emissions, Ministry for the Environment (2001). 143. Excess soil or waste materials removed from the subject site shall be deposited at a disposal site which holds a consent to accept the relevant level or type of contamination. Advice note: Where it can be demonstrated that the soil has been fully characterised and meets the definition of ‘clean fill’ material in Section J1 of the Auckland Unitary Plan (Operative in Part), the removal of such material to a consented disposal facility is not required. In such circumstances, a record of the location, depth, and volume of the material removed as ‘clean fill’ should be kept for the purpose of being included in the SVR required by Condition 149). 144. The Consent Holder shall implement the procedures for the management, treatment, temporary containment, testing, and disposal of groundwater and surface run-off water via the stormwater system in accordance with the report titled Auckland City Rail Link: Resource Consent Package 2: Aotea Station to North Auckland Line Construction and CRL Operation: Draft Erosion & Sediment Control Management Plan, dated 13 May 2016, prepared by Aurecon New Zealand Limited, and provided with the application. 145. Any perched groundwater, or surface run-off water, encountered within the excavation area requiring removal shall be considered as potentially contaminated, and shall either: a.
be disposed of by a licensed liquid waste contractor; or
b.
pumped to sewer, providing relevant permits are obtained; or
c.
discharged to the stormwater system, provided testing demonstrates compliance with 50 times the Australian and New Zealand Environment Conservation Council (ANZECC) Guidelines for Fresh and Marine Water Quality (2000) for the protection of 95 percent of marine water species, and is free from petroleum hydrocarbons.
38
146.
Where contaminants which have not been anticipated by the application are identified, works in the area containing the unexpected contamination shall cease until the contingency measures outlined in the certified CSMP required by Condition 131 have been implemented, and have been notified to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring). Any unexpected contamination encountered during the works and contingency measures implemented shall be documented in the Site Validation Report required by Condition 149. Advice Note: In accordance with Condition 146, any unexpected contamination may include separate phase hydrocarbons, contaminated soil, perched water or groundwater. The Consent Holder is advised that where unexpected contamination is significantly different in extent and concentration from that anticipated, handling the contamination may be outside the scope of this consent. Advice should be sought from the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) prior to carrying out any further work in the area of the unexpected contamination to check this is within the scope of this consent.
147.
All imported fill shall: a.
comply with the definition of of clean fill material in Section J1 of the Auckland Unitary Plan (Operative in Part); and
b.
be solid material of an inert nature; and
c.
not contain hazardous substances or contaminants above recorded natural background levels of the receiving site.
Advice Note: Background contamination levels for the site receiving clean fill can be found in Technical Publication No. 153, Background concentrations of inorganic elements in soils from the Auckland Region, Auckland Regional Council (2001). 148.
All sampling and testing of contamination on the site shall be overseen by a suitably qualified and experienced Contaminated Land Professional. All sampling shall be undertaken in accordance with Contaminated Land Management Guidelines, No.5 – Site Investigation and Analysis of Soils, Ministry for the Environment (revised 2011). Advice Note: All testing and analysis should be undertaken in a laboratory with suitable experience and ability to carry out the analysis. For more details on how to confirm the suitability of the laboratory please refer to Contaminated Land Management Guidelines, No.5 – Part 4: Laboratory Analysis, Ministry for the Environment (revised 2011).
Site Validation Report (SVR) 149.
Within three months of the completion of earthworks on the site, the Consent Holder shall provide a Site Validation Report (SVR) to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring). The SVR shall be prepared by a suitably qualified and experienced Contaminated Land Professional in accordance with the Contaminated Land Management Guidelines, No.1 - Reporting on Contaminated Sites in New Zealand, Ministry for the Environment (revised 2011).
39
150.
The SVR required by Condition 149 shall address the following matters: a.
a summary of the works undertaken, including a statement confirming whether the excavation of the site has been completed in accordance with the certified CSMP required by Condition 131;
b.
the location and dimensions of the excavations carried out, including the relevant site plan;
c.
a summary of soil, groundwater, and surface run-off water testing undertaken, if applicable, including tabulated analytical results, and interpretation of the results in the context of the Contaminated Land Rules of the Auckland Unitary Plan (Operative in Part);
d.
copies of the disposal dockets for the contaminated soil and ‘clean fill’ material removed from the site;
e.
records of any unexpected contamination encountered during the works and contingency measures undertaken, if applicable;
f.
details regarding any complaints and/or breaches of the procedures set out in the certified CSMP required by Condition 131 and the conditions of this consent;
g.
results of testing, if required, of any spoil disposed offsite; and
h.
results of testing of any imported fill material to ensure compliance with the definition of clean fill material in Section J1 of the Auckland Unitary Plan (Operative in Part).
Specific conditions – discharge permit (other) R/REG/2016/1896 and discharge permit (ITA) R/REG/2016/1898 (CONSTRUCTION) 151.
This consent shall expire 15 years after the consent commences unless it has been surrendered or been cancelled at an earlier date pursuant to the Resource Management Act 1991.
Baseline Receiving Environment Monitoring 152.
Prior to the commencement of construction, the Consent Holder shall undertake baseline monitoring of water quality and freshwater ecology in Meola Creek. The monitoring shall be undertaken to identify the pre-construction condition of Meola Creek against which to measure construction effects and possible remedial or mitigation measures if required.
153.
At least 20 working days prior to any baseline monitoring commencing, the Consent Holder shall submit a programme for the baseline monitoring as required by Condition 152 to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification. The programme shall include, but not be limited to: a.
Sampling locations (at Auckland Council flow monitoring site);
b.
Methods and procedures for water quality (minimum bi-monthly samples for a 12 month period) and freshwater ecology sampling; 40
c.
d.
Water quality monitoring parameters for analysis, which shall include:
pH
Total Suspended Solids
g/m3
Total recoverable copper
g/m3
Dissolved copper
g/m3
Total recoverable zinc
g/m3
Dissolved zinc
g/m3
Ammoniacal nitrogen
g/m3
Nitrate nitrogen
g/m3
Nitrite nitrogen
g/m3
Total nitrogen
g/m3
Dissolved reactive phosphorus
g/m3
Ecological monitoring, which shall include:
Algal (periphyton) and macrophyte growth
Macroinvertebrate assessment.
Baseline Receiving Environment Reporting 154.
The Consent Holder shall provide to the Council (Team Leader – Central Monitoring) the results of the baseline monitoring undertaken in accordance with Conditions 152 and 153 within 60 working days of the final baseline monitoring being undertaken.
155.
As part of the results required by Condition 153, the Consent Holder shall provide a programme for ongoing monitoring of Meola Creek, following the commencement of construction, including the reporting of results. The same testing regime and approach as set out in baseline monitoring conditions shall be used unless otherwise agreed between the Consent Holder and the Council.
Pre-Commencement of construction support areas and zones 156.
The Consent Holder shall notify the Council (Team Leader – Central Monitoring) in writing at least 10 working days prior to the commencement of construction of each CSA or ACZ.
157.
The CSAs shall be generally confined to the area and boundaries shown on plans CRL-SYE-RME-000-DRG-2001, Rev 1.0 dated 13/05/2016 and 2002, Rev 1 dated 13/05/2016 and 2003, Rev 1 dated 13/05/2016 and 2004, Rev 1 dated 13/05/2016 and 2005, Rev 1 dated 13/05/2016 and 2006, and Rev 1 dated 13/05/2016 and submitted as part of the application.
41
158.
In the event that material modifications to the CSA boundaries are required, the following information shall be provided: a.
Plans and drawings outlining the details of the modifications; and
b.
Supporting information that confirms how the proposal does not affect the stormwater management system;
This information shall be to the satisfaction of the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) and be made available at the preconstruction meeting required by Condition 34. Site Management (ACZ and CSAs) 159.
At least 20 working days prior to the commencement of construction, a final Industrial and Trade Activities Environmental Management Plan (EMP) shall be submitted to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification.
160.
The Consent Holder shall request the Council’s (Team Leader Central Monitoring) determination as to whether the EMP can be certified, in writing, within 10 working days following receipt of the EMP.
161.
The EMP shall be prepared by a Senior Qualified Person and shall include, but not be limited to, the following: a.
identification of the specific activities conducted on the site;
b.
the identification of potential contaminants associated with these activities;
c.
methods used to prevent identified contaminants contacting stormwater runoff as far as practicable and methods to manage environmental risks from site activities;
d.
an Emergency Spill Response Plan (which includes the provision that all spills over 20 litres, or any spill of Environmentally Hazardous Substances that has entered the stormwater system, a water-body or has contacted unsealed ground, shall be reported immediately to the Auckland Council’s 24 Hour Pollution Hotline (09-377-3107));
e.
an up-to-date and accurate site drainage plan showing the location of all site catch pits and the final discharge point(s) of the site stormwater system;
f.
an appropriate auditing programme to ensure all components of the site’s EMP are implemented;
g.
methods for providing and recording staff training; and
h.
a monitoring programme as outlined in Conditions 173 and 174.
162.
The Consent Holder shall ensure that the CSAs and ACZs are operated and managed in accordance with the certified EMP to ensure the risks from the site are managed appropriately.
163.
The Consent Holder shall ensure that a copy of the Council certified EMP is kept on site and accessible at all times. 42
164.
Following any change to the EMP, the Consent Holder shall submit details of the change to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification and request that the Council’s (Team Leader Central Monitoring) written determination as to whether the change can be certified to be provided within 10 working days of submission of the change. No activity reliant upon a change to the EMP pursuant to Condition 164 can be undertaken until the change has been certified.
165.
The EMP shall be reviewed and updated annually from the date of granting of this consent, to ensure all components of the EMP remain relevant.
Structural Controls 166.
167.
168.
The Industrial Trade and Activity area for each of the Construction Support Areas shall not exceed the following: CSA
Exposed Area not to exceed (m2)
1
25,000
2
9,000
3
9,000
4
36,000
5
6,500
In the event that any CSA requires an increase in area, the following information shall be provided to the Team Leader – Central Monitoring whose certification shall be requested prior to implementation: a.
Plans and drawings outlining the details of the modifications; and
b.
Supporting information that confirms how the proposal does not affect the capacity or performance of the existing structural and procedural controls.
The Consent Holder shall ensure that the following structural controls are constructed for the following catchment areas and design standards and they are completed prior to discharges commencing from the site: Works/controls
Device catchment area
Design requirements
2 x Settlement Tanks Activity area of grout Settlement Tanks sizing to be based on located on CSA 4 plant (400m2), and 2% of the contributing catchment segment storage yard (2660m2) on CSA 4
43
Inlet protection measures
On all catch pits within Design in accordance with Auckland CSA areas Council Best Management Practice: Catch pit Protection Area (AC 2011).
2 x Settlement Tanks All Active Construction Settlement Tank sizing to be based on located in CSA 1, CSA Zone (ACZ) 2% of the contributing catchment 2, CSA 3, CSA 4 and CSA 5
Bunding of Environmentally Hazardous Substances
169.
As required
110% largest container
In the event that any minor modifications to the structural system are required, the following information shall be provided to the Team Leader – Central Monitoring whose certification shall be requested prior to implementation: a.
Plans and drawings outlining the details of the modifications; and
b.
Supporting information that confirms how the proposal does not affect the capacity or performance of stormwater management system.
Certification of structural controls 170.
Within 30 days of implementation, As-Built certification and plans of the stormwater management works, certified (signed) by a suitably qualified registered surveyor or a Chartered Professional Engineer as a true record of the stormwater management system, shall be provided to the Team Leader – Central Monitoring.
171.
The As-Built plans shall include, but not be limited to: a.
The surveyed location (to the nearest 0.1m) of the discharge points, with coordinates expressed in terms of NZTM and LINZ datum;
b.
Location, dimensions and levels of any major overland flow paths including cross sections and long sections;
c.
Plans and cross sections of all stormwater management devices, including confirmation of the Water Quality Volume, storage volumes and levels of any outflow control structure
d.
Documentation of any discrepancies between the design plans and the As-Built plans.
44
172.
A meeting shall be held on site after the implementation of structural controls and the provision of As-Built documentation, and prior to the commencement of construction activities at each of the CSA/ACZs. The meeting shall include representation from the Team Leader Central Monitoring and the site stormwater engineer/contractors who have undertaken the work and shall confirm compliance with the relevant consent conditions.
Discharge monitoring: 173.
Within 30 days of the installation of the water treatment systems, and prior to operation, the Consent Holder shall develop and submit to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification a discharge monitoring programme.
174.
The water quality monitoring programme shall include, but not be limited to: a.
Sampling locations (to include the final discharge from the treatment system located in CSA 1, CSA 2, CSA 3, CSA 5 and CSA 4);
b.
Methods and procedures for discharge sampling; and
c.
Monitoring parameters for analysis, which shall include: Daily
Water clarity (black disc)
cm
Turbidity
(NTU)
pH
Weekly (in addition to the above)
Total Suspended Solids
g/m3
Total recoverable copper
g/m3
Dissolved copper
g/m3
Total recoverable zinc
g/m3
Dissolved zinc
g/m3
Total petroleum hydrocarbons g/m3
Ammoniacal nitrogen*
g/m3
Nitrate nitrogen*
g/m3
*only in discharge from treatment systems in CSA 3 and CSA 4
175.
d.
identified trigger levels for each of the above parameters. These trigger levels shall be developed with reference to the ANZECC Guidelines for water quality where applicable; and
e.
the methods and procedures for investigating and reporting stormwater discharge monitoring results to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring).
The discharge monitoring programme shall be implemented upon completion of works set out in Condition 168. 45
176.
Within five working days of receipt of sample results showing contaminants exceeding the agreed trigger levels in Condition 174(d): a.
An investigation shall be undertaken to determine why exceedances were detected and to identify any additional source controls or treatment required; and
b.
The results of the investigation shall be reported to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring).
Discharge Reporting Requirements 177.
Within eight weeks following the start of the monitoring required by Condition 173 a monitoring report shall be submitted to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring). The monitoring report shall include, but not be limited to, the following: a.
a summary of the monitoring results to date;
b.
an interpretation of those results and suggestions for improvement to the site operations;
c.
a programme for ongoing monitoring including the reporting of results; and
d.
a programme for the ongoing maintenance of the discharge water management and treatment system.
178.
For the duration of the construction stages of the Project, the Consent Holder shall forward a report annually from the date of granting of this consent to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) evaluating the site’s environmental performance for the year to date.
179.
The Annual Report required by Condition 178 shall include but not be limited to: a.
all aspects of the performance of the EMP relating to this consent;
b.
a summary of all revisions and revised sections of the EMP;
c.
details of all inspections and maintenance of the stormwater system for the preceding 12 months;
d.
details of and changes to the person(s) or body responsible for the maintenance of site and the organisational structure supporting this process;
e.
results and analysis of the preceding 12 months of stormwater monitoring, along with an interpretation of those results and suggestions for improvement to the site operations; and
f.
records of any spills or incidents which occurred within the previous 12 months and the response which was undertaken.
Specific conditions – discharge permit (other) R/REG/2016/2038 (OPERATIONAL) Advice note: Should the Consent Holder obtain approval for the discharge of operational wastewater to the trade waste system, this consent can be surrendered or cancelled.
46
180.
This consent shall expire 35 years after the consent commences unless it has been surrendered or been cancelled at an earlier date pursuant to the Resource Management Act 1991.
Dewatering Treatment devices 181.
The treatment device/s for the removal of contaminants of concern from tunnel water discharge shall be constructed for the operational tunnel ground water seepage catchment area/s, and design requirements shall be completed in accordance with design guidelines to meet baseline monitoring levels in Condition 187(d).
182.
At least 20 working days prior to the installation of treatment devices required by Condition 181, the Consent Holder shall submit detailed designs, including relevant drawings, cross sections, plans and calculations to the Team Leader – Central Monitoring for certification at the same time as the application for Engineering Plan Approval.
As-Built Plans 183.
Within 30 days of practical completion of the treatment device works, As-Built plans, which are certified (signed) by a Chartered Professional Engineer as a true record of the stormwater management system, shall be provided to the Team Leader - Central Monitoring.
184.
The certified As-Built Plans shall also be provided to the Team Leader – Central Monitoring 5 days prior to the post-construction meeting required by Condition 205.
185.
The As-Built plans shall display the entirety of the stormwater management system, and shall include: a.
the surveyed location (to the nearest 0.1m) and level (to the nearest 0.01m) of the discharge points to the stormwater system with co-ordinates expressed in terms of NZTM and LINZ datum;
b.
plans and cross sections of all treatment devices, including confirmation of the Water Quality Volume, storage volumes and levels of any outflow control structure; and
c.
documentation of any discrepancies between the design plans and the As-Built plans approved by the modifications approval referred to in Condition 202.
Discharge Monitoring 186.
Prior to operation of the CRL, the Consent Holder shall develop and submit a discharge monitoring programme to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification. The monitoring programme shall include start up monitoring for the first month of operation of the treatment system, and regular on-going monitoring.
187.
The discharge monitoring programme shall include, but not be limited to:
47
a.
Sampling locations (to include samples of water from the main station sumps (untreated water), and the final discharge from the treatment system (treated water) at each station);
b.
Methods, frequency and procedures for discharge sampling
c.
Monitoring parameters for analysis, which shall include:
pH
Turbidity
NTU
Total Suspended Solids
g/m3
Total recoverable copper
g/m3
Dissolved copper
g/m3
Total recoverable zinc
g/m3
Dissolved zinc
g/m3
Total petroleum hydrocarbons
g/m3
d.
Identified trigger levels for each of the above parameters in the final discharge, developed with reference to the ANZECC Guidelines for water quality where applicable; and
e.
The methods and procedures for investigating and reporting discharge monitoring results to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring).
188.
The discharge monitoring programme shall be implemented for the duration of the discharge of operational tunnel groundwater seepage.
189.
Within five working days of receipt of sample results showing contaminants exceeding the agreed trigger levels: a.
An investigation shall be undertaken to determine why exceedances were detected and to identify any additional source controls or treatment required;
b.
Methods will be implemented to meet trigger levels, and the timing for their implementation shall be noted; and
c.
The results of the investigation shall be reported to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring).
Start-up Reporting 190.
A monitoring report shall be submitted to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) following the completion of the first month of sampling. The monitoring report shall include, but not be limited to the following: a.
A summary of the first months monitoring results (10 samples);
b.
An interpretation of those results and suggestions for improvement of the treatment system as required; and
c.
Confirmation of the programme for regular on-going monitoring. 48
Operation and Maintenance Plan 191.
The Consent Holder shall submit an Operation and Maintenance Plan to the Team Leader - Central Monitoring for approval certification, 5 days prior to the postconstruction meeting referred to in Condition 205. The Plan shall include: a.
details of who will hold responsibility for long-term maintenance of the stormwater management system and the organisational structure which will support this process;
b.
a programme for regular maintenance and inspection of the stormwater management system;
c.
a programme for the collection and disposal of debris and sediment collected by the stormwater management devices or practices;
d.
a programme for post storm inspection and maintenance; and
e.
general inspection checklists for all aspects of the treatment system, including visual checks.
192.
The stormwater management system shall be managed in accordance with the approved certified Operation and Maintenance Plan.
193.
Any amendments or alterations to the Operation and Maintenance Plan shall be submitted to, and approved certified by the Team Leader – Central Monitoring, in writing prior to implementation.
Routine monitoring 194.
The Consent Holder shall submit an annual monitoring report to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring). The monitoring report shall include, but not be limited to the following: a.
A summary of the monitoring results for the previous year;
b.
An interpretation of those results and suggestions for improvement/s to the treatment system if relevant; and
c.
A programme for the on-going maintenance of the discharge treatment system.
Stormwater diversion and discharge (related to works at the Mount Eden end) Advice note: these conditions relate to stormwater management works at the Mount Eden end of the project. The conditions do not relate to any of the specific consents authorised 195.
[Blank]
49
Stormwater drainage system design 196.
The Consent Holder shall ensure that the design of stormwater drainage systems does not result in any increase in flooding beyond the pre-development scenario within the immediate adjacent areas of the Project footprint and the downstream receiving environment. Stormwater management works
197.
The following stormwater management works shall be constructed for the following catchment areas and design requirements, and shall be completed prior to construction of any barriers (e.g., earth bunds or retaining structures along the edge of the rail corridor) that would modify existing overland flow paths: Works to be undertaken
Catchment location
Design requirement(s)
Additional pipe capacity, OLFP
Fenton street
Underground drainage
Shaddock Street
Inlet upgrade, scruffy domes
West of Mt Eden Road
Capacity for 10 year ARI, reducing flooding up to 100 year ARI, provision for OLFP for flows in excess of the 100 year, and designed to meet at least 50% blockage
Sump and superpits
Water Street
Megapits, inlet, connections to existing network
Normanby Road
Super pit
Boston Road
New inlets, underground drainage
Rail Corridor
198.
The stormwater management works shall be installed in general accordance with those listed in Condition 197, unless otherwise approved by Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring).
199.
If changes to the Stormwater management works in Condition 197 are requested, the Consent Holder must provide details of flood modelling, and alternative mitigation measures, including how these have been selected and will be managed, to the Healthy Waters Department (see Condition 202).
50
Detailed Design Guidelines 200.
The Consent Holder shall ensure that all stormwater management devices, as required to achieve Condition 196, are designed in accordance with Auckland Council Technical Publication 10 (TP10).
201.
The Consent Holder shall ensure that the detailed designs, including drawings, plans and calculations for the stormwater management devices required to achieve Condition 196 are submitted to Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification at the time of application for Engineering Plan Approval and in any event, at least 30 days prior to construction of the proposed stormwater works.
Modifications approval 202.
In the event that any modifications to the stormwater management system design implemented under Conditions 196 and 197 of this consent are required, the following information shall be provided: 
Plans and drawings outlining the details of the modifications; and

Supporting information that confirms compliance with the performance standards of Conditions 196 and 197.
All information shall be submitted to, and approved by the Team Leader – Central Monitoring, prior to implementation. Advice Note: All proposed changes should be discussed with the Team Leader Central Monitoring, prior to implementation. Any changes to the proposal which will affect the capacity or performance of the stormwater management system may require an application to Council pursuant to Section 127 of the RMA. An example of a minor modification within the scope of this consent could be a change to the location of a pipe or slight changes to the site layout but if there is a change of device type (even proprietary), the consent may have to be varied under section 127. Pre-construction meeting 203.
A pre-construction meeting shall be held by the Consent Holder prior to commencement of the construction of any stormwater devices onsite, and must: a.
be arranged five working days prior to initiation of the construction of any stormwater devices on the site;
b.
be located on the subject area;
c.
include representation from the Team Leader - Central Monitoring; and
d.
include representation from the site stormwater engineer [or] contractors who will undertake the works and any other relevant parties.
Advice Note: To arrange the pre-construction meeting required by this consent, please contact the Team Leader - Central Monitoring [monitoring@aucklandcouncil.govt.nz].
51
Information required for Pre-construction meeting 204.
The following information shall be made available prior to, or at the pre-construction meeting: a.
timeframes for key stages of the works authorised under this consent;
b.
erosion and sediment control measures during construction activities;
c.
contact details of the site contractor and site stormwater engineer; and
d.
construction plans approved signed or stamped by an Auckland Council Development Engineer.
Post-construction meeting 205.
A post-construction meeting shall be held by the Consent Holder, within 20 working days of completion of the stormwater management works, that: a.
is located on the subject area;
b.
includes representation from the Team Leader - Central Monitoring; and
c.
includes representation from the site stormwater engineer or contractors who have undertaken the works.
Certification of stormwater management works (As-Built Plans) 206.
As-Built certification and plans of the stormwater management works, which are certified (signed) by a Chartered Professional Engineer as a true record of the stormwater management system, shall be provided to the Team Leader - Central Monitoring for approval, 5 days prior to the post-construction meeting required by this consent.
207.
The As-Built plans shall display the entirety of the stormwater management system, and shall include: a.
the surveyed location (to the nearest 0.1m) and level (to the nearest 0.01m) of the discharge structure, with co-ordinates expressed in terms of NZTM and LINZ datum;
b.
location, dimensions and levels of any overland flow paths including cross sections and long sections;
c.
plans and cross sections of all stormwater management devices, including confirmation of the Water Quality Volume, storage volumes and levels of any outflow control structure; and
d.
documentation of any discrepancies between the design plans and the As-Built plans approved by the modifications approval process of Condition 202.
52
Operation and Maintenance Plan 208.
An Operation and Maintenance Plan shall be provided to the Team Leader - Central Monitoring for certification 5 days prior to the post-construction meeting required by this consent and shall set out how the stormwater management system is to be operated and maintained to ensure that adverse environmental effects are minimised. The plan shall include: a.
details of who will hold responsibility for long-term maintenance of the stormwater management system and the organisational structure which will support this process;
b.
a programme for regular maintenance and inspection of the stormwater management system;
c.
a programme for the collection and disposal of debris and sediment collected by the stormwater management devices or practices;
d.
a programme for post storm inspection and maintenance;
e.
general inspection checklists for all aspects of the stormwater management system, including visual checks; and
f.
a programme for inspection and maintenance of any vegetation associated with the stormwater management devices.
209.
The stormwater management system shall be managed in accordance with the approved Operation and Maintenance Plan.
210.
The Operation and Maintenance Plan shall be updated and submitted to the Team Leader – Central Monitoring upon request.
Capture and diversion of stormwater 211.
Roading, kerbs and channels constructed across overland flow paths shall be set at a level that maximises the capture of water by road cesspits. Other than at designated overland flow paths, driveway crossings shall be constructed in order to minimise the overflow of water from the road into private properties.
212.
For stormwater flows in excess of the capacity of the primary drainage systems, overland flow paths shall be provided and maintained to allow surplus stormwater from critical storms (up to the 100 year ARI event), to discharge with the minimum of nuisance and damage.
213.
Overland flow paths and secondary flow paths shall be kept free of all obstructions, including buildings and solid fences.
Maintenance Report 214.
The Consent Holder shall maintain a record of the details of all inspections and maintenance for the stormwater management system, for the preceding three years.
215.
A copy of the records referred to in Condition 214 shall be provided to the Team Leader - Central Monitoring in a maintenance report on request. 53
Contents of Maintenance Report 216. The maintenance report shall include the following information: a.
details of who is responsible for maintenance of the stormwater management system and the organisational structure supporting this process;
b.
details of any maintenance undertaken; and
c.
details of any inspections completed.
Specific conditions – discharge permit (air – construction) R/REG/2016/1899 217.
This resource consent shall expire 15 years after the consent commences unless it has been surrendered or been cancelled at an earlier date pursuant to the RMA.
218.
The Consent Holder shall ensure that all processes on the Project work site shall be implemented, operated, maintained, supervised, monitored and controlled so that any emissions authorised by this consent are maintained at the minimum practicable level.
219.
Unless provided for by Condition 220, there shall be no dust or odour beyond the boundary of the Project work site caused as a result of on-site processes which, in the opinion of Council, is noxious, offensive or objectionable.
220.
Any noxious, offensive or objectionable dust or odour beyond the boundary of the Project work site caused as a result of construction and earthworks activities associated with the Project shall be mitigated as soon as practicable in accordance with the requirements of the certified Air Quality Management Plan as required by Condition 222.
221.
The Consent Holder shall ensure that beyond the boundary of the Project worksite, there shall be no hazardous air pollutant caused as a result of construction and earthworks activities associated with the Project that causes, or is likely to cause, adverse effects on human health, environment or property.
Air Quality Management Plan (AQMP) 222.
The Consent Holder shall review the draft Air Quality Management Plan – Aotea Station to North Auckland Line dated May 2016, and submit to Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) a final AQMP/s which is generally consistent with the draft AQMP provided in support of the application.
223.
The final AQMP/s shall be prepared by a Senior Qualified Person, provided to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification at least 20 working days prior to the commencement of construction and shall include: a.
a clear identification of the type and location of the controls proposed;
b.
a detailed framework for the management, mitigation and monitoring of construction and earthworks activities associated with the Project;
c.
a focus principally on the sources of dust discharges, and
54
d. 224.
an assessment of the risk of discharges from each ACZ and the associated CSA.
The final AQMP/s shall also provide detailed methods including, but not limited to, the following matters: a.
methods to ensure exposed surfaces remain dampened to minimise dust emissions (possible examples include a water spray system or other suitable system, water carts and other suppression methods);
b.
ensuring a 20 km/hr vehicle speed limit within the ACZs and CSAs;
c.
operation of wheel washes;
d.
regular sweeping of public roads around the exit points of ACZs and CSAs and sealed vehicle accessways within these areas;
e.
measures for supressing dust from any temporary stock piles (demonstrating how they are to be limited to no more than 24 mÂł of uncovered spoil at any one time in each ACZ);
f.
measures for the handling of cement associated with the forming of cement stabilised columns, including filter systems and high level alarms where a silo is used;
g.
covering of loads of material being delivered and removed from the site;
h.
instrument monitoring of dust concentrations (including identification of a monitoring methodology, monitoring network and appropriate alert thresholds) to ensure that any significant dust effects arising from the ACZs or CSAs are identified and remedied as soon as practicable throughout the Project;
i.
the locations of instrument dust monitoring sites, including at least three re-locatable and/or fixed monitors to be associated with each of ACZs A, K and M, and the duration of this monitoring;
j.
measures for responding to continuous instrument dust monitoring trigger alarms, including contingency measures to reduce measured concentrations below the trigger thresholds and provisions for responding after standard operating hours;
k.
measures for undertaking meteorological observations and visual inspections of dust or other air discharges from the Project, to be completed at least on a daily basis, with all relevant information logged; and
l.
information regarding complaint logging, investigation and response procedures, training and roles and responsibilities.
The Team Leader Central Monitoring shall be requested to respond to the AQMP/s with any suggested changes within 10 working days from receipt of the AQMP; otherwise the AQMP may be considered by the Consent Holder to be certified by the Council.
55
225.
Any change to the AQMP/ shall be submitted to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification. No activity reliant upon a change to the AQMP can be undertaken until the change has been certified. The Team Leader Central Monitoring shall be requested to respond to the proposed change within 10 working days from receipt of the change; otherwise the AQMP may be considered by the Consent Holder to be certified by the Council.
226.
All works shall be undertaken in accordance with the certified AQMP/s.
Monitoring Requirements 227.
Prior to the commencement of construction, and for the duration of excavation and construction associated with the Project which have the potential for significant dust emissions, the Consent Holder shall install, operate and maintain continuous dust monitoring undertaken using mobile instruments for the purposes of monitoring Total Suspended Particulates (TSP). The locations, durations and methods of TSP monitoring at each of ACZs A, K and M shall be in accordance with the details in the certified AQMP(s) required by Condition 222.
228.
The dust monitoring instruments shall be fitted with an alarm system that sends a warning to the responsible person identified by the AQMP/s when dust concentrations exceed alert levels specified by the certified AQMP/s. The Consent Holder shall ensure that the responsible person, or other nominated person, is available at all times to take immediate action to reduce dust emissions from the site.
Specific conditions – discharge permit (air – operational) R/REG/2016/1900 229.
This consent shall expire 35 years after the consent commences unless it has lapsed, been surrendered or been cancelled at an earlier date pursuant to the Resource Management Act 1991 (RMA).
Limit Conditions 230.
All processes within the CRL operations areas shall be operated, maintained, supervised, monitored and controlled to ensure that emissions authorised by this consent are maintained at the minimum practicable level.
231.
Beyond the boundary of the CRL operations, there shall be no dust and/or odour caused by discharges from the tunnels which, in the opinion of an enforcement officer, is noxious, offensive or objectionable.
232.
No discharges from any activity from the CRL operations shall give rise to visible emissions, other than water vapour and clean steam, to an extent which, in the opinion of an enforcement officer, the discharges are noxious, dangerous, offensive or objectionable.
56
233.
Except as authorised by this consent, beyond the boundary of the CRL operations, there shall be no hazardous air pollutant, caused by discharges from the CRL operations, which is present at a concentration that causes, or is likely to cause adverse effects to human health, the environment or property.
234.
Only electric-powered locomotives shall operate within the CRL rail tunnels, with the exception of any vehicles associated with construction or maintenance activities.
Process Conditions 235.
At least 20 working days prior to the commencement of the operation of the CRL, the Consent Holder shall prepare and submit to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification procedures that address the cleaning of the rail tunnels and tunnel vents to minimise the build-up of particulate matter. These procedures may form part of an operations and maintenance plan, or equivalent. The TCeam Leader Central Monitoring shall be requested to respond to the proposed procedures with any suggested changes within 10 working days from receipt of the procedures; otherwise the procedures shall be considered to be certified by the Council.
236.
Cleaning of the rail tunnels and tunnel vents shall be undertaken in accordance with the plan certified in accordance with Condition 235 so that discharges of particulate from the vents are minimised in accordance with Condition 230.
Reporting Conditions 237.
The Consent Holder shall notify the Team Leader Central Monitoring as soon as practicable in the event of any significant discharge to air, which results, or has the potential to result, in a breach of these conditions.
238.
The Consent Holder shall record all air quality complaints that are received including: a.
The date, time, location and nature of the complaint;
b.
The name, phone number and address of the complainant, unless the complainant elects not to supply these details;
c.
Any remedial actions undertaken; and
d.
The response provided to the person making the complaint.
Details of any complaints received shall be provided to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) within one working day of receipt of the complaint. Review Condition 239.
The conditions of this consent may be reviewed by the Team Leader Central Monitoring pursuant to section 128 of the RMA, by the giving of notice in accordance with section 129 of the RMA, in October 2017 and annually thereafter in order to:
57
a.
Deal with any significant adverse effect on the environment arising from the exercise of the consent that was not foreseen at the time that the application was considered;
b.
Consider the adequacy of conditions that prevent nuisance beyond the boundary of the site, particularly if complaints have been received on a frequent basis and have been validated by an enforcement officer;
c.
Consider developments in emission control technology and management practices that would enable the Best Practicable Option in reducing discharges to air; or
d.
To take into account any act of parliament, regulation, national policy statement or relevant regional plan that relates to limiting, recording or reducing emissions authorised by this consent.
Advice notes 1.
Any reference to number of days within this decision refers to working days as defined in s2 of the RMA.
2.
For more information on the resource consent process with Auckland Council see the council’s website www.aucklandcouncil.govt.nz. General information on resource consents, including making an application to vary or cancel consent conditions can be found on the Ministry for the Environment’s website: www.mfe.govt.nz.
3.
If you disagree with any of the above conditions, or disagree with the additional charges relating to the processing of the application, you have a right of objection pursuant to sections 357A or 357B of the Resource Management Act 1991. Any objection must be made in writing to the council within 15 working days of notification of the decision.
4.
The Consent Holder is responsible for obtaining all other necessary consents, permits, and licences, including those under the Building Act 2004, and the Heritage New Zealand Pouhere Taonga Act 2014. This consent does not remove the need to comply with all other applicable Acts (including the Property Law Act 2007 and the Health and Safety at Work Act 2015), regulations, relevant Bylaws, and rules of law. This consent does not constitute building consent approval. Please check whether a building consent is required under the Building Act 2004.
5.
The Consent Holder shall be advised that any works, structures (including groundanchors) or access required to facilitate the excavations/retaining/foundation construction both permanent and temporary on adjacent properties or land may require the written consent of the effected property owner to be submitted with building and/or resource consent application(s). For more advice the Consent Holder shall contact Auckland Council town planning and building control help desks.
6.
The Resource Consent Holder is advised that the date of the commencement of this consent will be as determined by Section 116 of the RMA, unless a later date is stated as a condition of consent. The provisions of Section 116 of the RMA are summarised in the covering letter issued with this consent.
7.
The Resource Consent Holder is advised that, pursuant to Section 126 of the RMA, if this resource consent has been exercised, but is not subsequently exercised for a continuous period of five years, the consent may be cancelled by the AC unless other criteria contained within Section 126 are met.
58
8.
The Consent Holder is advised that the quality of the pumped groundwater that is to be discharged to the stormwater system or indirectly to stream meets the ANZECC (2000) guidelines for the protection of 95% freshwater species.
59
APPENDIX 1:
Total Ground Settlement Contours and Monitoring Station Locations
CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2610, Rev 3.0, dated 14/10/2016 CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2611, Rev 3.0, dated 14/10/2016 CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2612, Rev 3.0, dated 30/09/2016 CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2613, Rev 4.0, dated 14/10/2016 CRL-PAT-RME-000-DRG-2614, Rev 1.0, dated 13/5/2016 CRL-PAT-RME-000-DRG-2615, Rev 1.0, dated 13/5/2016
60
APPENDIX 2: Provisional Building and Structures and Services Trigger Levels and Buildings requiring Detailed Pre-Condition Survey CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2640, Rev 4.0, dated 14/10/16 CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2642, Rev 3.0, dated 11/10/16
61
APPENDIX 3:
Groundwater Monitoring Bores
PDP A02502731, Figure 39, Rev B, dated May 2016 and Earthtech Consulting Table 7.1, (Appendix 4). Groundwater Monitoring Bores: CRL Stage 2 Construction Location Zone ACZ A
ACZ N
ACZ K
ACZ S
ACZ M
BH 210 Wellesley Street West and Elliot Street Intersection BH 209 Wellesley Street West BH411 BHA BH206B BH423 BH266 BH 268 Vincent Street BH 213 Vincent Street BH 316 Karangahape Road BH 319 Karangahape Road BH274 BH324 BH325 BH218 BH425 BH320 EB312 BH 223 Upper Queen Street BH 225 Symonds Street BH285 BH M1 Upper Shaddock
Eastings mE (NZTM)
Northing mN (NZTM)
Screen Depths
Unit
(A) At 5m depth (new)
(A) Fill (soft clay)
(A) At 8m depth (existing) (B) At 25m depth (existing) At 6.7m depth
(A) EW (B) EU
At 10.9m depth At 5.0m depth (A) At 5m depth (existing) (A) At 10m depth (existing) (A) At 14m depth (existing) (A) At 6m depth (existing) (B) At 17m depth (existing) At 8.0m depth At 6.0m depth At 3.5m depth
At 6.0m depth At 1.7m-7.0m depth (A) At 7m depth (new)
ER TA ER ER ER (A)ER (A) EU (A) EW
(A) EW (B) EW
ER ER ER EW Fill/TA ER Fill/TA (A) TA
(A) At 11m depth (new)
(A) TA
At 7.8m depth (A) At 6m depth (new)
VA/TA (A) TA/ER
62
Street BH M2 Ruru Street BH323 BH426 BH427
(A) At 6m depth (new) At 5.5m depth
(A) TA/ER ER TA/ER ER
63
APPENDIX 4: Sites”
Plans titled “Location Plan Showing Sites Adjacent to Construction
CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2901, revision 1;
CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2902, revision 1;
CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2903, revision 1;
CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2904, revision 1;
CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2905, revision 1;
CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2906, revision 1.
64
APPENDIX 5: a.
Information from Application
Application Form, and Assessment of Environmental Effects prepared by Aurecon NZ Ltd, dated 13 May 2016, including:
Report title and reference
Author
Rev
Dated
Assessment of Environmental Effects Resource Consent Package 2 Aotea Station to North Auckland Line Construction and CRL Operation CRLSYW-RME-000-RPT-0047
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
13 May 2016
Design and Construction Report CRLSYW-RME-000-RPT-0006
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13 May 2016
Auckland City Rail Link (CRL) Aotea Station to North Auckland Line Construction and CRL Operation: Groundwater Technical Report
Pattle Delamore Partners Ltd
Assessment of Settlement Effects ReportCRL-SYW-RME-000-RPT-0045
Aurecon NZ Ltd
Auckland City Rail Link Aotea Station to North Auckland Line Construction and CRL Operation Contaminated Land Assessment 1378206325-067
Golder Associates 0
May 2016
Auckland City Rail Link Aotea Station to North Auckland Line Construction and CRL Operation Water Quality Assessment 1378206325-069
Golder Associates 0
May 2016
Auckland City Rail Link Aotea Station to North Auckland Line Construction and CRL operation Air Quality Assessment1378206325
Golder Associates 0
May 2016
Auckland City Rail Link Aotea Station To North Auckland Line Construction and CRL Operation Built Heritage Impact Assessment CRL-SYW-RME-000-RPT0046
Reverb Ltd
0
13 May 2016
Draft Erosion and Sediment Control Management Plan – CRL-SYW-RME-000RPT-0059
Aurecon NZ Ltd
3
13 May 2016
Auckland City Rail Link Aotea Station to
Golder Associates 0
12 May 2016
3.0
30 June 2016
May 2016
65
North Auckland Line Construction and CRL Operation Industrial and Trade Activities Assessment- 1378206325-070 Geotechnical Engineering Report CRLSYW-GEO-000-RPT-0006
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
02.06.2015
City Rail Link Project: Archaeological Assessment
Clough & Associates Ltd
5.0
10.12.2012
Line Construction and CRL Operation Contaminated Land Assessment- South Pacific Timber 1378206325-076
Golder Associates 0
July 2016
Plan title and reference
Author
Rev
Dated
Location Plan Overall- CRL-SYW-RME000-DRG-2000-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Location Plan Aotea Station- CRL-SYWRME-000-DRG-2001-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Location Plan North Tunnels- CRL-SYWRME-000-DRG-2002-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Location Plan Karangahape Station- CRLSYW-RME-000-DRG-2003-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Location Plan South Tunnels- CRL-SYWRME-000-DRG-2004-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Location Plan Mt Eden Station East- CRLSYW-RME-000-DRG-2005-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Location Plan Mt Eden Station WestCRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2006-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Alignment Plan and Long Section CRL Down (MC20) Sheet 1 of 4- CRL-SYWRME-000-DRG-2010-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Alignment Plan and Long Section CRL Down (MC20) Sheet 2 of 4- CRL-SYWRME-000-DRG-2011-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Alignment Plan and Long Section CRL Down (MC20) Sheet 3 of 4- CRL-SYWRME-000-DRG-2012-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Alignment Plan and Long Section CRL Down (MC20) Sheet 4 of 4- CRL-SYWRME-000-DRG-2013-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
66
Aotea Station Roof Slab Overall PlanCRL-AOT-RME-000-DRG-2110-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Aotea Station Elevation- CRL-AOT-RME000-DRG-2111-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Aotea Station Cross Section Grid 2- CRLAOT-RME-000-DRG-2118-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Aotea Station Cross Section Grid 9- CRLAOT-RME-000-DRG-2119-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Aotea Station Cross Section Grid 13 Victoria St Entrance- CRL-AOT-RME-000DRG-2120-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Aotea Station Cross Section Grid 14 Victoria Street Entrance- CRL-AOT-RME000-DRG-2121-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Aotea Station Cross Section Grid 25CRL-AOT-RME-000-DRG-2122-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Aotea Station Cross Section Grid S3CRL-AOT-RME-000-DRG-2123-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Aotea Station Cross Section Grid S3CRL-AOT-RME-000-DRG-4023-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
08.07.16
Karangahape Station Plan General Arrangement Street Level CRL-KRDRME-000-DRG-2142-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Karangahape Station Overall Street Level Plan CRL-KRD-RME-000-DRG-2130-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Karangahape Station Overall Street Level Plan CRL-KRD-RME-000-DRG-2132-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Karangahape Station North Zone Sections Sheet 1 CRL-KRD-RME-000-DRG-21361.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Karangahape Station South Zone Sections Sheet 1 CRL-KRD-RME-000DRG-2138-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Karangahape Station Platform Level Tunnel Sections Sheet 1 CRL-KRD-RME000-DRG-2139-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Karangahape Station Platform Level Tunnel Sections Sheet 2 CRL-KRD-RME-
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
67
000-DRG-2140-1.0 Karangahape Station Platform Tunnel and Central Passenger Tunnel and Escalator Tunnel-Setout CRL-KRD-RME-000-DRG2143-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Mt Eden Station Plan Newton Grade Separation Structure CRL-MTE-RME-000DRG-2150-2.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
04.07.16
Mt Eden Station Section 1 Newton Grade Separation Structure CRL-MTE-RME-000DRG-2151-2.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
04.07.16
Mt Eden Station Cross Sections Newton Shaft CRL-MTE-RME-000-DRG-2152-2.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
04.07.16
Mt Eden Station Isometric of Permanent Structure Newton Grade Separation Structure CRL-MTE-RME-000-DRG-21531.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Mt Eden NAL Plan And Sections- Ruru Street Bridge Sheet 1 of 1 CRL-MTERME-000-DRG-2158-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Mt Eden NAL Plan And Sections – Western Flyover Sheet 1 of 2 CRL-MTERME-000-DRG-2160-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Mt Eden NAL Plan And Sections- Mt Eden Road Bridge Sheet 1 of 2 CRL-EFC-RME000-DRG-2166-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Mt Eden NAL Elevation- Mt Eden Road Bridge Sheet 2 of 2 CRL-EFC-RME-000DRG-2167-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Mt Eden NAL Plan And SectionsNormanby Road Bridge Sheet 1 of 3 CRLEFC-RME-000-DRG-2170-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Mt Eden NAL Plan And Sections – Normanby Road Bridge Sheet 2 of 3 CRLEFC-RME-000-DRG-2171-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Structural Geological Long Section MC20 West Sheet 1 of 1 CRL-MTE-RME-000DRG-2173-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Structural Geological Long Section MC30
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
68
West Sheet 1 of 1 CRL-MTE-RME-000DRG-2174-1.0 Mt Eden NAL Cross Sections West Sheet 1 of 2 CRL-MTE-RME-000-DRG-2176-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Mt Eden NAL Cross Sections West Sheet 2 of 2 CRL-MTE-RME-000-DRG-2177-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Mt Eden NAL Structural Geological Long Section MC50 East Sheet 1 of 1 CRLEFC-RME-000-DRG-2178-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Mt Eden NAL Structural Geological Long Section MC60 East Sheet 1 of 1 CRLEFC-RME-000-DRG-2179-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Mt Eden NAL Cross Sections East Sheet 1 of 2 CRL-EFC-RME-000-DRG-2180-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Mt Eden NAL Cross Sections East Sheet 2 of 2 CRL-EFC-RME-000-DRG-2181-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Mt Eden NAL Structural Geological Long Section MC10 and MC40 NAL Sheet 1 of 2 CRL-EFC-RME-000-DRG-2182-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Mt Eden NAL Structural Geological Long Section MC10 and MC40 NAL Sheet 2 of 2 CRL-EFC-RME-000-DRG-2183-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Mt Eden NAL Structural Geological Long Section MC10 and MC40 NAL Sheet 1 of 1 CRL-EFC-RME-000-DRG-2184-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Mt Eden NAL Cross Sections NAL Sheet 1 Aurecon NZ Ltd of 1 CRL-EFC-RME-000-DRG-2185-1.0
1.0
13.05.16
South Tunnels Plan- Southern Junction CRL-NJT-RME-000-DRG-2190-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
South Tunnels Section- Southern Portal CRL-NJT-RME-000-DRG-2191-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
South Tunnels Section- Southern Junction CRL-NJT-RME-000-DRG-2192-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
North And South Tunnels Segmental Lining General Arrangement CRl-SYWRME-000-DRG-2196-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
North and South Tunnels Cross Passage CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2197-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
69
Aotea Station Construction Support Area 1 Aurecon NZ Ltd (Indicative Layout) Aotea Station CRLAOT-RME-000-DRG-2951-1.0
1.0
13.05.16
Karangahape Station Construction Support Area 2 (Indicative Layout) Beresford Square CRL-KRD-RME-000DRG-2961-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Karangahape Station Construction Support Area 3 (Indicative Layout) Mercury Lane CRL-KRD-RME-000-DRG2962-A
Aurecon NZ Ltd
A
13.05.16
Mt Eden NAL Construction Support Area 4 Aurecon NZ Ltd (Indicative Layout) Tunnelling Phase CRLMTE-RME-000-DRG-2971-1.0
1.0
13.05.16
Mt Eden NAL Construction Support Area 5 Aurecon NZ Ltd (Indicative Layout) Station and Tie Into NAL CRL-MTE-RME-000-DRG-2972-1.0
1.0
13.05.16
Settlement Contours Mechanical Settlement Plan Sheet 1 of 6 CRL-SYWRME-000-DRG-2601-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Settlement Contours Mechanical Settlement Plan Sheet 2 of 6 CRL-SYWRME-000-DRG-2602-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Settlement Contours Mechanical Settlement Plan Sheet 3 of 6 CRL-SYWRME-000-DRG-2603-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Settlement Contours Mechanical Settlement Plan Sheet 4 of 6 CRL-SYWRME-000-DRG-2604-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Settlement Contours Mechanical Settlement Plan Sheet 5 of 6 CRL-SYWRME-000-DRG-2605-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Settlement Contours Mechanical Settlement Plan Sheet 6 of 6 CRL-SYWRME-000-DRG-2606-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Settlement Contours And Building Assessment Mechanical And Consolidation Settlement Sheet 1 of 6 CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2610-3.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
14.10.16
70
Settlement Contours And Building Assessment Mechanical And Consolidation Settlement Sheet 2 of 6 CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2611-3.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
14.10.16
Settlement Contours And Building Assessment Mechanical And Consolidation Settlement Sheet 3 of 6 CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2612-3.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
30.09.16
Settlement Contours And Building Assessment Mechanical And Consolidation Settlement Sheet 4 of 6 CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2613-4.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
14.10.16
Settlement Contours And Building Assessment Mechanical And Consolidation Settlement Sheet 5 of 6 CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2614-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Settlement Contours And Building Assessment Mechanical And Consolidation Settlement Sheet 6 of 6 CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2615-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
13.05.16
Aotea To NAL Trigger Levels Table And Notes Sheet 1 of 2 CRL-SYW-RME-000DRG-2640-4.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
14.10.16
Aotea To NAL Trigger Levels Table And Notes Sheet 2 of 2 CRL-SYW-RME-000DRG-2642-3.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
11.10.16
Geological Longsection Aotea Station Sheet 1 of 2 CRL-AOT-GEO-000-DRG0011-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
25.05.16
Geological Longsection Aotea Station Sheet 2 of 2 CRL-AOT-GEO-000-DRG0012-1.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1.0
25.05.16
Ground Investigation Locations CRL And Non-CRL (Detailed) 3 of 15 CRL-SYWGEO-000-DRG-0029-3.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
3.0
24.06.16
Ground Investigation Locations CRL And Non-CRL (Detailed) 4 of 15 CRL-SYWGEO-000-DRG-0030-3.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
3.0
24.06.16
Ground Investigation Locations CRL And Non-CRL (Detailed) 5 of 15 CRL-SYW-
Aurecon NZ Ltd
3.0
24.06.2016
71
GEO-000-DRG-0031-3.0 Geological and Hydrogeological Cross Section Wellesley Street CRL-SYW-GEO000-SKE-0017-4.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
4.0
05.07.2016
Geological and Hydrogeological Cross Section Victoria Street CRL-SYW-GEO000-SKE-0018-3.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
3.0
23.06.2016
Geological And Hydrogeological Cross Section DR6MC30 Chainage 1750-2100 CRL-SYW-GEO-000-SKE-0028-5.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
5.0
05.07.2016
Geological and Hydrogeological Cross Section Beresford Square CRL-SYWGEO-000-SKE-0029-3.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
3.0
05.07.2016
Geological and Hydrogeological Cross Section Cross Street CRL-SYW-GEO000-SKE-0030-3.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
3.0
05.07.2016
Ground Investigation Locations CRL And Non-CRL (Detailed) 1 of 15 CRL-SYWGEO-000-DRG-0027-2.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
23.06.2016
Ground Investigation Locations CRL And Non-CRL (Detailed) 2 of 15 CRL-SYWGEO-000-DRG-0028-2.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
23.06.2016
Ground Investigation Locations CRL And Non-CRL (Detailed) 3 of 15 CRL-SYWGEO-000-DRG-0029-2.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
23.06.2016
Ground Investigation Locations CRL And Non-CRL (Detailed) 4 of 15 CRL-SYWGEO-000-DRG-0030-2.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
23.06.2016
Ground Investigation Locations CRL And Non-CRL (Detailed) 5 of 15 CRL-SYWGEO-000-DRG-0031-2.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
23.06.2016
Ground Investigation Locations CRL And Non-CRL (Detailed) 6 of 15 CRL-SYWGEO-000-DRG-0032-2.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
23.06.2016
Ground Investigation Locations CRL And Non-CRL (Detailed) 7 of 15 CRL-SYWGEO-000-DRG-0033-2.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
23.06.2016
Ground Investigation Locations CRL And Non-CRL (Detailed) 8 of 15 CRL-SYW-
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
23.06.2016
72
GEO-000-DRG-0034-2.0 Ground Investigation Locations CRL And Non-CRL (Detailed) 9 of 15 CRL-SYWGEO-000-DRG-0035-2.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
23.06.2016
Ground Investigation Locations CRL And Non-CRL (Detailed) 10 of 15 CRL-SYWGEO-000-DRG-0036-2.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
23.06.2016
Ground Investigation Locations CRL And Non-CRL (Detailed) 11 of 15 CRL-SYWGEO-000-DRG-0037-2.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
23.06.2016
Ground Investigation Locations CRL And Non-CRL (Detailed) 12 of 15 CRL-SYWGEO-000-DRG-0038-2.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
23.06.2016
Ground Investigation Locations CRL And Non-CRL (Detailed)13 of 15 CRL-SYWGEO-000-DRG-0039-2.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
23.06.2016
Ground Investigation Locations CRL And Non-CRL (Detailed)14 of 15 CRL-SYWGEO-000-DRG-0040-2.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
23.06.2016
Ground Investigation Locations CRL And Non-CRL (Detailed)15 of 15 CRL-SYWGEO-000-DRG-0041-2.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
23.06.2016
Geological Long Section DR6MC30 Chainage 2750-3100m CRL-SYW-GEO000-SKE-0033-2.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
07.07.16
Geological and Hydrogeological Long Section DR6MC20 Chainage 3050-3400 CRL-SYW-GEO-000-SKE-0034-2.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
07.07.16
Geological Cross Section At DR6MC50 Chainage 625 CRL-SYW-GEO-000-SKE0042-2.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
05.07.16
Geological And Hydrogeological Cross Section At DR6MC20 Chainage 3185 CRL-SYW-GEO-000-SKE-0045-2.0
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2.0
05.07.16
Geological Cross Section At DR6MC20 Aurecon NZ Ltd Chainage 3312 CRL-SYW-GEO-000-SKE0046-2.0
2.0
05.07.16
Queen Street Plumbing And Drainage Services Permanent Works Foul Water-
A
18.11.2015
Aurecon NZ Ltd
73
Ground Level CRL-BTM-DRN-000-DRG1310-A Queen Street Plumbing And Drainage Aurecon NZ Ltd Services Permanent Works Surface Water- Ground Level CRL-BTM-DRN-000DRG-1610-A
A
18.11.2015 q
Aotea Station Station North Drainage Layout CRL-AOT-DRN-000-DRG-1101-3
Aurecon NZ Ltd
3
22.06.16
Aotea Station Station South Drainage Layout CRL-AOT-DRN-000-DRG-1102-2
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2
21.03.16
Karangahape Station Station North Drainage Layout CRL-KRD-DRN-000DRG-1101-2
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2
08.04.16
Karangahape Station Station South Drainage Layout CRL-KRD-DRN-000DRG-1102-2
Aurecon NZ Ltd
2
05.07.16
CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2901
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1
CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2902
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1
CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2903
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1
CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2904
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1
CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2905
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1
CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2906
Aurecon NZ Ltd
1
Other additional information
Author
Rev
Dated
Stakeholder Meeting Minutes: Nikau Street Aurecon NZ Ltd 1950mm dia. Stormwater Diversion
0
22 January 2016
Mana Whenua Forum
Auckland Transport
-
10 December 2015
Section 92 Response Groundwater
Pattle Delamore Partners Ltd
-
29 June 2016
CRL Monthly Mana Whenua Forum
Auckland Transport
-
19 May 2016
Section 92 Response Groundwater Figures
Pattle Delamore Partners Ltd
-
29 June 2016
Section 92 Response Contamination
Golder Associates -
30 June 2016
74
Cone Penetrometer test Karangahape Station
Aurecon NZ Ltd
-
14.06.2016
Section 92 Response
Aurecon NZ Ltd
-
30.06.2016
Aotea Station PLAXIS analysis – Bluestone wall sections
Aurecon NZ Ltd
-
29.06.2016
Further S92 Response
Aurecon NZ Ltd
-
08.07.2016
Ground Settlement question 89 answer
Aurecon NZ Ltd
-
05.07.2016
Further s92 Response Groundwater
Pattle Delamore Partners Ltd
-
08.07.2016
Further S92 Response Question 88 answer
Aurecon NZ Ltd
-
01.07.2016
Earthtech Memo Ref m3256-1
Aurecon NZ Ltd
-
22.08.16
CRL-MTE-UTI-000-MEM-0012 Preliminary Flood Assessment Results and Mitigation Measures
Aurecon NZ Ltd
-
31.08.16
Hydrological and Hydraulic Review of the CRL Southern Connection Modelling
Richard Smedley – Senior Stormwater Specialist, Healthy Waters Department
01.09.2016
Preliminary Flood Assessment: Consenting Analysis of potential downstream mitigation requirements
Aurecon NZ Ltd
9.09.2016
Proposed Auckland Unitary Plan (Decision Version) assessment tables:
Golder Associates
September 2016
Aurecon / Golder Associates
20 September 2016
b.
Earthworks
c.
Groundwater diversion and take
d.
Water Quality
e.
Contaminated land
f.
Air Quality
g.
Stormwater
h.
Industrial and Trade activities
Proposed Auckland Unitary Plan Auckland Council Decisions Version 2016 (CRLMTE-UTI-000-MEM-00XX)
75
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station
Appendix C Site Layout Plans
Page 66
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
SW
SW
SW
SW SW
SW
SW
FO
SWSW
VECTOR ELEC
SW
T
VE FO
T VG
T S
VG
240
S
FO
SW SW
T
SW SW SW S
VG
T
SW SW SW S
T
SW SW SW S
SW SW SW S
FO VE
FO
VG
VE
VE
VG
VE
FO
VE
VG
X
VG
VE
FO
VE VE
SW
6 3.
VE VG
VE VG
VE
VG
VE VG
VG
VG
VG
VG
VG
SW
VG VE FO
SW 90
100mm
13
S
VG VE
R
SD
PE S 10 0
VG VE FO 25 0 m m
SW
REVISIONS 80
FO
SW
SW SW
70
1
VE VG
SW
60
SW PE m m
VE VG
SW
50
0
S
SW
VG VE FO
.6
VE VG
FO
40
S S
S S S 400 mm PE100 SDR 13.6
SW
DRAWN
DESCRIPTION
63
250 mm PE100 SDR 13.6 S S S
VG
FO
30
A1
FOR INFORMATION APPROVED
PROJECT:
CITY RAIL LINK
ZONE:
AOTEA STATION
D. ROLLO
TITLE:
P. KOSTANICH FOR INFORMATION
0
S
VICTORIA STREET WEST
VG VE
FO
VG VE FO VG VE FO
VG
FO
20
SIZE
E. CHANG
A
00
20
FO
VG VE
FO
VG VE
FO
T VG SW
VG VE FO
VG
FO
CREATOR ID : CRL_AOT_390_00_LKA_SKE_000001
COMPANY NUMBER : 6267870
SCALE AS SHOWN
DESIGNED
REV
10
4. ALL AREAS ARE INDICATIVE ONLY.
Link Alliance has prepared this document for the sole use of the client and for a specific purpose, each as expressly stated in the document. No other third party should rely on this document without the written consent of Link Alliance. Link Alliance undertakes no duty, nor accepts any responsibility, to any third party who may rely upon or use this document.
CLIENT:
0
3. ALL DRAWINGS SHALL BE READ IN CONJUNCTION 69 WITH AOTEA STATION STAGE 1 TO 3 UTILITY RELOCATION WORKS ESCP AND CEMP.
10m
SCALE 1:250
SW R 1 SD
FO VG VE
FO
39
20
25
VG
VG VE
FO
T VG SW
VE
T
SW
T T VG SW
VG
FO
SW
T VG SW T VG SW T VG SW T
VG SW T
VG
VE
FO
SW
KINGSTON STREET
VG SW
SW
VG
VE
FO
SW
2. STABILISED ENTRANCEWAYS ARE REQUIRED AT ANY ENTRY OR EXIT POINT OF A CONSTRUCTION SITE.
6
S
VG
VE
FO
S
1. FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL MEASURE STANDARD DETAILS REFER TO GUIDELINE DOCUMENT 005.67
E CHANG
22/08/2019
CHECKED
DATE
APPROVED
DATE
C. SECRETIN
22/08/2019
This drawing is confidential and shall only be used for the purpose of this project. The signing of this title block confirms the design and drafting of this project have been prepared and checked in accordance with the Link Alliance quality assurance system to ISO 9001-2000.
EROSION AND SEDIMENT AOTEA STATION - STAGE 1 SHEET 1 OF 2 PROJECT
DOCUMENT:
ZONE
DISCIPLINE
ORGANISTION
TYPE
SHEET
CRL - AOT - RME - LKA - SKE - 000001
REVISION
A
00 SDR 13.6
SW
SW
T
NOTES:
20
VE
SW
4
300
VG
VE
FO
SW
X X
SW
SW
57-59
SW
VG
VE
SW
VG
SW
VG
SW
VG
VG
SW
VG
SW
VG
VE
FO
SW
VG
VE
FO
VE S SW SW
VG
VE
FO
VE S SW SW
VG
VE
FO
VE S SW SW
VG
VE
FO
S
VG
S
VE
VG
S FO SW SW
VG
FO S
VG
SW
VE S
SW VE SW FO
5
S
VE
SW VE SW FO
X
VE
VG
0
0 SDR 13.6
225Ø SW X
VE
SW VE FO
SW SW
VE
SW VE SW VE S FO S S FO
SW
S
VE
SW VE SFO
X
VE
SW SFO
SW SW
VE
SW S FO
SW
S
SW
SW VE FOS
X
VE S SW SW
FO S
SW
VE VESW S FO S
SW
VE S SW SW
VG
VESW S FO
SW
VG
VESW S FO
X
VE
VG VE S
FO
SW
VE
VG
VESW S
X
T
T
T
T SW
X
SW
VE SW S FO
X
SW
VE S FO
VE SWS FO
SW
X
VG VE
VG VG SDR VG 160 13.6 VE mm PE100 VE VE S SDR 13.6S 250Smm PE100 FO SW FO SW FO SW
VE SW S FO
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
0
0
S SW
FO
51-53
280
T
T
SW
FO
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
SW
T
T
T
T
SW
T
SW
VG VE
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
375Ø
FO
SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW S S S S S S SSW VG VG VG VG VG VG VG VG SW VG VG VE VE VE VE VE VE T T T T T T T VE
2.5
SW
VG VE
SW SW SW S VG VE
SW
T
T
T
T
T
T
89
SW
FO
SW
SW
T
T
85 81
S SW
VE
SW SW SW S
225Ø
40
VE
SW SW SW S
SW
Any temporary stockpiles should not be located within overland flow paths or flood plains and should be disposed at an approved facility
150Ø
260
T
T VG
SW
T T T SW SW SW 630 mm PE100 SDR 13.6
T
SW SW SW S
VG
SW
T
SW
SW
SW
SW
T S
SW SW
VG
SW
SW
T S
SW SW
SW SW
VG
SW
CONTINUATION - REFER TO SHEET 2
T S
VG
VG
VE
SW
S SW
VG
65-71 63
61
300Ø
T
S
SW
T VG
225Ø
300Ø
SW
X
525Ø
SW
X
20
T VG
VE
T SW
T VG
SW
T
VG T
T
VE
T
VG
SETTLEMENT TANK TO DISCHARGE THROUGH A PIPE TO AN EXISTING CATCHPIT
ALBERT STREET
5Ø W 22 S X
SW
T
T
VG
VE
T
T
VG
SW
VG
VE
VG
VE
VG
T
FO
T VG
225Ø
VG
VG
VG
225Ø
Last saved by: PERRY.KOSTANICH(2019-08-22) Last Plotted: 2019-08-22 Filename: AECOM_DS10_AU\Documents\60604837-CRL C3-Alliance Detail Design\DesignJV\900 CAD-GIS\01_WIP\25-SKETCHES\CRL-AOT-RME-LKA-SKE-000001
T
T VE
VG
T
VE
SW
FO
VE
T VE
102
VG
SW
86
SW
SW SW SW SW 300mm RCRRJ Class 4
VE
CITYLINK 47
T
CL
FO
CHORUS T
VG VG
VODAFONE
C
T
VE
T
T
T
43 VECTOR COMMS FO
T
VECTOR GAS
FO
VE
POTABLE WATER
VG
W VG
T
STORMWATER SW
SW
SW
WASTEWATER FO
S
VG
STORMWATER
107
70-74 38
VICTORIA STREET WEST
FO
EXISTING
SW
FO
PROPOSED
FO
VG
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
FO
VG
SW
DURHAM STREET WEST
VE VE VE
SILT SOCK
UTILITIES LEGEND:
VE
76-84
FO
VG
VG
SW
SW SW
34-36
SW SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW SW
15
SW
SW SW
SW
TN
WYNDHAM STREET
37-41 SETTLEMENT TANK
>
100
30
DIRTY WATER DIVERSION SW INLET PROTECTION
0
28
CLEAN WATER DIVERSION BUND
220
SW
SW
STABILISED ENTRANCE
> >
VE
SW
ESCP LEGEND:
VE
26
VE
SW
EXISTING CRL DESIGNATION BOUNDARIES
S
N
PEDESTRIAN ACCESS ROUTES
S
24
80
SW
SW
WORK ZONE C2.2 UTILITY WORKS ZONE (PREVIOUSLY CONSENTED)
200
ISO A1 594mm x 841mm
LEGEND:
W VG
SW
FO FO
FO
W VG
FO SW SW FO SW SW VG
W VG VG
W
T
FO VE
S FO
S FO
VE SW
VE SW S FO
VE SW S FO
VE SW S
FO
VE SWS
FO
VE S SW
FO
VE S SW
FO
VE SSW
FO
VE S FO SW
S FO
VE SW
S FO
VE SW
S FO
VE VE VE SW S FO SW S FO SWS
FO
VE S SW
VE S FO SW
VES FO SW
VES SW FO
VE S SW FO
SVE SW FO
S VE SW S VE SW S VE FO FO FO
SWS
VE FO
S SW
VE FO
T VE
SW
SVE FO SW
S SW
VE S FO SW
VE
S FO SWm 1.50
VE
SW W
SW
SW W S T VE SW SW T VE
SW FO SW VG
VG
FO
SW
FO
SW VG
T FO
SW VG
T FO
SW SW FO
SW SW SW SW
SW SW FO
SW VG T VE SW VG T
SW SW
SW
FO
SW VG T VE
SW SW
SW
SW
S
S
S
S
W VG
SW SW
S
FO
SW
VE
SW
FO
VG S W VG T VE
SW
SW
SW SW
SW
VG
VG
SW
SW VG
T FO
SW SW FO
SW SW FO
SW W VG S T VE
SW
SW W VG S T VE
SW
SW W VGS T VE
SW
SW SW SW
S
S
SW
SW S
SW
VE
S
SW
SW SW
VG
S
SW
FO
VE
SW SW
SW SW
S SW FO
FO
SW
VG ST
FO
VG
S
SW SW
VE
FO
VG
SW
FO
VG VE
S
VG
VG VE FO
VG VE FO
S FO
S
52
VG
SW
SW
VE S SW
SW
SW
VE VE VE VE S S S S SW FO SW FO SW FO SW
VE
VG
SW
T FO
SW
T
S SW
VG
VG
FO T FO VE
FO
SW VG
FO
SWS
S
FO
VE SW S FO
FO
SW
VE SW S FO
VGW
FO
VE
VE S
SW
SW
S
VE S FO
S
VE S FO
VE
VE S FO
FO
VE S FO
VE
VE S FO
FO
S
VE
VE FO
FO
S
VE
VE FO
FO
S
VE
VE S FO
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
VE
T
T
VG
T
T SW
FO
SW
SW
T
VE
SW
WELLESLEY STREET WEST
T
VG
18.12 m
SW
T
SW
FO T
SW
SW
SW
T
FO
VG
SW
SW
SW T
T
SW
SW
SW
SW T
W VG
T T
VE
VG
FO
SW
VG VE FO
SW
T
18.65 m W S
18.03 m
T
SWSW
SW
99 44
VG
VE W
225Ø UNKNOWN
X T
FO
VE
T
SW
W VG
SW SW
VG VE FO
VG
T
T
SW
SW
SW T
T
T
125
T
T
SW SW
FO
SW
VE
T T
SW
T
SW
SW
SW
SW
T
T
129-135 103
VG
T
T
T
T
SW
SW
SW
SW
T
SW
VG
SW
T
VE T
SW
SW T
W VG
CITYLINK
SW
SW
T
W VG
CL
VG
W
VE
VG
W
VG
W
SW X
SW X
VG
VG
W
VE
SW SW X
T
VE
SW
T
SW
CHORUS
VG
SW
S S SW
S SW
T
SWS
T
FO
SW
W VG
SW
SW
SW
SW SW
FO
SW
W VG
SW
N VICTORIA STREET WEST
SW
SW
FO
SW
VE
SW
T
SW
VODAFONE
C
W VG
T
FO
SW SW
S
VG
T
T
VE
SW
W
T
T
X
VG
T
T
T
VE
T
T
T VE
FO
X
VECTOR ELEC
T
SW
T
FOTN
FO
SW
VECTOR COMMS FO
VE
VE S FO
X
VECTOR GAS
FO
SETTLEMENT TANK TO DISCHARGE TO AN EXISTING SW MANHOLE. THE MANHOLE NEEDS TO BE PROTECTED FOR PUBLIC SAFETY.
ALBERT STREET
T
SW
POTABLE WATER
T
T
W
T
T
STORMWATER
SW
VG
T
SW
WASTEWATER
T
W VG VE SW
SW
VE
SW
VE
SW
FO
SW
SW
SW
FO
S
VE FO
SW
SW
SW
T VE
STORMWATER
T
SW
SW
SW
FO
S
SW
T VE
S
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
T VE
SW S
SW
T
SW
T SW
SW
T SW
SW
T SW
SW
T SW
SW
FO
SW
VE
SW
FO
SW
DIRTY WATER TO BE DIVERTED THROUGH A PIPE TO THE NEIGHBORING CONSTRUCTION AREA TO BE TREATED IN A SETTLEMENT TANK
SW
225Ø UNKNOWN
SW
VE
T
T
SW
FO
138 112
106
SW
VE
104
SW
VE
EXISTING
SW
37
SW
FO
PROPOSED 120-130
SW
VG VE
UTILITIES LEGEND:
SW
VG
VG
VG
VG
FO
SILT SOCK
T
VG
FO
SETTLEMENT TANK
VG
VG
DIRTY WATER DIVERSION
>
VG VE
VG
CLEAN WATER DIVERSION BUND
SW INLET PROTECTION
VG VE
VG
STABILISED ENTRANCE
> >
T
VE
VE
VE
VE
VG
ESCP LEGEND: 40
VE
VE
SW
VE
S
CONTINUATION - REFER TO SHEET 1
49
SW SW
SW
NOTES: 66
1. FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL MEASURE STANDARD DETAILS REFER TO GUIDELINE DOCUMENT 005.
SW
100 88
SW SW
86
SW
2. STABILISED ENTRANCEWAYS ARE REQUIRED AT ANY ENTRY OR EXIT POINT OF A CONSTRUCTION SITE. SW SW
68
SW
3. ALL DRAWINGS SHALL BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH AOTEA STATION STAGE 1 TO 3 UTILITY RELOCATION WORKS ESCP AND CEMP.
2.5
0
5
10m
4. ALL AREAS ARE INDICATIVE ONLY.
SW SW
Last saved by: PERRY.KOSTANICH(2019-08-22) Last Plotted: 2019-08-22 Filename: AECOM_DS10_AU\Documents\60604837-CRL C3-Alliance Detail Design\DesignJV\900 CAD-GIS\01_WIP\25-SKETCHES\CRL-AOT-RME-LKA-SKE-000002
EXISTING CRL DESIGNATION BOUNDARIES
T
SWSW
PEDESTRIAN ACCESS ROUTES
S
T
WORK15-31 ZONE
C2.2 UTILITY WORKS ZONE (PREVIOUSLY CONSENTED)
SW
ISO A1 594mm x 841mm
LEGEND:
SCALE 1:250 Link Alliance has prepared this document for the sole use of the client and for a specific purpose, each as expressly stated in the document. No other third party should rely on this document without the written consent of Link Alliance. Link Alliance undertakes no duty, nor accepts any responsibility, to any third party who may rely upon or use this document.
CREATOR ID : CRL_AOT_390_00_LKA_SKE_000002
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100mm
SIZE A1
FOR INFORMATION APPROVED
PROJECT:
CITY RAIL LINK
ZONE:
AOTEA STATION
E CHANG DRAWN
D. ROLLO
TITLE:
P. KOSTANICH A REV
COMPANY NUMBER : 6267870
SCALE AS SHOWN
DESIGNED REVISIONS
CLIENT:
FOR INFORMATION DESCRIPTION
E CHANG
22/08/2019
CHECKED
DATE
APPROVED
DATE
C. SECRETIN
22/08/2019
This drawing is confidential and shall only be used for the purpose of this project. The signing of this title block confirms the design and drafting of this project have been prepared and checked in accordance with the Link Alliance quality assurance system to ISO 9001-2000.
EROSION AND SEDIMENT AOTEA STATION - STAGE 1 SHEET 2 OF 2 PROJECT
DOCUMENT:
ZONE
DISCIPLINE
ORGANISTION
TYPE
SHEET
CRL - AOT - RME - LKA - SKE - 000002
REVISION
A
SW
SW
SW SW
SW SW
SW SW
SW
SW
W VG
W VG W VG W VG
W VG W
SW
W
VG W W VE
VG
W
VGW
SW
SW
SW
SW W VGS T VE
SW
SW
SW W VG S T VE
SW
SW W VG S T VE
SW W S T VE
SW
VG
SW SW T VE
S S
S
SW
SW
18.65 m W S
VE
SW W
VG ST
S S
VE FO
S W VG T VE
SW
S
SW
SW SW VG T VE
S S
SW SW VG T VE
SW S
SW SW VG T
SW
NOTES:
S
1. FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL MEASURE STANDARD DETAILS REFER TO GUIDELINE DOCUMENT 005.
T
VE
2. STABILISED ENTRANCEWAYS ARE REQUIRED AT ANY ENTRY OR EXIT POINT OF A CONSTRUCTION SITE. VE
S
SFO VE VG
SW
FO
FO
VE
VE
FO
VE
VE VG
VG
VG
T VG
SW
SW
T
W VG
SW
FO
SW
VG VE FO
W VG
S
SW
VE
VG
FO
VE VG VE FO
VE
52
3. ALL DRAWINGS SHALL BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH AOTEA STATION STAGE 1 TO 3 UTILITY RELOCATION WORKS ESCP AND CEMP.
T SW
SCALE 1:250
4. ALL AREAS ARE INDICATIVE ONLY.
16
SW
CONTINUATION - REFER TO SHEET 2
SW
SW
SW T T
SW
SWSW
X
225Ø UNKNOWN
T
SW
VE W VG VE SW W VG VE
W VG VE
W VG VE W VG T VE
SW
VE VG
FO VE
VG
VG
VG
VG
VG
VG
SW
VG
VE
SW
VG
VG
VG
FO
SW
VG
VE
SW
VG
VG
SW
VG
VG
SW
VG
VG
VG
FO
S
VE SW
SW
FO
FO
VG
FO
SW
VG
VG
44
T
SW
VG
VG
SW
VE SW SW
T VG
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
FO VE SW T
SW
VE SW S FO
T VG SW
VE
VG
W W
VE VG
SW X
SW
SW
T SW
S
VE SW S FO
T SW
VE
VG
X
SW
X
SW X
SW
X
SW T SW T SW T SW
FO
FO VE
VE
VE SW S FO
X
VG
FO FO
VE SW SFO
T
VG
S FO
VE SW
T
VE
S FO VE SW
SW
VE
VG
X
VE FOS
S
VE
S
S
VE SW FO S
SW
VG VE FO
SW
SW
VESW FO S
T VG SW
SW
S
VESW FO S
SW
VE
SW SW
SW S S X
T T T T
FO VE
VE
SW
VG
S
VESW S FO
S VESW FO
SW
VE
VG
S VE SW FO
SW
VG
VE
VG VG VG VG VG VE VE VE VE S VE S S S SW FO SW FO SW FO SW FO
X
VG
S
S SW S S SW S
SWS
T T
SW
SW
FO
T VE FO
T VE FO VE
VG VG
VE
VE
FO
SW
VG
VE
SW
SW
SW SW
FO FO
SW SW
VE FO T VE
FO
T VE
VG VG VG
SW
SW SW
SW
SW
FO
VICTORIA STREET WEST
FO VG
VG VG VG VG
SW
SW SW SW
SW
SW
SW SWSW
VG
FO
SW SW SW SW
SW
DURHAM STREET WEST
VE VE
VE VE
VE
SW
SW
SW
SW
VE
S SW FO
FO
T SW
VG VE
VG VE
VG VE
SW
FO
FO
FO
S FO
T SW
VE
SW
SW
T
VE
S FO SWm 1.50
KINGSTON STREET
VE S FO SW
SW
S SW
SW
VE FO
SW
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
SW
S SW
T
T
T
SW
VE FO
SW
SW
SW
SWS
VG S
SW
SW
S VE SW S VE SW S VE FO FO FO
VE S SW FO
VG
SW
VE S SW FO
SW S
SW
VE S SW FO
SW
SW
VE S SW FO
VG
SW SW S
SW
VE SSW FO
T
SW
FO
T
T
T
T
S
VE VE VE SW S FO SW S FO SWS
SW
SW SW
VE SW
VG
SW
VE
VE SW
SW SW SW SW SW SW S S VG VG SW VE
S
SW
SW SW
S
S FO
SW
SW SW
SW SW
VE S FO SW
S SW VG
S
SW
VE
VE S SW
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
SW SW S
S
T
SW
SW SW
T SW
T
SW SW S
VE
T
SW
SW SW
S
SW
SW
SW
T
S
SW
VE
VE
SW SW
T
T
T T
T VE
VE
T
T
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
T
S SW SW
T VG
T
S
T
SW S
VG
T
VE S SW SW
VE S SW FO
VE S SW
SW
SW SW
VG
T
VE S SW SW
T
SW S
SW SW
VG
T
SW
S FO
S FO
SW
T
T
SW S
VG
T
VE S SW SW
FO
T
T
SW
SW
SW
SW
T
T
SW SW SW S
SW
VG
T
VE S SW
VE SSW
T
VG
SW
FO
T
SW
SW
SW
SW
T
103 99
66
Link Alliance has prepared this document for the sole use of the client and for a specific purpose, each as expressly stated in the document. No other third party should rely on this document without the written consent of Link Alliance. Link Alliance undertakes no duty, nor accepts any responsibility, to any third party who may rely upon or use this document.
CREATOR ID : CRL_AOT_390_00_LKA_SKE_000003
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100mm
SIZE A1
FOR INFORMATION APPROVED
PROJECT:
CITY RAIL LINK
ZONE:
AOTEA STATION
E CHANG DRAWN
D. ROLLO
TITLE:
P. KOSTANICH A REV
COMPANY NUMBER : 6267870
SCALE AS SHOWN
DESIGNED REVISIONS
CLIENT:
FOR INFORMATION DESCRIPTION
22/08/2019
E CHANG
CHECKED
DATE
APPROVED
DATE
C. SECRETIN
22/08/2019
This drawing is confidential and shall only be used for the purpose of this project. The signing of this title block confirms the design and drafting of this project have been prepared and checked in accordance with the Link Alliance quality assurance system to ISO 9001-2000.
EROSION AND SEDIMENT AOTEA STATION - STAGE 2 SHEET 1 OF 2 PROJECT
DOCUMENT:
ZONE
DISCIPLINE
ORGANISTION
TYPE
SHEET
CRL - AOT - RME - LKA - SKE - 000003
REVISION
A
VE S SW
ALBERT STREET
T
SW
SW
SW
T
SW
CITYLINK
SW
S
SW S
SW S
T
CONTINUATION - REFER TO SHEET 1
CL
T
SW
VG
T VG
T VG
10m
SW
T VG
T VG
T
5
SW
VG
0
225Ø UNKNOWN
SW
T
71 T
2.5
CHORUS
T T
SW
SW
6
69
VODAFONE
C
112
106
SW
VG
T
67
T
104
SW
VG
4
VECTOR COMMS FO VECTOR ELEC
SW
T
57-59
STORMWATER
SW
VECTOR GAS
SW
VG
51-53
WASTEWATER
SW
T
89
S
SW
VG
VG
VG
VG
VG
SW
VG
85 81
STORMWATER
FO
VG
SETTLEMENT TANK TO DISCHARGE THROUGH A PIPE TO AN EXISTING CATCHPIT
EXISTING
SW
POTABLE WATER
VG VE
VG
PROPOSED
VG VE
Last saved by: PERRY.KOSTANICH(2019-08-22) Last Plotted: 2019-08-22 Filename: AECOM_DS10_AU\Documents\60604837-CRL C3-Alliance Detail Design\DesignJV\900 CAD-GIS\01_WIP\25-SKETCHES\CRL-AOT-RME-LKA-SKE-000003
VE
102
SILT SOCK
UTILITIES LEGEND: 40
VE
86
>
SW
VE
47
DIRTY WATER DIVERSION SW INLET PROTECTION SETTLEMENT TANK
VE
76-84
0
S
43
CLEAN WATER DIVERSION BUND
S
T
> >
SW
SW
SW
STABILISED ENTRANCE
VE
37-41
ESCP LEGEND:
VE
SW
SW
EXISTING CRL DESIGNATION BOUNDARIES
SW
N
PEDESTRIAN ACCESS ROUTES
20
SW
TN
27-35
SW
SW
SW
SW SW
WORK ZONE C2.2 UTILITY WORKS ZONE (PREVIOUSLY CONSENTED)
SW
ISO A1 594mm x 841mm
LEGEND:
SW FO
ISO A1 594mm x 841mm
SW
SW
SW FO
SW
SW
SW
N
SW SW SW S
S
SWS VG
VG
SW
42
SW
T
STABILISED ENTRANCE FOR SITE COMPOUND
VE VE
T
FO
VG
SW
SW
VG
T
SW
VG
T
FO
SW
WELLESLEY STREET WEST
S
FO SW SW
S
FO SW SW VG
SW
SW FO SW VG
S
S
VG
SW
SW
FO
S
S
S
TN
FO
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
CONTINUATION - REFER TO SHEET 1
120-130
1/2-4/2
4-10 8
4
VE
SW SW
VG VE
SW
SW
SW
T
SW VG VE
SW
SW VG VE
SW T
VE S FO
VE SFO
S
SW
T
T
T
SW VG VE
VG
VG VE
SW T
T
VE S FO
T
T
T
T
S
VE FO
S
VE FO
S
VE S FO
WORK ZONE
1
VG
SW
SW SW
S
SW
LEGEND: SW VG VE FO
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
T
SW
SW VG VE
SW
VG VE SW
T T
SW
SW
SW
FO
SW
SW
T
SW
T FO
T
SW VG
SW
SW
VE FO S
SW FO
SW
VE SW FO
FO
VG
SW
SW
T FO
VG
SW
SW
T FO
VG
SW
VE FO
TT
VG
VG
SW
FO
SW
VG
VG
FO
VG
T
C2.2 UTILITY WORKS ZONE 13 (PREVIOUSLY CONSENTED)
11
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
SW
SW
T
T
SW
T
SW
T
SW
T
VE S FO
VE S FO
VE S FO
VE S FO
SW
VE S
FO
VE SW S FO
VE SW S FO
SWS
FO VE
S SW
FO VE
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
T
T
VE VE VE VE S S S S SW FO SW FO SW FO SW
S FO
VE SW
S FO
VE SW S FO
VE SW S FO
VE SW S
FO
VE SWS
FO
VE S SW
FO
VE S SW
FO
VE SSW
FO
VE S SW
VE S FO SW
S FO
VE SW
S FO
VE SW
S FO
FO
VE VE VE SW S FO SW S FO SWS
VE S SW
VE FO
SW SW
SW SW VG VE FO
T
FO
VG
SW
15
VG
PEDESTRIAN ACCESS ROUTES SW VG VE FO
EXISTING CRL DESIGNATION BOUNDARIES STABILISED ENTRANCE
> >
SW VG VE
SW VG VE
ESCP LEGEND: 44
CLEAN WATER DIVERSION BUND DIRTY WATER DIVERSION
SW VG VE
SW INLET PROTECTION SETTLEMENT TANK
SW VG VE
>
SILT SOCK
UTILITIES LEGEND:
VG VE
PROPOSED
VG
SW
SW SW
VG
SW SW
VG
SW SW
VG
SW SW
VG
SW SW
WELLESLEY STREET WEST
VG
SW SW
FO
FO
SW
FO
VG
SW
FO
FO
SW
FO
SW
SW
T
FO
SW
SW
SW
FO
SW
SW
SW
SW
FO
SW
SW
SW
EXISTING
SW
STORMWATER
S
WASTEWATER
SW
STORMWATER
POTABLE WATER VECTOR GAS
SW
SW SW
FO
MAYORAL DRIVE
SW
SW
FO
SW
SW
SW
SW
VE
VE
VE
VE
VE
VE
VESW
X
SW
VESW
SW
SW VE
SW SW VE
125
SW
129-135 103
SW
SW
SETTLEMENT TANK TO DISCHARGE TO AN EXISTING SW MANHOLE. THE MANHOLE NEEDS TO BE PROTECTED FOR PUBLIC SAFETY.
SW
T T
SW
SW
VG
T
SW
SW VG
T FO
VE
VG
37 138
ALBERT STREET
Last saved by: PERRY.KOSTANICH(2019-08-22) Last Plotted: 2019-08-22 Filename: AECOM_DS10_AU\Documents\60604837-CRL C3-Alliance Detail Design\DesignJV\900 CAD-GIS\01_WIP\25-SKETCHES\CRL-AOT-RME-LKA-SKE-000004
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
30
SW
SW
SW
SETTLEMENT TANK TO SERVICE SITE COMPOUND. IT WILL DISCHARGE TO AN EXISITNG SW MANHOLE ALONG THE PEDESTRIAN WALKWAY. THE MANHOLE NEEDS TO BE PROTECTED FOR PUBLIC SAFETY.
SW
15-31
FO
FO
T
VODAFONE
C
CHORUS
CL
CITYLINK
SW
SW SW
49
100
REVISIONS
CREATOR ID : CRL_AOT_390_00_LKA_SKE_000004
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100mm
SW
SCALE
SIZE
AS SHOWN
A1
DESIGNED
FOR INFORMATION APPROVED
PROJECT:
CITY RAIL LINK
ZONE:
AOTEA STATION
E CHANG DRAWN
D. ROLLO
TITLE:
P. KOSTANICH A REV
COMPANY NUMBER : 6267870
3. ALL DRAWINGS SHALL BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH AOTEA STATION STAGE 1 TO 3 UTILITY RELOCATION WORKS ESCP AND CEMP. 4. ALL AREAS ARE INDICATIVE ONLY.
SW SW
Link Alliance has prepared this document for the sole use of the client and for a specific purpose, each as expressly stated in the document. No other third party should rely on this document without the written consent of Link Alliance. Link Alliance undertakes no duty, nor accepts any responsibility, to any third party who may rely upon or use this document.
FOR INFORMATION DESCRIPTION
1. FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL MEASURE STANDARD DETAILS REFER TO198 GUIDELINE 190 202 DOCUMENT 005. 2. STABILISED ENTRANCEWAYS ARE REQUIRED AT ANY ENTRY OR EXIT POINT OF A CONSTRUCTION SITE.
SW
10m
CLIENT:
10
182
SW
SW SW
5
SW SW
0
SCALE 1:250
0
58
88
86
2.5
NOTES:
SW
SW SW
FO
SW
SW SW
VECTOR COMMS FO VECTOR ELEC
SW
SW SW
FO
56
22/08/2019
E CHANG
CHECKED
DATE
APPROVED
DATE
C. SECRETIN
22/08/2019
This drawing is confidential and shall only be used for the purpose of this project. The signing of this title block confirms the design and drafting of this project have been prepared and checked in accordance with the Link Alliance quality assurance system to ISO 9001-2000.
EROSION AND SEDIMENT AOTEA STATION - STAGE 2 SHEET 2 OF 2 PROJECT
DOCUMENT:
ZONE
DISCIPLINE
ORGANISTION
TYPE
SHEET
CRL - AOT - RME - LKA - SKE - 000004
REVISION
A
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW SW
SW
W VG W VG
SW
SW
W W
X SW
SWSW
SW
SW
SW
18.65 m W S
T
VE
SW
SW
SW T
VE W VG
W VG VE
VGW
S
VG ST
VE
SW W
SW
SW
W VG T VE
SW
VE
44
SW W VG S T VE
SW SW
SW W VG S T VE S W VG T VE
SW SW VG T VE
SW SW VG T VE
SW SW VG T
VE
SW SW S
SW
1. FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL MEASURE STANDARD DETAILS REFER TO GUIDELINE DOCUMENT 005. 2. STABILISED ENTRANCEWAYS ARE REQUIRED AT ANY ENTRY OR EXIT POINT OF A CONSTRUCTION SITE.
T W VG
SW
VG VE FO
W VG
S
NOTES:
VE
SW
S
S S
52
VE
VG
FO VE
VG
FO VE FO VE FO
VG
S
SFO VE VG
T
T
FO
FO
VE
FO
FO
FO
VE
VE
VE
FO
VE
VE VG
VG
VG
VG
VG
VG
SW
SW
T
3. ALL DRAWINGS SHALL BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH AOTEA STATION STAGE 1 TO 3 UTILITY RELOCATION WORKS ESCP AND CEMP.
T
SW SW
103
VG
SW W S T VE
S
SW W VGS T VE
SW
S S
S FO
SW SW T VE
VG
FO
VE VG
FO
VE FO
VG
VG
S
FO
SW
T VG
VE
SW
VG
VG
VG
SW
SW
VG
T
SW
VG
VG
VG
SW
VG
VE
SW
VG
VG
SW
VG
VG
SW
VG
VG
VG
SW
VG
VG
S
VE SW
S
VE
SW
VG
VG
SW
VE SW SW FO
VE SW
SW
T
SW
FO
VE SW S FO
T VG SW
225Ø UNKNOWN
W VG VE SW
W VG
SW SW SW
SW
VE SW S FO
T SW
SW
VE SW S FO
T SW
T
SW
VE
SW
T SW
S
VE
FO FO
VE SW SFO
T SW
VE
VG W W VG
SW
VE
X
X
SW T SW T SW T SW
FO VE FO
VE
VG VG
S FO VE SW
T
VE
S FO
VE SW
T
VE FOS
X
VE
VG W
VG W VE
SW
VG
X
SW X SW
T T
FO VE
FO VE
VG VG
X
VE SW FO S
SW
VG VE FO
S
S
VESW FO S
SW
VG
W
SW SW
SW X SW
X
T T
T VE FO T VE FO VE
VG VG
W VG
SW S S SW S
S SW S
SWS SW S
S
T
SW
SW
T VE FO
SW
SW
SW
T
FO
VICTORIA STREET WEST
SW
SW
VE
FO
T VE FO
SW
SW VE
SW
SW
VESW FO S
T VG SW
SW
S
VG
S
VESW S FO
S VESW FO
SW
VE
SW
FO SW
FO
SW
SW SW
SW SW SW
VG
VE
W VG
SW
SW
SWSW
FO
SW SW
SW
SW
SW
SW VG VG VG
W VG
FO
SW
SW SW SW
SW SW
VG VG
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW SW
SW
VG
VG VG
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW SW
VE
VG
SW
S VE SW FO
SW
VE
VG
VE
VG VG VG VG VG VE VE VE VE S VE S S S SW FO SW FO SW FO SW FO
SW
VE
S SW FO
FO
X
CONTINUATION - REFER TO SHEET 2
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW SW SW SW
DURHAM STREET WEST
VE VE VE
SW
T
VG VE
VG VE
VG VE
SW
FO
FO
FO
S FO
KINGSTON STREET
VE
SW
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
SW
VE
S FO SWm 1.50
T
T
T
SW
VE S FO SW
T
SW
S SW
T
SW
S SW
VE FO
VG SW
SW
SW
SW
SWS
VE FO
VG SW
SW
SW
S VE SW S VE SW S VE FO FO FO
SW
SW
SVE SW FO
VG SW
SW
SW
SVE SW FO
SW
SW
SW
VE S FO SW
VG S
SW
SW
VE S SW FO
T
T
T
SW
VES FO SW
VG
SW S
SW
SW S
FO
SW
SW SW
VE VE VE SW S FO SW S FO SWS
VG
SW SW S
VE
S FO
VG
SW
S
VE SW
SW SW
SW SW SW SW SW SW SW S S VG VG SW VE
SW SW
VE SW
S SW
VE
VE S FO SW
SETTLEMENT TANKS TO DISCHARGE TO AN EXISTING SW CATCHPIT. THE CATCHPIT 99 NEEDS TO BE PROTECTED FOR PUBLIC SAFETY.
16
4. ALL AREAS ARE INDICATIVE ONLY. 66
Link Alliance has prepared this document for the sole use of the client and for a specific purpose, each as expressly stated in the document. No other third party should rely on this document without the written consent of Link Alliance. Link Alliance undertakes no duty, nor accepts any responsibility, to any third party who may rely upon or use this document.
CREATOR ID : CRL_AOT_390_00_LKA_SKE_000005
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100mm
SIZE A1
FOR INFORMATION APPROVED
PROJECT:
CITY RAIL LINK
ZONE:
AOTEA STATION
E CHANG DRAWN
D. ROLLO
TITLE:
P. KOSTANICH A REV
COMPANY NUMBER : 6267870
SCALE AS SHOWN
DESIGNED REVISIONS
CLIENT:
FOR INFORMATION DESCRIPTION
22/08/2019
E CHANG
CHECKED
DATE
APPROVED
DATE
C. SECRETIN
22/08/2019
This drawing is confidential and shall only be used for the purpose of this project. The signing of this title block confirms the design and drafting of this project have been prepared and checked in accordance with the Link Alliance quality assurance system to ISO 9001-2000.
EROSION AND SEDIMENT AOTEA STATION - STAGE 3 SHEET 1 OF 2 PROJECT
DOCUMENT:
ZONE
DISCIPLINE
ORGANISTION
TYPE
SHEET
CRL - AOT - RME - LKA - SKE - 000005
REVISION
A
SW
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
S SW VG SW
S
T
VE
SW SW S
SW SW
T SW
SW
VE
SW T
VE
SW SW S
S
T
SW
SW SW
T
SW SW S
VE
T
SW
SW
SW
SW
T
SW
SW SW
S
T
T
S SW
VE
VE S SW SW
VE S FO SW
VE S SW
T
T
SW
SW
SW
SW
T T
T VE S SW SW
T
T
S
SW SW
T VG
T
VE S SW SW
S FO
S FO
SW
SW T
SW S
VG
T
VE S SW
ALBERT STREET
SW
SW SW
VG
T
SW
CITYLINK
T
SW S
SW SW
VG
T
SW
CL
SW
SW S
VG
T
SW
CHORUS
T
SW SW SW S
SW
VG
T
SCALE 1:250
VODAFONE
C
SW
VG
10m
VECTOR ELEC
T
SW
SW
T
5
VECTOR COMMS FO
VE
SW
S
SW S
SW S
T
0
VECTOR GAS
FO
T
VG
T VG
T VG
71 T
2.5
POTABLE WATER
SW
T VG
T VG
T
SW
SW
6
69
W VG
T
STORMWATER
SW
T
VG
67
SW
T
4
SW
VG
57-59
SW
T
51-53
225Ø UNKNOWN
SW
VG
T
89
WASTEWATER
T T
SW
VG
85 81
S
112
106
SW
T
65-71
STORMWATER
SW
VG
VG
VG
VG
VG
SW
VG
VG
EXISTING
SW
104
VG
102
PROPOSED
VG VE
VE
VE
VE
Last saved by: PERRY.KOSTANICH(2019-08-22) Last Plotted: 2019-08-22 Filename: AECOM_DS10_AU\Documents\60604837-CRL C3-Alliance Detail Design\DesignJV\900 CAD-GIS\01_WIP\25-SKETCHES\CRL-AOT-RME-LKA-SKE-000005
VE
VE
INSET PLAN
SILT SOCK
UTILITIES LEGEND: 40
VE
47 86
SW
VE
76-84
S
T
43
SETTLEMENT TANK
>
S
VE
37-41
SETTLEMENT TANK TO DISCHARGE TO AN EXISTING SW CATCHPIT. THE CATCHPIT NEEDS TO BE PROTECTED FOR PUBLIC SAFETY.
DIRTY WATER DIVERSION SW INLET PROTECTION
VG VE
CANOPY REMOVAL DURING THIS PHASE
CLEAN WATER DIVERSION BUND
SW
SW
STABILISED ENTRANCE
> >
SW
SW
SW
ESCP LEGEND:
T
SW
EXISTING CRL DESIGNATION BOUNDARIES
SW
SW
PEDESTRIAN ACCESS ROUTES
SW
N
20
SW
SW SW
TN
27-35
SW
SW SW
WORK ZONE C2.2 UTILITY WORKS ZONE (PREVIOUSLY CONSENTED)
SW
SW
CONTINUATION - REFER TO INSET PLAN SW
SW
ISO A1 594mm x 841mm
LEGEND:
S
WELLESLEY STREET WES
SW S VG
SW
SW
SW
VE S SW FO
SSW FO
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
SW
SW
T
T
T
SW
SW
SW
SW
T
T
T
T
VE
VE
SW
T
S
FO
VE
S
FO
FO
S
VE
VE
FO
S
VE
S
VE
S FO
VE
S FO
VE
S FO
VE
S SW FO
VE
VE S SW FO
VE S SW FO
VE S
VE S SW FO
SW S FO
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
T
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
T
T
T
T
T
VE
SW S FO
VE
S SW FO
VE
S SW FO
VE
S SW FO
VE
SSW FO
VE
S SW FO
VE
S SW FO
VE
S
SW FO VE
S
SW FO
VE S
VE SW S FO
VE SW S FO
VE SWS FO
VE S SW FO
VE S SW FO
VE SSW FO
VE S SW FO
VE S SW FO
S
VE SW FO
S
VE SW S FO
VE SW S FO
VE SWS FO
VE SW S FO
VE S SW FO
VE SSW FO
VE S SW FO
VE S SW FO
VE S SW FO
SW
VE
VE
VE VE
SW
SWSW VG
VG VE
SW SW
SWSW VG
VG VE
SW SW
SWSW VG
VG VE
SW SW VG VE
SW SW VG
SW SW
VG VG SW
T
VE SW FO
S
S
VE SW FO
SW SW
FO SWSW VG
FO SWSW VG FO SWSW
VG
SWSW VG SWSW VG
T
FO SWSW VG
SWSW VG
FO
VE
S
SW
SW
SW
SW
T
T
T
T
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
T
T
FO
VE FO
T
T
SW
WELLESLEY STREET WEST
SW
FO
FO
SW
FO
VE
VG
SW
FO
VE
VG
SW SW T
SW
SW
FO SWSW
SW
FO SWSW
56
SW
FO SWSW
SW
NOTES:
SW
1. FOR EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 58 MEASURE STANDARD DETAILS REFER TO GUIDELINE DOCUMENT 005.
SW
2. STABILISED ENTRANCEWAYS ARE REQUIRED AT ANY ENTRY OR EXIT POINT OF A CONSTRUCTION SITE. 3. ALL DRAWINGS SHALL BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH AOTEA STATION STAGE 1 TO 3 UTILITY RELOCATION WORKS ESCP AND CEMP. SW
SWSW
VE VE
SW T T T
T T
TT
T
T
SWSW
VE
T T
18.12 m
SW SW SW
SW
SWSW
FO
SW
SWSW
VE
SW
SCALE 1:250
VE
SW
10m
VE
SW
5
44
VE
SW
86
VE
VG SW
SW
88
VE
VG
SW VG
SW
VG
VG
SW VG
SW
T
SW SW
SW
SW
T FO
SW VG T FO
SW VG VG
VG
SW
T
SW
VG
SW
VG
SW
SW
FO
T VG
SW
SW
T FO
S FO
S FO
VG
SW
SW
100
0
VG
SW
VG
SW
SW
X
T
T
T
T
FO
SW
SFO VE
T
T
T
FO
VG VE FO
SW
FO
SW
VE
SW
T FO
S
SW
SW
SW
SW
X
SW
SW
18.03 m
SW
SW
T
SW
FO S
FOS
SW
SW
125
49
2.5
VG
SW SW
SW
SW
T
SW
T
T
1.50 m VE
SW
SW
CITYLINK
CL
SW FO
SW
SW
VODAFONE CHORUS
VE
SW
SW
VECTOR ELEC
T
FO
SW
Last saved by: PERRY.KOSTANICH(2019-08-22) Last Plotted: 2019-08-22 Filename: AECOM_DS10_AU\Documents\60604837-CRL C3-Alliance Detail Design\DesignJV\900 CAD-GIS\01_WIP\25-SKETCHES\CRL-AOT-RME-LKA-SKE-000006
VECTOR COMMS FO
VE
SW
103
SW
VG
SW
T T FO SW VG
SW
CONTINUATION - REFER TO SHEET 1
99
VECTOR GAS
VE
C
STORMWATER
POTABLE WATER
VG FO
EXISTING SW
WASTEWATER
T
S W
T
STORMWATER
SW
VG
SW VG
PROPOSED
FO
FO
SILT SOCK
T
SW VG
T
>
SW
129-135
1/2-4/2
UTILITIES LEGEND: SW
ALBERT STREET
SW
T
SW VG
FO
SETTLEMENT TANK
SW
SETTLEMENT TANK TO DISCHARGE TO AN EXISTING SW MANHOLE. THE MANHOLE NEEDS TO BE PROTECTED FOR PUBLIC SAFETY.
VG
T
T
T
T
DIRTY WATER DIVERSION SW INLET PROTECTION
VG
FO
SW SW
FO SW SW
VG
VG
FO
CLEAN WATER DIVERSION BUND
FO
SW FO SW
VG
FO SW
FO
STABILISED ENTRANCE
> >
VG
N
VG
ESCP LEGEND:
FO
SW
EXISTING CRL DESIGNATION BOUNDARIES
VE
SW
PEDESTRIAN ACCESS ROUTES
VE
TN
C2.2 UTILITY WORKS ZONE42 (PREVIOUSLY CONSENTED)
VE
ISO A1 594mm x 841mm
WORK ZONE
S
225Ø UNKNOWN
S
112
SW
37 138
S
120-130
S
LEGEND:
4. ALL AREAS ARE INDICATIVE ONLY. Link Alliance has prepared this document for the sole use of the client and for a specific purpose, each as expressly stated in the document. No other third party should rely on this document without the written consent of Link Alliance. Link Alliance undertakes no duty, nor accepts any responsibility, to any third party who may rely upon or use this document.
CREATOR ID : CRL_AOT_390_00_LKA_SKE_000006
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100mm
SIZE A1
FOR INFORMATION APPROVED
PROJECT:
CITY RAIL LINK
ZONE:
AOTEA STATION
E CHANG DRAWN
D. ROLLO
TITLE:
P. KOSTANICH A REV
COMPANY NUMBER : 6267870
SCALE AS SHOWN
DESIGNED REVISIONS
CLIENT:
FOR INFORMATION DESCRIPTION
22/08/2019
E CHANG
CHECKED
DATE
APPROVED
DATE
C. SECRETIN
22/08/2019
This drawing is confidential and shall only be used for the purpose of this project. The signing of this title block confirms the design and drafting of this project have been prepared and checked in accordance with the Link Alliance quality assurance system to ISO 9001-2000.
EROSION AND SEDIMENT AOTEA STATION - STAGE 3 SHEET 2 OF 2 PROJECT
DOCUMENT:
ZONE
DISCIPLINE
ORGANISTION
TYPE
SHEET
CRL - AOT - RME - LKA - SKE - 000006
REVISION
A
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station
Appendix D Erosion and Sediment Control Plan Addendum
Page 67
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station
Appendix E Transport Access and Parking Delivery Work Plan Addendum
Page 68
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station
Appendix F Construction Noise and Vibration Delivery Work Plan Addendum
Page 69
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station
Appendix G Historic Character Delivery Work Plan Addendum – Archaeology
Page 70
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station
Appendix H Contaminated Land Delivery Work Plan Addendum
Page 71
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station
Appendix I Air Quality Delivery Work Plan Addendum
Page 72
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station
Appendix J Social Impact and Business Disruption Delivery Work Plan Addendum
Page 73
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station
Appendix K
Page 74
Communication and Consultation Plan Addendum
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station
Appendix L Groundwater Monitoring and Contingency Assessment Memorandum
Page 75
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station
Appendix M Building Condition Surveys (to be undertaken prior to construction) Pre-construction building surveys to be undertaken for the following buildings: - 74 Albert Street; - 4 Kingston Street; - 6-12 Kingston Street; - 83 Albert Street; - 98-102 Albert Street (99 Albert Street is covered in the Building Surveys of the Approved CEMP); - 85 Albert Street; - 66 Victoria Street West; and - 68 Victoria Street West.
Page 76
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station
Appendix N
Records of CLG and IPRP feedback on the CEMP Addendum
CLG Comments Comment ID
Date
Time
Forum
Contributor
Comment
Resolution
1
5/08/2019
1600 -1730hrs
CLG
How much footpath maintained?
Minimum 1.5m maintained. No change to CEMP
2
5/08/2019
1600 -1730hrs
CLG
Da Vinci Restaurant Da Vinci Restaurant
What’s happening with the Harvey Tree?
Intended to be relocated to Teal Park. Relocation works in September. Moved back during 2024. No Change to CEMP.
3
5/08/2019
1600 -1730hrs
CLG
Da Vinci Restaurant
What type of screens? The ones currently in front of the ANZ building are ok.
Can be a mesh screen, with noise mats in place when trenching works undertaken directly adjacent to the building. No Change to CEMP
4
5/08/2019
1600 -1730hrs
CLG
Da Vinci Restaurant
Will drive-way access be maintained?
Yes. Link Alliance will work with property owners and occupiers to maintain access. In some cases, it may be necessary to stage construction across accessways to maintain access. E.g. construct half way across an access, maintain access, then do the other half. No Change to CEMP.
5
5/08/2019
1600 -1730hrs
CLG
Hollywood Bakery - Roy
Will Wyndham Street be closed to traffic?
No. Access will be provided through Wyndham Street, but will need to be carefully managed. The Tie in with C2 occurs within the Wyndham/Albert intersection but can be managed. No change to CEMP
6
5/08/2019
1600 -1730hrs
CLG
Auckland Council Property: Peter Young.
Construction Noise a concern for Bledisloe House (1950’s Ministry of Works Building).
Could have higher more solid (timber) walls at this location given the offices, and permeable screens are not as necessary for way finding or visibility of premises. No change to CEMP.
Page 77
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station 7
5/08/2019
1600 -1730hrs
CLG
Manhattan Apartments: Bruce
Lasers were pointed at some buildings – what were they for and where did the go (Bruce liked them from an amenity perspective, thought they were interesting)?
Lasers were used to monitor movement of buildings and are typically used in construction (laser Scanning). They will reappear on some of the buildings being monitored and are temporary during construction. No change to CEMP
Independent Peer Review Page no.
CEMP Addendum section
9
1.0
12
1.6
13
1.8.2
Page 78
Paragraph/ sentence
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Comment
Resolution
It is suggested that this section provide a link to Section 5.7.2 of the certified CEMP to confirm that this addendum is prepared in accordance with the CEMP Review process as documented.
A sentence has been added to link to Review certification section 5.7.2 of the Approved CEMP.
Table 2 from the certified CEMP needs to be replicated in the addendum document with a reference to the CEMP conditions 19 to 24 and the addendum section which now applies including any new sections. This will provide a cross reference check for the relevant conditions and ensure readability and that compliance is achieved. Note that while the certified CEMP has been reviewed as part of this IPR process that the previous comments provided from the peer review at that time are considered comprehensive and adequate such that no further comment of these items is required. This is a new section that introduces ISCA IS ratings. It is unclear how to distinguish between the IS requirements and the CEMP condition requirements. Appendix R provides some clarity and the updated Table 2 as above will also assist. It is suggested that some further text be added in this section to ensure it is clear on the difference between these requirements that apply.
Table 2 and 3 have been inserted and amended to reflect changes relevant to this CEMP addendum and DWPs in Appendices. Change to CEMP
Change to CEMP
This section has been added for consistency between all CEMPs for CRL C3. The CEMP includes the environmental management matters and links to the sustainability matters. This is not a Council requirement as stated in section 1.7.1: In some cases, the IS requirements are additional to the project’s designation and resource consent requirements and effectively enhance the designation and consent requirements. It is essential that the IS requirements are met to achieve the project’s sustainability goals, however they are not designation or resource consent requirements that require certification by Auckland Council. No change to CEMP
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station It is assumed that this table will need to be updated to reflect the larger volumes that will result from the change in construction methodology.
Table 5A has been updated to reflect the construction methodology changes. Change to CEMP
This refers to the possibility of small amounts of backfill stockpiled for a short period of time. It is assumed that the erosion and sediment control plan will specify this however within the CEMP it is suggested that more certainty be placed around this aspect such that there is a clear understanding of the extent of these stockpiles and the duration which may apply.
Details of stock piling have been added in section 2.3. Change to CEMP
3.1 and 3.2. 4.3.4
Cross reference to the certified CEMP exists which notes that a risk register for the Project will be developed by the Construction Contractor and stored in their document management system. Risk management is inherent within the CEMP relevant conditions and it is unclear where this is within the CEMP document. Clarity on the overall risk management for the project for the works associated with this CEMP should be clearly documented.
The risk register is currently being prepared by the Link Alliance and reference is provided in section 3.2. No change to CEMP
20 28
3.4.2 4.3.10
30
4.3.15
Table 7 includes a hold note which is yet to be completed. Section 4.3.10 includes a note which is yet to be completed. These will need to be completed prior to certification. It is unclear how this separate management plan works in the context of the consent conditions. Clarity should be provided for this process that has occurred.
15
Table 5A
16
2.3
19 26
Para 7
4th para
Appendices
Page 79
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
It is noted that the DWPs (and other appendices) have not been viewed as part of this IPR process, yet they form an integral part of the CEMP. This was also the subject of earlier IPR comments on the approved CEMP. It is suggested that a process be documented and confirmed for the IPR such that there is knowledge, and potentially a summary, of these DWPs (and other appendices), to provide confidence that the full CEMP has been reviewed as necessary with associated recommendations
Initially the Approved CEMP did not refer to a TV DWP due to the fact that no impact on trees and vegetation was anticipated. The need for a TV DWP was identified as part of Aotea Station stages 1 to 3. A TV DWP has therefore been developed in accordance with the designation condition 55. No change to CEMP As required by the CRL designation conditions, each of the DWPs that form part of the CEMP undergo separate independent peer review by appropriate subject matter experts. While it is not the task of the CEMP independent reviewer to individually peer review each of the component DWPs, the CEMP reviewer can therefore be assured that the full CEMP including all of its component DWPs are adequately reviewed. In future
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station a summary of the component DWPs will be provided to the CEMP reviewer. No change to CEMP.
Page 80
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station
Appendix O
Page 81
Tree and Vegetation Delivery Work Plan
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station
Appendix P Historic Character Assessment Memorandum – Built Heritage
Page 82
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station
Appendix R
ISCA Requirements
Table A identifies the ISCA Credit Requirements relevant to this CEMP and where they are addressed in the document. Where the CEMP and sub-plans do not address these requirements in full, references to other plans/documents have been provided (e.g. the Sustainably Ratings Management Plan). Further details regarding the specifics of the evaluation and means of achieving the relevant targets is provided in the relevant sub-plans and other relevant documents. Table A: ISCA Requirements Credit
Requirement *
Relevant section of the CEMP
Other Relevant Information / Comments
Sustainability and leadership commitment MAN-1 Level 1
Commitments to mitigating negative environmental, cultural, social and economic impacts
Sections 1.1 and 1.8
Also refer to the Sustainability Rating Management Plan
MAN-1 Level 1
Commitments embedded into sustainability objectives/and or targets
Sections 1.1 and 1.8
Also refer to the Sustainability Rating Management Plan
Risk and opportunity management MAN-2 Level 2
Environmental, cultural, social and economic risks and opportunities are assessed
Sections 3.2 and 4.3
MAN-2 Level 1
The risk assessment is updated at least annually
Sections 1.1 and 5.7
Also refer to the Sustainability Opportunities Register
Organisational structure, roles and responsibilities MAN-3 Level 1
Members of the senior management team has central responsibility for managing sustainability
Section 4.1
Also refer to the Sustainably Ratings Management Plan
MAN-3 Level 2
A principle participant in the project team is an IS Accredited Professional
Sections 1.8 and 4.1.2.5
Also refer to the IS accreditation records and meeting minutes
MAN-3 Level 3
Independent sustainability professional is engaged to monitor and review sustainability performance
Section 1.8
Also refer to the Sustainably Ratings Management Plan and Audit Schedule
Inspection and Auditing MAN-4 Level 2
Internal environmental and sustainability inspections undertaken weekly
Sections 4.1.2.5, 5.2 and 5.3
Also refer to the Sustainably Ratings Management Plan and Audit Schedule
MAN-4 Level 2
Internal environmental and sustainability audits completed at least quarterly
Section 5.3
Also refer to the Sustainably Ratings Management Plan and Audit Schedule
MAN-4 Level 2
External environmental and sustainability audits completed
Section 5.3
Also refer to the Sustainably Ratings Management Plan and
Page 84
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station
Credit
Requirement *
Relevant section of the CEMP
at least annually
Other Relevant Information / Comments Audit Schedule
Reporting and review MAN-5 Level 2
Plans demonstrate how improvements and/or changes have been made to the management systems as a result of management review
Sections 4.3.3 and 5.7
Also refer to the Communication and Consultation Plan
Knowledge sharing MAN-6 Level 3
There is a knowledge sharing process in place that encourages sharing of sustainability knowledge across the project, to parent organisations, key stakeholders and to the wider industry
Sections 4.3.2, 4.3.11 and 5.1
Also refer to the Communication and Consultation Plan, the Sustainability Ratings Management Plan and the Social Impact and Business Disruption Delivery Work Plan
MAN-6 Level 3
Sustainability knowledge sharing initiatives extend beyond project boundaries and key stakeholder boundaries to the wider industry.
Sections 4.3.2, 4.3.11 and 5.1
Also refer to the Communication and Consultation Plan and the Social Impact and Business Disruption Delivery Work Plan
MAN-6 Level 3
Sustainability knowledge sharing includes ‘mistakes’ as well as ‘good practices’.
Sections 4.3.2, 5.2 and 5.3
Also refer to the Communication and Consultation Plan
Receiving Water Quality DIS-1 Level 1
Measures to minimise adverse impacts to receiving wai environmental values during construction and operation have been identified and implemented. These measures demonstrate an awareness of the values of wai ora and its Mauri, and opportunity for mana whenua feedback has been provided and where practicable incorporated into these measures. AND Monitoring of wai discharges and receiving wai is undertaken at appropriate intervals and at times of discharge during construction.
Sections 4.3.2, 4.3.8, 4.3.12, 4.4.2 and 5.1
Also refer to the Erosion and Sediment Control Plan, Emergency Spill Response Plan, Contamination Delivery Work Plan and the Groundwater and Settlement Monitoring and Contingency Plan
DIS-2 Level 2
Monitoring and modelling of wai discharges and receiving wai demonstrates no adverse impact on receiving wai environmental
Sections 4.3.2 and 5.1
Also refer to Erosion and Sediment Control Plan
Page 85
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station
Credit
Requirement *
Relevant section of the CEMP
Other Relevant Information / Comments
Sections 4.3.2 and 5.1
Also refer to the Sustainability Ratings Management Plan
values. The infrastructure does not increase peak stormwater flows for rainfall events of up to a 1.5 year ARI event discharge DIS-3 Level 3
Opportunities to improve receiving wai environmental values have been identified and implemented. Monitoring and modelling demonstrates improvement of receiving wai environmental values
Noise DIS-2 Level 1
Measures to mitigate noise during construction and operation have been identified and implemented
Section 4.3.4
Also refer to the Construction Noise and Vibration Delivery Work Plan and Site Specific Construction Noise Management Plans
DIS-2 Level 1
Monitoring of noise is undertaken at appropriate intervals and in respons to complaints during construction.
Section 4.3.4
Also refer to the Construction Noise and Vibration Delivery Work Plan and Site Specific Construction Vibration Management Plans
DIS-2 Level 2
For construction, modelling and monitoring demonstrates no recurring or major divergences from the noise management process in ISCA approved noise guidelines.
Section 4.3.4
Also refer to the Construction Noise and Vibration Delivery Work Plan and Site Specific Construction Vibration Management Plans
For operation, modelling demonstrates no recurring or major exceedances of noise goals. Vibration DIS-3 Level 1
Measures to mitigate vibration during construction and operation have been identified and implemented
Section 4.3.4
Also refer to the Construction Noise and Vibration Delivery Work Plan and Site Specific Construction Vibration Management Plans
DIS-3 Level 1
Monitoring of vibration is undertaken at appropriate intervals and in response to complaints during construction.
Section 4.3.4
Also refer to the Construction Noise and Vibration Delivery Work Plan and Site Specific Construction Vibration Management Plans
DIS-3 Level 1
For construction, modelling and monitoring demonstrates no exceedances of vibration goals for structural damage to buildings and structures.
Sections 4.3.4 and 4.3.6
Also refer to the Construction Noise and Vibration Delivery Work Plan and the Historic Character Delivery Work Plan (Built Heritage)
DIS-3 Level 2
For operation, modelling demonstrates no recurring or
Sections 4.3.4 and 4.3.6
Also refer to the Construction Noise and Vibration Delivery Work
Page 86
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station
Credit
Requirement *
Relevant section of the CEMP
major exceedances of vibration goals for human comfort criteria. No physical damage has been caused to any buildings or structures by vibration caused by construction.
Other Relevant Information / Comments Plan and Historic Character Delivery Work Plan (Built Heritage)
Air Quality DIS-4 Level 1
Measures to minimise adverse impacts to local air quality during construction have been identified and implemented
Section 4.3.9
Also refer to the Air Quality Delivery Work Plan
DIS-4 Level 1
Monitoring of air emissions and/or air quality is undertaken at appropriate intervals and in response to complaints during construction
Section 4.3.9
Also refer to the Air Quality Delivery Work Plan
DIS-4 Level 2
Monitoring and modelling demonstrates no recurring or major exceedances of air emission or air quality goals
Section 4.3.9
Also refer to the Air Quality Delivery Work Plan
Light Pollution DIS-5 Level 1
Measures to prevent light spill during construction and operation have been identified and implemented
Section 4.3.5
DIS-5 Level 1
The lighting design for operation prevents horizontal light spill through compliance with the numerical limits for obtrusive light in Tables 2.1 and 2.2 of AS4282.
Section 4.3.5
Energy and carbon monitoring and reduction ENE-1 Level 1
Monitoring and modelling of energy use and GHG emissions and actions taken to reduce them is undertaken
Section 4.3.17
Also refer to Sustainability Rating Management Plan
ENE 1 Level 2-3
Monitoring demonstrates at least 25% reduction in construction GHG emissions. And a reduction of at least 20% reduction in “significant” scope 3 emissions.
Section 4.3.17
Also refer to Sustainability Rating Management Plan
Use of renewable energy ENE-2 Level 1
Opportunities for the use of renewable energy fully investigated.
Section 4.3.17
Also refer to Sustainability Rating Management Plan
Wai (water) use, monitoring and reduction WAT-1 Page 87
Monitoring of water use is
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Section 4.3.18
Also refer to Sustainability Rating
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station
Credit
Requirement *
Relevant section of the CEMP
Level 1-2
undertaken. There is at least 5% reduction compared to the base case footprint.
Other Relevant Information / Comments Management Plan
Replace potable wai (water) WAT-2 Level 1
Monitoring demonstrates that some proportion of total wai use is from non-potable sources (substituting for potable).
Sections 4.3.2, 4.3.18
Also refer to Sustainability Rating Management Plan and the Erosion and Sediment Control Plan
Materials lifecycle impact measurement and reduction MAT-1 Level 1
Monitoring and modelling of material lifecycle impacts are undertaken using the Materials Calculator and demonstrates a reduction in materials lifecycle impacts of at least 15% compared to a base case footprint.
Section 4.3.19
Also refer to Sustainability Rating Management Plan
Environmentally labelled products and supply chains MAT-2 Level 1
A Percentage of Materials/products have an ISCA approved environmental label.
Section 4.3.19
Also refer to Sustainability Rating Management Plan
Crime Prevention HEA-2 Level 2
The likelihood of crime prevention has been reduced through the implementation of CPTED guidelines, in design, construction and operation, including temporary construction diversions and lighting. All tunnels or underpasses have end to end visibility.
Section 2.7
Heritage assessment and management HER-1 Level 1
Measures to minimise the adverse impacts to heritage during construction have been identified and implemented
Section 4.3.6
Also refer to the Historic Heritage Delivery Work Plan
HER-1 Level 1
Community heritage values have been identified through consultation and integrated into studies.
Section 4.3.6
Also refer to the Historic Heritage Delivery Work Plan
Stakeholder engagement strategy STA-1 Level 1 Page 88
A comprehensive stakeholder management strategy is developed
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Sections 4.3.10, 4.3.11, 4.4.3
Also refer to the Communication and Consultation Plan and Social Impact and Business Disruption
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station
Credit
Requirement *
Relevant section of the CEMP
Other Relevant Information / Comments DWP
STA-1 Level 2
The community is informed of the draft strategy and provided an opportunity to give feedback. Community feedback is documented and used to guide completion of the final strategy.
Sections 4.3.10, 4.3.11, 4.4.3
Also refer to the Communication and Consultation Plan
STA -1 Level 2
The strategy is implemented, and formal monitoring, evaluation and corrective action is undertaken.
Sections 4.3.10, 4.3.11, 4.4.3
Also refer to the Communication and Consultation Plan
STA-3 Level 1
The community has been provided with information that: - was provided in a timely manner - supported community participation - was meaningful and relevant - was accessible This has been verified by internal management/reviews/audits or community feedback with 65%80% support
Sections 4.3.10, 4.3.11, 4.4.3 and 5
Also refer to the Communication and Consultation Plan
STA-3 Level 2
The community has been provided with information that: -was provided in a timely manner - supported community participation - was meaningful and relevant - was accessible And this has been verified by independent reviews/audits or community feedback with >80% support
Sections 4.3.10, 4.3.11, 4.4.3 and 5
Also refer to the Communication and Consultation Plan
Site planning URB-1 Level 1
Page 89
An urban and landscape design plan is developed and implemented that includes the following: 1. Site analysis; 2. Vision and objectives for the infrastructure; 3. Site planning; and 4. Strategies that respond to: a. the relevant People and Place principles outlined in the New Zealand Urban Design Protocol (NZUDP) or
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Section 4.3.7
Also refer to the Urban Design Delivery Work Plan
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station
Credit
Requirement *
Relevant section of the CEMP
b. other ISCA approved guidelines
* Refer to ISCA Rating Tool for full details of the requirement
Page 90
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
Other Relevant Information / Comments
Construction Environmental Management Plan – Aotea Station
Appendix Q
Page 83
Approved CEMP
| Construction Environmental Management Plan
City Rail Link In association with:
ENABLING WORKS – CONTRACT 2.1 & 2.2 CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Albert Street Canopy Removal and Utility Relocation
Document Ref: CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Revision: 4 27 October 2017
INTERNAL WORKING DOCUMENT COMMERCIAL IN CONFIDENCE
Document control record Document prepared by: Aurecon New Zealand Limited Level 4, 139 Carlton Gore Road Newmarket Auckland 1023 PO Box 9762 Newmarket Auckland 1149 New Zealand
T F E W
+64 9 520 6019 +64 9 524 7815 auckland@aurecongroup.com aurecongroup.com
A person using Aurecon documents or data accepts the risk of: a)
Using the documents or data in electronic form without requesting and checking them for accuracy against the original hard copy version.
b)
Using the documents or data for any purpose not agreed to in writing by Aurecon.
Document control Report title
CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Albert Street Canopy Removal and Utility Relocation
Document ID
CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT0100
Project number
239933
Client
City Rail Link Limited
Client contact
Richard Jenkins
Rev
Date
Revision details/status
Prepared by
Author
1
11 August 2017
Draft for AT and Connectus review
K Lepoutre & H. McLean
K Lepoutre & H. McLean
2
1 September 2017
Draft for CLG feedback
K Lepoutre & H. McLean
K Lepoutre & H. McLean
3
21 September 2017
Draft for CLG peer review
K Lepoutre & H. McLean
K Lepoutre & H. McLean
4
27 October 2017
Final for Outline Plan lodgement
K Lepoutre & H. McLean
K Lepoutre & H. McLean
Current revision
Verifier
Approver
L Strogen
4
Approval Author signature
Approver signature
Name
H McLean
Name
Damien McGahan
Title
Associate
Title
Technical Director
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
Contents 1
2
3
4
5
Introduction
1
1.1
Purpose of the CEMP
1
1.2
CEMP Requirements
2
1.3
Environmental Sub-Plans
2
1.4
Development of CEMP, DWPs and MPs
3
1.5
Mana Whenua
4
1.6
Designation Conditions
5
1.7
Resource Consent Conditions
8
Project Description
21
2.1
CRL Overview
21
2.2
Canopy Removal and Utilities Relocation
21
2.3
Construction Methodology
22
2.4
Programme
24
2.5
Hours of Operation
24
2.6
Site Layout and Management
24
2.7
Security, Safety and Public Viewing
25
2.8
Graffiti and Litter
27
2.9
Returning the Site to Public Use
27
Social and Environmental Management
28
3.1
Construction Activities and Associated Environmental Receivers
28
3.2
Environmental Risk Register
28
3.3
Cumulative Effects
28
3.4
Legislative and Other Requirement
29
Implementation and Operation
31
4.1
Roles and Responsibilities
31
4.2
Training and Induction
38
4.3
Operating Procedures
38
4.4
Emergency and Incident Response
43
4.5
Stakeholder Communications
46
Monitor and Review
47
5.1
Environmental Monitoring
47
5.2
Environmental Inspections
48
5.3
Environmental Auditing
48
5.4
Corrective and Preventative Action
48
5.5
Reporting
48
5.6
Document Control
49
5.7
CEMP Review
49
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
i CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4
Appendices Appendix A Designation Conditions Appendix B Resource Consent Conditions Appendix C Site Layout Plans Appendix D Erosion and Sediment Control Plan Appendix E Transport Access and Parking Delivery Work Plan Appendix F Construction Noise and Vibration Delivery Work Plan Appendix G Historic Character Delivery Work Plan Appendix H Contaminated Delivery Work Plan Appendix I Air Quality Delivery Work Plan Appendix J Social Impact and Business Disruption Delivery Work Plan Appendix K Communication and Consultation Plan Appendix L Groundwater Monitoring and Contingency Plan Appendix M Building Condition Surveys Appendix N Record of CLG and IPRP feedback on the CEMP
Figures Figure 1 Worksite layout, temporary pedestrian pathways and hoardings Figure 2 Project area layout Figure 3 Examples of container approach to pedestrian hoarding and safety management Figure 4 Hoarding outside Auckland Council, 135 Albert Street Figure 5 Hoarding outside AA centre, 99 Albert Street
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
21 25 26 26 27
ii CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4
Tables Table 1 Plans attached to the CEMP 2 Table 2 Designation conditions from the CRL designation relating to the CEMP 1 Table 3 Resource consent conditions from the Aotea to NAL resource consent relating to the CEMP 9 Table 4 Indicative canopy removal or cut back construction methodology 22 Table 5 Indicative utilities relocation construction methodology 23 Table 6 Key national legislation, regulations and standards 29 Table 7 Standards, guidelines and specific statutory requirements associated with environmental aspects and detailed in the CEMP and plans 29 Table 8 Specific roles and responsibilities 32 Table 9 Environmental incident notification 45 Table 10 Collaborative working contacts 47
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
iii CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4
1
Introduction
This Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) is submitted in support of the Outline Plan from City Rail Link Limited (CRLL) to Auckland Council (AC) for the removal of canopies and relocation of utilities on the western side of Albert Street from Wellesley Street to Victoria Street West (the Project). The works are required as part of the construction of the City Rail Link (CRL) under designation 1714. The requirement for this CEMP and accompanying Delivery Works Plans (DWP) and Management Plans (MP) is required by designation conditions 19 to 24. A CEMP is also required by conditions 35 to 40 of the Aotea to North Auckland Line (A2N) resource consents1 The proposed works covered by this CEMP can be summarised as follows:
Canopy Removal - from buildings at 99 Albert Street (AA), 103-107 Albert Street (Manhattan Apartment), 109-125 Albert Street (SkyCity) and 135 Albert Street (Auckland Council) to enable the construction of the Aotea Station piled wall.
Utilities Relocation – relocation of existing services on Albert Street between Victoria Street West and Wellesley Street, into a shared services trench approximately 4.0m in depth by 1.5m in width, located in the space between the new station wall and the existing buildings.
More details of the proposed works will be provided throughout this CEMP. This CEMP has been prepared by Aurecon in conjunction with the Construction Contractor (Connectus) and will be implemented by the Construction Contractor through the course of the works. The CEMP provides the overarching framework for the management of construction effects associated with the proposed works. Further DWPs are included as appendices to the CEMP. These DWPs detail the specific environmental management controls for particular aspects of the Project.
1.1
Purpose of the CEMP
The purpose of the CEMP is to confirm the Project construction details and staging of works and to set out how construction activities will be carried out and managed as far as is reasonably practical to avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse effects on the environment. This CEMP demonstrates that the works remain within the limits of the CRL designation and associated A2N resource consents. The CEMP will ensure that appropriate environmental management practices are followed during the Project’s construction phase. The CEMP will be implemented throughout the entire construction period (approximately 15 months) for the Project, and updated as necessary. CRLL acknowledges the success of this enabling works Project will set a benchmark for the forthcoming CRL Aotea Station construction in the area. CRLL will endeavour to ensure that the surrounding community and wider general public are proactively engaged with to ensure successful delivery. Overall, implementation of this CEMP will ensure:
Appropriate management of adverse environmental effects associated with construction of the Project;
Compliance with the relevant designation conditions of the CRL designation and A2N resource consents;
Compliance with environmental legislation; and
1
R/LUC/2016/1890, R/REG/2016/1892, R/REG/2016/1895, R/REG/2016/1896, REG/2016/1897, R/REG/2016/1898, R/REG/2016/1899, R/REG/2016/1900 and R/REG/2016/2038.
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
1 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4

Achievement of the Project’s environmental and sustainability objectives.
The CEMP and DWPs will be reviewed at least annually or as a result of a material change to the Project, or to address unforeseen adverse effects arising from construction or unresolved complaints 2. The CEMP and DWPs are required to be prepared in consultation with the Community Business Liaison Group (CBLG) for the Project. Additionally, the CEMP and DWPs have undergone independent peer review prior to submission to AC. Comments received from the CBLG and from the independent peer review process have been (where applicable and appropriate) incorporated in the CEMP and DWPs, with an explanation being provided where any comments have not been incorporated. A record of consultation outcomes (CBLG and independent peer review) for this CEMP is provided in Appendix M; a record of specific consultation outcomes is included in each relevant DWP.
1.2
CEMP Requirements
The CRL designation requires that a CEMP be submitted to AC with the Outline Plan, along with the Communication and Consultation Plan (CCP), DWPs and Site Specific Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plans (SSCNVMP) (if required)3. Where specific requirements and objectives are not addressed by the DWPs, the CEMP includes measures to give effect to these. The A2N resource consents require a CEMP be provided to AC for certification prior to works commencing. Condition 36 details what must be included in the CEMP.
1.3
Environmental Sub-Plans
The management of specific environmental effects during construction is addressed through the development and implementation of a suite of DWPs and Management Plans (MP) required by the CRL designation and A2N regional resource consents 4. The DWPs and MPs are identified in Table 1 and from appendices to the CEMP. Table 1 Plans attached to the CEMP
Plan
Acronym
CRL Des. Condition #
Purpose
Section of CEMP
Erosion and Sediment Control Plan
ESCP
21.1(b) and (c)
To outline the methods for managing and controlling silt and sediment within the construction area.
Section 4.3.2 & Appendix D
Transport Access and Parking DWP
TAPDWP
25, 30
To manage the adverse effects of construction on the transport network (including parking and access)
Section 4.3.2 & Appendix E
Construction Noise and Vibration DWP
CNVDWP
36
To provide for the development and implementation of identified best practicable options to avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse effects on receivers of noise and vibration resulting from construction effects.
Section 4.3.4 & Appendix F
2
Designation condition 22 Designation condition 10 4 R/LUC/2016/1890, R/REG/2016/1892, R/REG/2016/1895, R/REG/2016/1896, REG/2016/1897, R/REG/2016/1898, R/REG/2016/1899, R/REG/2016/1900 and R/REG/2016/2038. 3
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
2 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4
Historic Character DWP (Archaeology Section)
HCDWP
42
To manage the adverse archaeological effects that may result during construction.
Section 4.3.6 & Appendix G
Contamination DWP (also a Contaminated Soils Management Plan)
CDWP
57
To manage the adverse effects relating to contaminated land during construction
Section 4.3.9 & Appendix H
Air Quality DWP (also an Air Quality Management Plan)
AQDWP
59
To avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects arising from disruption to businesses, residents and community services/facilities during construction.
Section 4.3.9 & Appendix I
Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP
SIBDDWP
61
To avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects on air quality during construction.
Section 4.3.10 & Appendix J
Communication and Consultation Plan
CCP
15
To set out set out the framework to ensure appropriate communication and consultation is undertaken with the community, stakeholders, affected parties and affected in proximity parties during construction
Section 4.5 & Appendix K
Plan
Acronym
Aotea to NAL Condition #
Purpose
Section of CEMP
Communication and Consultation Plan
CCP
25 to 33
To set out set out the framework to ensure appropriate communication and consultation is undertaken with the community, stakeholders, affected parties and affected in proximity parties during constriction
Section 4.5 & Appendix K
Erosion and Sediment Control Plan
ESCP
53-58
Management of the effects associated with soil mobilisation
Section 4.3.2 & Appendix D
Contaminated Soils Management Plan
CDWP
131-134
To manage the adverse effects relating to contaminated land during construction
Section 4.3.8 & Appendix H
Air Quality Management Plan
AQDWP
223-224
To avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects on air quality during construction
Section 4.3.10 & Appendix I
Groundwater and Settlement Monitoring Contingency Plan
GSMCP
96-103
Monitor the effects of groundwater drawdown on buildings in proximity to the proposed works
Section 4.3.12 & Appendix L
109
To establish a baseline of building conditions prior to construction works commencing
Section 4.3.4 & Appendix M
Precondition building surveys
1.4
Development of CEMP, DWPs and MPs
This CEMP, DWPs and MPs have been developed by specialists and were subjected to range of reviews to ensure that they are commensurate to the scale of the effects associated with the Project. The CEMP, DWPs and MPs have been presented to the relevant CBLG for feedback in accordance with designation condition 7.5. Where appropriate, this feedback has been incorporated into the CEMP, DWP’s and MPs. Where feedback has not been incorporated, reasons why have been provided in each document.
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
3 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4
The CEMP and DWPs and the feedback from the CBLG on these plans has been reviewed by CRL’s Independent Peers Review Panel (IPRP). The IPRP have provided a number of recommendations to ensure the CEMP and DWPs meet the objectives and other requirements of the designation conditions (as required by Condition 11). These inputs, along with the feedback from the CBLG, are attached in Appendix N. Mana whenua briefings for this Project were held on 17 August 2017, 21 September 2017 and 19 October 2017.
1.5
Mana Whenua
We are all descended from Ranginui, our Father Sky and Papatuanuku, our Mother Earth. Ngā mana whenua o Tāmaki Makaurau have a special relationship with Ranginui, Papatuanuku, and their resources. Acting as kaitiaki, they endeavour to protect their whānau, hapū and Iwi and encourage all people to act as protectors of the earth. Kaitiakitanga includes:
Protecting, restoring, enhancing the mauri (life supporting capacity) of resources Fulfilling spiritual, emotional and inherited responsibilities to the environment Maintaining mana over resources Ensuring the welfare of the people those resources support
In Tamaki Makaurau it is Mana Whenua who are Kaitiaki. The aspiration of the CRL project to be exemplary in the practice of sustainability – encompassing the four well-beings (environmental, cultural, social and economic) – aligns and supports kaitiakitanga. In meeting their sustainability commitments CRL staff, contractors and others involved in the project are also supporting kaitiakitanga and Mana Whenua as kaitiaki. Furthermore, they are also improving the state of the environment that we pass on for future generations. The CRL sustainability framework is informed by tikanga tiaki and mātauranga. A CRL mana whenua forum has been established for the purposes of undertaking kaitiakitanga responsibilities associated with the project. The forum comprises those Mana Whenua groups who expressed an interest in being involved in the CRL project and its related activities. Eight Mana Whenua self-identified their interest in CRL and are currently part of the forum:
Ngāti Maru Ngāti Paoa Ngāi Tai Ki Tāmaki Ngāti Te Ata Waiohua Ngāti Whātua o Ōrākei Te Akitai Waiohua Te Kawerau a Maki Ngāti Tamaoho
CRLL continues to work collaboratively with the Mana Whenua forum on all aspects of the CRL project. With the commencement of the Project’s construction, the forum’s role will include cultural induction for contractors, assistance with discovery procedures, monitoring, and ongoing provision of mātauranga Māori input.
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
4 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4
1.6
Designation Conditions
The Project works relate to the CRL Designation 1714 confirmed in November 2015 and an alteration to the CRL Designation 1714 confirmed in February 2017. All works will be carried out in accordance with the CEMP and the plans required by the designation. The designation conditions are included in Appendix A. Designation conditions 19 – 24 outline what is required for the CEMP. Table 2 identifies the relevant sections of the CEMP that address each condition.
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
5 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4
Table 2 Designation conditions from the CRL designation relating to the CEMP
Condition Number
Condition
Relevant Section of CEMP
Designation Conditions (Designation 1714 (6)) 13.1
The Requiring Authority, its contractor team, and the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer(s) shall establish and implement a collaborative working process for dealing with day to day construction processes, including monitoring compliance with the designation conditions and with the CEMP and DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs) and any material changes to these plans associated with construction of the City Rail Link.
13.2
This collaborative working process shall:
13.3
5
(a) Operate for the duration of the construction works and for 6 months following completion of construction works where monitoring of designation conditions is still required, unless a different timeframe is mutually agreed between the Requiring Authority and the Auckland Council;
5.1
(b) Have a “key contact” person representing the Requiring Authority and a “key contact” person representing the contractor team to work with the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer(s);
5.1
(c) The “key contacts” shall be identified in the CEMP and shall meet at least monthly unless a different timeframe is agreed with the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer(s). The purpose of the meeting is to report on compliance with the designation conditions and with the CEMP, DWPs and material changes to these plans and on any matters of non-compliance and how they have been addressed;
5.1
(d) Once construction has commenced, the Requiring Authority and / or the contractor shall provide an update to the Community Liaison Groups (Condition 7 of this designation) at least once every 3 months, or if in accordance with Condition 7 these groups meet more regularly, at least once every two months.
5.1
The purpose and function of the collaborative working process is to: (a) Assist as necessary the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer(s) to confirm that:
5.1
(i) The works authorised under these designations are being carried out in compliance with the designation conditions, the CEMP, DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs) and any material changes to these plans;
5.1
(ii) The Requiring Authority and its contractor are undertaking all monitoring and the recording of monitoring results in compliance with the requirements of the CEMP and DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs) and any material changes to these plans;
5.1
(b) Subsequent to a confirmed Outline Plan, provide a mechanism through which any changes to the design, CEMP or DWPs, which are not material changes requiring approval under Condition 10 triggering the requirement for a new Outline Plan, can be required, reviewed andconfirmed;
5.1
(c) Advise where changes to construction works following a confirmed Outline Plan require a new CEMP or DWP (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs);
5.1
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
1 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4
(d) Review and identify any concerns or complaints received from, or related to, the construction works monthly (unless a different timeframe is mutually agreed with the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer) and adequacy of the measures adopted to respond to these.
5.1
Upon receiving a concern or complaint during construction, the Requiring Authority shall instigate a process to address concerns or complaints received about adverse effects. This shall:
5 & Appendix K
(a) Identify of the nature of the concern or complaint, and the location, date and time of the alleged event(s);
5 & Appendix K
(b) Acknowledge receipt of the concern or complaint within 24 hours of receipt;
5 & Appendix K
(c) Respond to the concern or complaint in accordance with the relevant management plan , which may include monitoring of the activity by a suitably qualified expert, implementation of mitigation measures, and, in the case of noise and / or vibration, preparation of a site specific noise and / or vibration management plan (in accordance with Conditions
5 & Appendix K
A record of all concerns and / or complaints received shall be kept by the Requiring Authority. This record shall include:
5 & Appendix K
(a) The name and address of the person(s) who raised the concern or complaint (unless they elect not to provide this) and details of the concern or complaint;
5 & Appendix K
(b) Where practicable, weather conditions at the time of the concern or complaint, including wind direction and cloud cover if the complaint relates to noise or air quality;
5 & Appendix K
(c) Known City Rail Link construction activities at the time and in the vicinity of the concern or complaint;
5 & Appendix K
(d) Any other activities in the area unrelated to the City Rail Link construction that may have contributed to the concern or complaint such as non-City Rail Link construction, fires, traffic accidents or unusually dusty conditions generally;
5 & Appendix K
(e) Remedial actions undertaken (if any) and the outcome of these, including monitoring of the activity.
5 & Appendix K
17.3
This record shall be maintained on site, be available for inspection upon request, and shall be provided every two months (or as otherwise agreed) to the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer, and to the “key contacts� (see Condition 13).
5 & Appendix K
17.4
Where a complaint remains unresolved or a dispute arises, Auckland Council Compliance Monitoring Officer will be provided with all records of the complaint and how it has been dealt with and addressed and whether the Requiring Authority considers that any other steps to resolve the complaint are required. Upon receiving records of the complaint the Auckland Council Compliance Monitoring Officer must determine whether a review of the CEMP and/or DWPs is required under Condition 22 to address this complaint. The Auckland Council Compliance Monitoring Officer shall advise the Requiring Authority of its recommendation within 10 working days of receiving the records of complaint.
5 & Appendix K
19.1
The objective of the CEMP and DWPs is to so far as is reasonablypracticable, avoid, remedy or mitigate any adverse effects (including cumulative effects) associated with the City Rail Link construction.
1
19.2
All works must be carried out in accordance with the CEMP, the DWPs required by these conditions and in accordance with any changes to plans made under Condition 23.
Noted
19.3
The CEMP and DWPs shall be prepared, complied with and monitoredby the Requiring Authority throughout the duration of construction of the City Rail Link.
Noted
17.1
17.2
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
2 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4
19.4
The DWPs shall give effect to the specific requirements and objectives set out in these designation conditions.
Noted
19.5
The CEMP shall include measures to give effect to any specificrequirements and objectives set out in these designation conditions that are not addressed by the DWPs.
4
20.1
In order to give effect to the objective in Condition 19.1, the CEMP must provide for the following:
20.2
21.1
(b) Notice boards that clearly identify the Requiring Authority and the Project name, together with the name, telephone number and email address of the Site or Project Manager and the Communication andConsultation Manager;
4.1
(c) Training requirements for employees, sub-contractors and visitors on construction procedures, environment management and monitoring;
4.2
(d) A Travel Management Plan for each construction site outlining onsite car parking management and methods for encouraging travel to the site using forms of transport other than private vehicle to assist in mitigating localised traffic effects; and
Appendix E
(e) Where a complaint is received, the complaint must be recorded and responded to as provided for in Conditions 13, 15 and 17.
Section 5 & Appendix K
The CEMP shall include details of: (a) The site or Project Manager and the Communication and Consultation Manager (who will implement and monitor the Communication and Consultation Plan), including their contact details (phone, email and physical address);
4.1
(b) The Document management system for administering the CEMP,including review and Requiring Authority / Constructor / Auckland Council requirements;
4.1.2.4
(c) Environmental incident and emergency management procedures;
4.4
(d) Environmental complaint's management procedures (see also Condition 17);
4.5 & Appendix K
(e) An outline of the construction programme of the work, includingconstruction hours of operation, indicating linkages to the DWPs which address the management of adverse effects during construction;
2
(f) Specific details on demolition to be undertaken during the construction period;
2
(g) Means of ensuring the safety of the general public; and
2
(h) Methods to assess and monitor potential cumulative adverse effects.
4
In order to give effect to the objective in Condition 19.1, the CEMP shall include the following details and requirements in relation to all areas within the surface designation footprint where construction works are to occur, and / or where materials and construction machinery are to beused or stored: (a) Where access points are to be located and procedures for managing construction vehicle ingress and egress to construction support and storage areas;
2.6 & Appendix E
(b) Methods for managing the control of silt and sediment within the construction area;
4.3.2 & Appendix D,
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
3 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4
(c) Methods for earthworks management (including depth and extent of earthworks and temporary, permanent stabilisation measures and monitoring of ground movement) for earthworks adjacent to buildings and structures;
Appendix D,
(d) Measures to adopt to keep the construction area in a tidy conditionin terms of disposal / storage of rubbish and storage unloading of construction materials (including equipment). All storage of materials and equipment associated with the construction works shall take place within the boundaries of the designation;
2.7 & 2.8
(e) Measures to ensure all temporary boundary / security fences associated with the construction of the City Rail Link are maintained in good order with any graffiti removed as soon as possible;
2.6, 2.7 & 2.8
(g) The location and specification of any temporary acoustic fences and visual barriers, and where practicable, opportunities for mana whenua (see Condition 8) and community art or other decorative measures along with viewing screens to be incorporated into these withoutcompromising the purpose for which these are erected;
2.6 & Appendix F
(h) How the construction areas are to be fenced and kept secure from the public and, where practicable and without compromising theirpurpose how opportunities for public viewing, including provision of viewing screens and display of information about the project and opportunities for mana whenua and community art or other decorative measures can be incorporated to enhance public amenity and connection to the project;
2.7
(i) The location of any temporary buildings (including workers officesand portaloos) and vehicle parking (which should be located within the construction area and not on adjacent streets);
2.6
(j) Methods to control the intensity, location and direction of artificial construction lighting to avoid light spill and glare onto sites adjacent construction areas;
4.3.5
(k) Methods to ensure the prevention and mitigation of adverse effects associated with the storage, use, disposal, or transportation of hazardous substances;
4.4
(l) That onsite stockpiling of spoil or fill at Downtown and Lower Albert Street construction yards be minimised where practicable;
N/A
(m) That site offices and less noisy construction activities be located at the edge of the construction yards where practicable; and
2.6
(n) Methods for management of vacant areas once construction is completed in accordance with the Urban Design DWP.
N/A
21.2
Subject to any alternative arrangement with the landowner of theDowntown Shopping Centre, the Downtown construction yard, including QEII Square, Downtown Shopping Centre and Lower Albert Street, shall be progressively released from occupation for construction purposes where the area or any part of the area is no longer required for construction.
N/A
22.1
The CEMP and DWPs shall be reviewed at least annually or as a result of a material change to the City Rail Link project or to addressunforeseen adverse effects arising from construction or unresolved complaints. Such a review may be initiated by either Auckland Council or the Requiring Authority. The review shall take into consideration:
Noted
(a) Compliance with designation conditions, the CEMP, DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs) and material changes to these plans;
Noted
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
4 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4
(b) Any changes to construction methods;
Noted
(c) Key changes to roles and responsibilities within the City Rail Link project;
Noted
(d) Changes in industry best practice standards;
Noted
(e) Changes in legal or other requirements;
Noted
(f) Results of monitoring and reporting procedures associated with the management of adverse effects during construction;
Noted
(g) Any comments or recommendations received from Auckland Council regarding the CEMP and DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs); and
Noted
(h) Any unresolved complaints and any response to the complaints and remedial action taken to address the complaint as required under Condition 17.
Noted
22.2
A summary of the review process shall be kept by the Requiring Authority, provided annually to the Auckland Council, and madeavailable to the Auckland Council upon request.
Noted
23.1
Following the CEMP and DWPs review process described in Condition 22, the CEMP may require updating.
Noted
23.2
Any material change to the CEMP and DWP must be consistent with the purpose and objective of the relevant condition.
Noted
23.3
Affected parties will be notified of the review and any material change proposed to the CEMP and DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPsand SSCVMPs).
Noted
23.4
The CEMP and DWPs must clearly document the comments and inputs received by the Requiring Authority from affected parties about the material change, along with a clear explanation of where any comments have not been incorporated, and the reasons why not.
Noted
23.5
Any material change proposed to the CEMP and DWPs shall be subject to an independent peer review as required by Condition 11.
Noted
23.6
Following that review any material change proposed to the CEMP and DWPs relating to an adverse effect shall be submitted for approval to Auckland Council Compliance and Monitoring Officer, at least 10 working days prior to the proposed changes taking effect. If anychanges are not agreed, the relevant provisions of the RMA relating to approval of outline plans shall apply.
Noted
24.1
To manage the adverse effects on Network Utilities Operations during the construction of the City Rail Link, the following shall be included in the CEMP.
Noted
24.2
The purpose of this section of the CEMP shall be to ensure that the enabling works and construction of the City Rail Link adequately take account of, and include measures to address the safety, integrity, protection or, where necessary, relocation of existing network utilities that traverse, or are in close proximity to, the designation during the construction of the City Rail Link.
Noted
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
5 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4
24.3
For the avoidance of doubt and for the purposes of this condition an “existing Network Utility� includes infrastructure operated by a Network Utility Operator which was:
Noted
(a) In place at the time the notice of requirement for the City Rail Link was served on Auckland Council (23 August 2012); or (b) Undertaken in accordance with condition 6 of this designation or the section 176(1)(b) RMA process. 24.4
The CEMP shall be prepared in consultation with Network Utility Operators who have existing Network Utilities that traverse, or are in close proximity to, the designation and shall be adhered to and implemented during the construction of the City Rail Link. The CEMP shall include as a minimum:
4.3.1 & Appendix K
(a) Cross references to the Communication and Consultation Plan for the methods that will be used to liaise with all Network Utility Operators who have existing network utilities that traverse, or are in close proximity to, the designation; (b) Measures to be used to accurately identify the location of existingNetwork Utilities, and the measures for the protection, support, relocation and/or reinstatement of existing Network Utilities; (c) Methods to be used to ensure that all construction personnel, including contractors, are aware of the presence and location of the various existing Network Utilities (and their priority designations) which traverse, or are in close proximity to, the designation, and therestrictions in place in relation to those existing Network Utilities. This shall include: (i) Measures to provide for the safe operation of plant and equipment, and the safety of workers, in proximity to existing Network Utilities; (ii) Plans identifying the locations of the existing Network Utilities (and their designations) and appropriate physical indicators on the ground showing specific surveyed locations; (d) Measures to be used to ensure the continued operation of Network Utility Operations and the security of supply of the utilities by Network Utility Operators at all times; (e) Measures to be used to enable Network Utility Operators to accessexisting Network Utilities for maintenance at all reasonable times on an ongoing basis during construction, and to access existing Network Utilities for emergency and urgent repair works at all times during theconstruction of the City Rail Link (f) Contingency management plans for reasonably foreseeable circumstances in respect of the relocation and rebuild of existing Network Utilities during the construction of the City Rail Link; (g) A risk analysis for the relocation and rebuild of existing Network Utilities during the construction of the City Rail Link; (h) Earthworks management (including depth and extent of earthworks and temporary and permanent stabilisation measures), for earthworks in close proximity to existing Network Utilities;
2.3.2
(i) Vibration management and monitoring for works in close proximity to existing Network Utilities;
2.3.2, 4.3.1 & Appendix F
(j) Emergency management procedures in the event of any emergencyinvolving existing Network Utilities; (k) The process for providing as-built drawings showing the relationship of the relocated Network Utilities to the City Rail Link to Network Utility Operators and the timing for providing these drawings;
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
6 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4
(l) Measures to ensure that network utilities are not interrupted to the Mt Eden Corrections Facility as a result of City Rail Link works. The requiring authority shall advise the Department of Corrections and the entity contracted by Department of Corrections to administer and runthe Mt Eden Corrections facility at 1 Lauder Road, of any works on network utilities in the vicinity of the Mt Eden Corrections Facility which may impact on utility service provision to the Mt Eden Corrections Facility at least 14 days prior to those works occurring to allow the Department of Corrections (and the entity contracted to administer and run the facility at 1 Lauder Road) to arrange suitable contingencies. Communication and consultation with the Department of Corrections, and the entity contracted to administer and run the facility at 1 Lauder Road, shall be recorded in accordance with condition 15) of this designation. The Requiring Authority shall be responsible for ensuring that construction works do not interrupt network utilities to the Mt Eden Corrections Facility, unless by prior arrangement with Department of Corrections and the entity contracted by Department of Corrections to administer and run the Mt Eden Corrections facility at 1 Lauder Road.
24.5
N/A
(m) A summary of the consultation (including any methods or measures in dispute and the Requiring Authorities response to them) undertaken between the Requiring Authority and any Network UtilityOperators during the preparation of the CEMP.
4.3.1 & Appendix K
If the Requiring Authority and a Network Utility Operator cannot agree on the methods proposed under the CEMP to manage the construction effects on the Operator’s network utility operation, unless otherwise agreed, each party will appoint a suitably qualified and independent expert, who shall jointly appoint a third such expert to advise the parties and make a recommendation. That recommendation will beprovided by the Requiring Authority as part of the CEMP along with reasons if the recommendation is not accepted.
N/A
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
7 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4
1.7
Resource Consent Conditions
The Project falls within the scope of the A2N regional resource consents approved by Auckland Council on 17 November 20165. All works will be carried out in accordance with the CEMP and the plans required by those consents which have been prepared commensurate to the scale of the works proposed. The resource consent conditions are included in Appendix B. Resource consent conditions 35 – 40 outline what is required for the CEMP under the A2N regional consents. Table 3 identifies the relevant sections of the CEMP that address each condition and where management plans identified by the regional consents are located.
5
R/LUC/2016/1890, R/REG/2016/1892, R/REG/2016/1895, R/REG/2016/1896, REG/2016/1897, R/REG/2016/1898, R/REG/2016/1899, R/REG/2016/1900 and R/REG/2016/2038
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
8 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4
Table 3 Resource consent conditions from the Aotea to NAL resource consent relating to the CEMP
Condition Number
Condition
Relevant Section of CEMP
Aotea to NAL Resource Consent Conditions Communication and Consultation 25
At least 3 months prior to the commencement of construction, the Consent Holder shall prepare a CCP the purpose of which is to set out a framework to ensure appropriate communication and consultation with the community, stakeholders, affected parties and affected in-proximity parties during the construction of the Project.
26
Blank
27
The CCP shall be based on and, where appropriate, incorporate the provisions of the PCCP, and shall set out how the Consent Holder will: a. Inform the community and business of construction progress and future construction activities and constraints that could affect them; b. Provide early information on key Project milestones; c. Obtain and specify a reasonable timeframe (being not less than 10 working days), for feedback and inputs from directly affected and affected in-proximity parties regarding the implementation and review of the CEMP or other Management Plans; d. Respond to queries and complaints including but not limited to: i) Who is responsible for responding; ii) How responses will be provided; and iii) The timeframes within which responses will be provided.
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
9 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4
Appendix K
Appendix K
28
Appendix K
The CCP shall (as a minimum) include: a. A communications framework that details the Consent Holder’s communication strategies, accountabilities, frequency of communications and consultation, the range of communication and consultation tools to be used (including relevant communication methods, newsletters or similar, advertising etc.), and any other relevant communication matters; b. The Communication and Consultation Manager for the Project including 24 hour contact details (phone, email and postal address); c. The 0800 CRL TALK phone number; d. The methods for identifying, communicating and consulting with persons affected by the project including but not limited to: i) All property owners and occupiers of the sites that are identified at Appendix 4, and adjacent to the Project’s construction sites; ii) Mana Whenua unless any of those named advise the Consent Holder of a different liaison process; iii) Heritage NZ; iv) NZ Transport Agency/ Auckland Motorway Alliance (AMA); v) Kiwirail; vi) Department of Corrections; vii) Ministry of Justice; viii) Network Utility Operators; and ix) The Community and Business Liaison Group (refer Conditions 16-24) e. How stakeholders and persons affected by the Project will be notified of the commencement of construction, the expected duration of the activities and works, and who to contact for any queries, concerns and complaints; f. How stakeholders and persons affected by the Project will be consulted in the development and review of the CEMP and other Management Plans, including specifying reasonable timeframes for feedback; g. A list of stakeholders, directly affected and affected in-proximity parties to the construction works with whom the Consent Holder will communicate; h. A requirement that the Consent Holder shall make any information that is relevant to 22 Stable Lane available to the owner of that property (Christopher Patrick Browne) on request, and advise that owner in the event that any alert or alarm trigger levels are exceeded that are relevant to 22 Stable Lane. In addition, the CCP shall state the method by which Christopher Patrick Browne can make such a request and the anticipated timeframe within which it will be provided; i. A summary of communication and consultation undertaken between the Consent Holder and parties as required by the PCCP. The summary shall include any outstanding issues or disputes raised by parties;
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
10 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4
j. How communication and consultation relating to construction activities and monitoring requirements will be recorded; and k. How opportunities to interpret and display archaeological finds within the Project area will be identified and implemented, including how Heritage NZ will be involved in this process. Advice Note: At the time this resource consent was granted, the Communication and Consultation Manager for the Project was Carol Greensmith, phone 0800 CRL TALK. 29
The CCP shall also include (as relevant) linkages and cross-references to the CEMP and other Management Plans.
Noted
30
The CCP shall be reviewed six monthly for the duration of construction and updated if required. Any updates to the CCP shall be provided to the “key contacts” and the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for review and agreement on any further action to be undertaken.
Noted
31
Any further action recommended as a result of the review under Condition 30 shall be undertaken by the Consent Holder’s Communication and Consultation Manager for the Project and confirmation of completion shall be provided to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring).
Noted
32
If, in the course of amendments undertaken as part of the review process under Condition 30, a material change to the CCP is made, the Consent Holder shall notify those parties affected by the change within 20 working days of the material change occurring.
Noted
33
The CCP shall be implemented and complied with for the duration of the construction of the Project.
Noted
Construction Management
35
Prior to the commencement of construction of the Project, the Consent Holder shall prepare a Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) including all certified Management Plans which form part of these conditions to ensure compliance with the resource consents.
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
11 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4
This document
36
The CEMP shall include details of:
All sections
a. Final project details and staging of works to illustrate that the works remain within the limits and standards approved under these resource consents and that the construction activities avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse effects on the environment. b. The site or project manager and the Communication and Consultation Manager, including their contact details (phone, email and physical address); c. The “key contacts”; d. Communication and consultation procedures for ensuring that residents, road users and businesses in the immediate vicinity of construction areas are given prior notice of the commencement of construction and are informed about the expected duration and effects of the work. In particular, the procedures shall provide for the following in relation to residents, road users and businesses potentially affected by the construction works: i) consultation prior to the commencement of construction; ii) notice periods for changes to pedestrian and vehicle access; iii) regular updates on construction progress; iv) key dates for major milestones such as road closure and re-opening; and v) communication on any other matters potentially affecting residents or business operations in the vicinity of the works. e. Notice boards that clearly identify the Consent Holder and the Project name, together with the name, telephone number and email address of the Site or Project Manager and the Communication and Consultation Manager; f. General site layout and management; g. An outline of the Project’s construction programme, including construction hours of operation; h. Means of ensuring the safety of the general public; i. Certified Management Plans referred to in these conditions; j. Water Discharge Quality Monitoring Programme; and k. Identification of the suitably independent, qualified Chartered Professional Engineer, or member of the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors, who will be undertaking the condition surveys required by the conditions of consent. 37
The CEMP shall be provided to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification at least 20 working days prior to the commencement of construction
Noted
38
The Consent Holder shall request the Council’s (Team Leader Central Monitoring) determination, in writing, as to whether the CEMP can be certified as per the requirements of these consent conditions within 10 working days of receipt of the CEMP.
Noted
Construction shall not commence until written certification is obtained from Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring).
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
12 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4
39
The CEMP required by Condition 35 shall be implemented and maintained throughout the entire construction period for the Project, or relevant Project stage, to manage potential adverse effects arising from the construction and shall be updated as necessary (or as required by the review process in Condition 42).
Noted
40
Any change to the CEMP shall be submitted to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification and no activity reliant upon a change to the CEMP can be undertaken until the change has been certified.
Noted
The Consent Holder shall request the Council’s (Team Leader Central Monitoring) determination as to whether the proposed change can be certified, in writing, within 10 working days of submission of the change. 42
The Consent Holder shall review the CEMP and other Management Plans at least annually or
5.7
as a result of a material change to the Project; b. to address unforeseen or materially greater adverse effects arising from construction or c. to address unresolved complaints. 43
A review pursuant to Condition 42 may be initiated by either the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) or the Consent Holder and shall take into consideration:
Noted
a. Compliance with resource consent conditions, the CEMP, other Management Plans and any material changes to these Plans; b. Any changes to construction methods; c. Key changes to roles and responsibilities relating to the Project; d. Relevant changes in industry best practice standards; e. Relevant changes in legal or other requirements; f. Results of monitoring and reporting procedures associated with the management of adverse effects during construction; g. Any comments or recommendations received from Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) or as a result of the CCP process regarding the CEMP and other Management Plans; and h. Any complaints and any response to complaints and remedial action taken to address the complaint as required under Conditions 45-49. 44
A summary of the review process shall be kept by the Consent Holder, provided annually to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring), and advised to and made available to the CLG.
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
13 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4
Noted
Construction Traffic
41
The Consent Holder shall, so far as is it is reasonably practicable, avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects of construction on transport, parking and property access.
Appendix E, section 6
This is to be achieved through the following objectives: a. managing the road transport network for the duration of the construction by adopting the best practicable option to manage congestion; b. maintaining pedestrian access to private property at all times; and c. providing on-going vehicle access to private property to the greatest extent possible. Advice Note: Condition 41 refers to objectives to be achieved. The requirement to provide mechanisms to achieve these objectives is included in the relevant CRL designation conditions. Erosion and Sediment Control Plan
53
At least 20 working days prior to the commencement of construction within a CSA or ACZ, the Consent Holder shall submit to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification an ESCP which provides for the management of all bulk earthworks to minimise any discharge of debris, soil, sediment or sediment-laden water beyond the site to either land and/ or stormwater drainage systems.
4.3.2 & Appendix D
54
The Consent Holder shall request the Council's (Team Leader Central Monitoring) determination as to whether the ESCP can be certified, in writing, within 10 working days of receipt of the ESCP. No construction activity shall commence until certification from Council is provided.
Noted
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
14 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4
55
4.3.2 & Appendix D
An ESCP shall include, but is not limited to, the following matters: • identification of construction zones and construction support areas; • specific erosion and sediment control works for each Active Construction Zone (location, dimensions, capacity supporting calculations and design drawings), which should be in line with Industry Best Practice that will meet or exceed the performance of measures detailed in TP90; • catchment boundaries; • the timing and duration of construction and operation of control works (in relation to the staging and sequencing of earthworks); • details relating to the management of exposed areas; • reference to the Flocculent Treatment Management Plan and confirmation of erosion and sediment control measures necessary to give effect to that plan; • reference to the Contaminated Soils Management Plan and confirmation of erosion and sediment control measures necessary to give effect to that plan; and • monitoring and maintenance requirements, including information on complaint investigation and response procedures, training, and roles and responsibilities.
56
Any change to an ESCP shall be submitted to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification.
Noted
57
The Consent Holder shall request the Council’s (Team Leader Central Monitoring) written determination as to whether the proposed change can be certified, to be provided within 10 working days of submission of the change. No activity reliant upon a change to the ESCP can be undertaken until the change has been certified.
Noted
58
The Consent Holder shall comply with the ESCP for the duration of the earthworks associated with the Project.
Noted
Groundwater and Settlement Monitoring and Contingency Plan
96
During construction, the Consent Holder shall implement procedures that will appropriately respond to the information received from the monitoring system, including assessment at each excavation stage of the actual retention and building response against the predictions determined from the detailed design.
Appendix L
97
The procedures referred to in Condition 96 shall be set out in a GSMCP, prepared and submitted by the Consent Holder at least 20 working days prior to the Commencement of Dewatering, together with a statement from the IBA confirming its adequacy, to the Manager for certification.
Noted
98
The Consent Holder shall request Council’s (The Manager) determination as to whether the GSMCP can be certified in writing within 10 working days of receipt of the GSMCP.
Noted
99
No dewatering on the subject site shall commence until certification from the Manager is provided.
Noted
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
15 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4
100
The GSMCP required by Condition 97 shall include the requirements of this resource consent including, but not limited to, the following: a. An “as built” survey plan of all monitoring locations based on approximate positions located on the plans entitled: • A02502731, Figure 39, Rev B dated May 2016 and ET Table 7.1 (Appendix 3); and • The plans referred to in Appendix 1 and any further building-specific monitoring requirements determined from the detailed pre-construction building condition assessment. b. Full details (frequency and scope) of groundwater (including construction logs), ground surface, building, retaining wall, building façade, inclinometer monitoring programme and conditions surveys, and frequency and scope of visual inspections required by this consent; c. A bar chart, such as a Gantt chart, showing the timing and frequency of the condition surveys and monitoring required by this consent relative to the Commencement of Dewatering and the Completion of Dewatering; d. Groundwater alert triggers, defined as 90% of predicted drawdown below seasonal low groundwater levels; e. Details of all alert and alarm triggers (including any necessary horizontal and vertical displacements), the frequency of monitoring and the criteria to cease monitoring for each ground, building and retaining wall deformation marks and inclinometers, extensometers. The alert and alarm triggers shall be an update of the provisional triggers provided on drawings CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2640 Rev 4. dated 14 October 2016 and CRL-SYW-RME-000-DRG-2642 Rev 3. dated 11 October 2016; Details of the contingency measures to be implemented if alert or alarm triggers are exceeded, including a Response Plan; g. Identification of any adjacent Services susceptible to damage and details of any pre and post construction monitoring or inspection; h. Details of monitoring proposed to ensure the effects of any ground settlement adjacent to shafts proposed for the installation of new utilities near Mt Eden Station are adequately monitored; i. Details of the monitoring proposed to be undertaken to protect the issued groundwater diversion consents listed below against cumulative settlement effects: i. Consent No. 45735, 46 Upper Queen Street ii. Consent No. 44531, 224 Hobson Street iii. Consent 44857, 106 Vincent Street iv. Consent No. 45635, 210 Federal Street v. Consent No. 44571, 58 Albert Street vi. Consent No. 43162, 26 Poynton Terrace
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
16 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4
Appendix L
j. Identification of existing basements which could be subject to potential flooding from post-construction groundwater mounding; details of monitoring of long-term groundwater mounding effects; and details of groundwater drain construction to prevent groundwater mounding; and k. The review of the proposed alarm and alert trigger levels in Appendix 2, approved by the IBA, following the preconstruction building condition surveys (required by Condition 109) that confirms they are set to ensure Serviceability Limits will be not be exceeded and whether the monitoring frequency is adequate, possibly requiring further site investigation work where sensitive structures are identified as part of Condition 112. 101
The GSMCP may be varied, including frequency of monitoring, subject to the certification of the Manager, which is contingent on approval of the IBA.
Noted
Advice Note: The Manager will endeavour to determine whether the change can be certified, in writing, within 10 working days of submission of the change. 102
Once certified, the GSMCP shall be implemented for the periods specified in conditions of this consent.
Noted
103
The Consent Holder shall advise the Manager, in writing, of the date of the proposed Commencement of Dewatering.
Noted
Prior to the submission of the GSMCP, the Consent Holder shall employ an independent Senior Qualified Person to undertake, subject to the approval of the property owner, a detailed pre-construction condition survey of all buildings specified in Appendix 2 in order to confirm their existing condition.
Appendix M
Building Inspection 109
The survey and assessment shall include, but not be limited to, the following: a. any information about the type of foundations; b. existing levels of damage considered to be of an aesthetic or superficial nature; c. existing levels of damage considered to affect the serviceability of the building where visually apparent and without recourse to intrusive or destructive investigation; d. a professional opinion as to whether observed damage may or may not be associated with actual structural damage; e. susceptibility of the building or structure to further movement; f. specific assessment of building damage with reference to the trigger levels identified in Appendix 2; g. review of proposed alarm and alert trigger levels to confirm they are appropriately set; and h. photographic evidence of (b) and (c).
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
17 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4
Contaminated Soils Management Plan
131
At least 20 days prior to the commencement of construction (earthworks), the Consent Holder shall provide a Contaminated Soils Management Plan (CSMP) to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification. The CSMP shall be prepared by a Contaminated Land Professional in accordance with the Contaminated Land Management Guidelines, No.1 Reporting on Contaminated Sites in New Zealand, Ministry for the Environment (revised 2011).
Appendix H
132
The Consent Holder shall request that Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) provide a determination to the Consent Holder, in writing, within 10 working days of receipt of the CSMP, whether the CSMP can be certified as per the requirements of the Condition 134.
Noted
133
No earthworks shall commence until
Noted
a.certification is provided from the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) that the CSMP satisfactorily meets the requirements of Schedule 13 (A4) of the ACRP:ALW, and b.all measures identified in that plan as being required to be established prior to the commencement of earthworks have been established. 134
The CSMP shall address the following matters: a. The areas within the project site designated for the excavation works, including depths and extent of the proposed works, and an updated map/s showing the land disturbance activity areas b. Excavation, management, and disposal procedures for soil, sediment, dust, surface run-off water, perched groundwater, and groundwater, if encountered c. Temporary containment, treatment, and testing procedures for any water getting in contact with the contaminated material if the disposal option is to the stormwater system or the marine environment is considered d. Contingency measures for unexpected discovery of contamination e. Proposed sampling and analysis, if applicable; and f. Any proposed works summary reporting. Advice Note: The Council acknowledges that the CSMP is intended to provide flexibility of for the management of the works and contaminant discharge. Accordingly, the Plan may need to be further updated. Any updates must be limited to the scope of this consent and consistent with the conditions of this consent. If you would like to confirm that any proposed updates are within scope, or have any other queries, please contact the Council (Team Leader Earth and Stream Works, Trees, and Contaminated Land, Natural Resources and Specialist Input) on (09) 301 0101.
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
18 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4
Appendix H, sections 2.0 & 5.0
Air Quality Management Plan
223
The final AQMP/s shall be prepared by a Senior Qualified Person, provided to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification at least 20 working days prior to the commencement of construction and shall include: a. a clear identification of the type and location of the controls proposed; b. a detailed framework for the management, mitigation and monitoring of construction and earthworks activities associated with the Project; c. a focus principally on the sources of dust discharges, and d. an assessment of the risk of discharges from each ACZ and the associated CSA.
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
19 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4
Appendix I, sections 2.0, 3.3, 4.0 & 5.0
224
The final AQMP/s shall also provide detailed methods including, but not limited to, the following matters: a. methods to ensure exposed surfaces remain dampened to minimise dust emissions (possible examples include a water spray system or other suitable system, water carts and other suppression methods); b. ensuring a 20 km/hr vehicle speed limit within the ACZs and CSAs; c. operation of wheel washes; d. regular sweeping of public roads around the exit points of ACZs and CSAs and sealed vehicle accessways within these areas; e. measures for supressing dust from any temporary stock piles (demonstrating how they are to be limited to no more than 24 mÂł of uncovered spoil at any one time in each ACZ); f. measures for the handling of cement associated with the forming of cement stabilised columns, including filter systems and high level alarms where a silo is used; g. covering of loads of material being delivered and removed from the site; h. instrument monitoring of dust concentrations (including identification of a monitoring methodology, monitoring network and appropriate alert thresholds) to ensure that any significant dust effects arising from the ACZs or CSAs are identified and remedied as soon as practicable throughout the Project; i. the locations of instrument dust monitoring sites, including at least three re-locatable and/or fixed monitors to be associated with each of ACZs A, K and M, and the duration of this monitoring; j. measures for responding to continuous instrument dust monitoring trigger alarms, including contingency measures to reduce measured concentrations below the trigger thresholds and provisions for responding after standard operating hours; k. measures for undertaking meteorological observations and visual inspections of dust or other air discharges from the Project, to be completed at least on a daily basis, with all relevant information logged; and l. information regarding complaint logging, investigation and response procedures, training and roles and responsibilities. The Team Leader Central Monitoring shall be requested to respond to the AQMP/s with any suggested changes within 10 working days from receipt of the AQMP; otherwise the AQMP may be considered by the Consent Holder to be certified by the Council.
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
20 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4
Appendix I, sections 3.0 & 4.0
2
Project Description
2.1
CRL Overview
The CRL project comprises the construction, operation and maintenance of a 3.4 km underground passenger railway, running between Britomart Station and the North Auckland Rail Line (NAL) in the vicinity of Mt Eden station. The proposed works include the construction of twin underground rail tunnels and two underground stations using cut and cover methods, and tunnel boring methods, up to 42 m below ground. The complex nature and substantial size of the project has meant that the project has been broken up into multiple different packages. This CEMP specifically relates to the removal or cut back of canopies and the relocation of utilities along Albert Street, from Wellesley Street to Victoria Street West. The proposed works are described in more detail in sections 2.2 and 2.3 below.
2.2
Canopy Removal and Utilities Relocation
To enable suitable site access, there is a requirement to remove or cut back the canopies of the buildings located along the western side of Albert Street, between Wellesley Street and Victoria Street West. The following properties are subject to the canopy removal works:
99 Albert Street (AA Building) 105 Albert Street (Manhattan Apartments) 109-125 Albert Street (Sky City Building) 135 Albert Street (Auckland Council Building)
The network of buried pipes and cables under Albert Street will need to be permanently diverted to enable construction of the station. The existing services will be relocated into a shared services trench approximately 4.0m in depth by 1.5m in width, located in the space between the new station wall and the existing buildings. Based on the approximate distance from the corners of Albert Street with Wellesley Street and Victoria Street West, it is estimated the trench will be about 220m long and the excavated volume about 1,320m 3. Figure 1 to follow shows the worksite layout, pedestrian pathways and hoarding locations.
Figure 1 Worksite layout, temporary pedestrian pathways and hoardings
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
21 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4
2.3
Construction Methodology
2.3.1
Canopy Removal / Dismantling / Cut-backs
The canopy removal or cut back works, specifically the extent of dismantling / removal, is different for each building, however there are common methodologies that will apply to each stage, and similar tools and techniques will be used throughout, as detailed in the schedule below. The equipment listed in Table 4 below will be supplemented by normal hand tools, ladders and handheld power tools. Table 4 Indicative canopy removal or cut back construction methodology
Activity
Equipment & Materials
Set up and prepare site, install temporary traffic management (TTM), and erosion and sediment control (ESC) provisions and install pedestrian pathways;
For AA and Manhattan – via existing undercroft
For Sky City and Auckland Council – Container walkways
Approx. Duration
Trucks, signage, cones, mobile crane, excavator, containers, barriers, hoardings
2 weeks
Scaffold, gas welder / cutting torch, cherry picker, mobile crane, trucks.
Up to 8 weeks, for each building.
Provide pedestrian access to affected building entrances. Provide vehicle access to Manhattan and Sky City car parks. Terminate all power supplies to and relocate any and all plant, equipment and signage currently located on those parts of the canopy to be removed. Erect scaffold, dismantle and remove building canopy or cut-back to agreed position.
Remove glazing/panel/roof sections
Remove roof/secondary supports between main support beams
Remove primary support beams
Install weatherproof flashing to building façade and make good.
Total
2.3.2
No hammer drills or percussion tools to be used, to minimize noise and vibration.
Scaffold, trucks, cherry picker, mobile crane, hand tools. Approximately
2 weeks, for each building.
20 weeks
Utility Services Relocation
Following canopy removals or cut-backs, below ground works will commence on the shared utility services trench. The trench will be excavated in two stages; first stage to 1.5m depth, around existing ducts and cables; second stage to approximately 4.0m depth, for installation of new stormwater and wastewater mains. Hydro-vac excavation will be used where ever possible, to minimise noise and vibration, and
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
22 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4
to protect existing buried services. Temporary pedestrian and vehicle bridges will be provided where the trench runs across building entrances. The trench will also be backfilled in two discrete stages; first stage to backfill over the new pipes to approximately 1.5m below ground level; second stage to backfill around the new ducts and cables to the surface. After the first stage of backfilling, the new stormwater and wastewater mains will be tested, then individual property connections (branches) installed, allowing installation of the water supply main. The water main will be tested and then connected to the individual properties. Cable ducts for power and telecommunications cables are then laid in the trench, and the trench is then backfilled to the surface. Cable joint pits are then excavated, cables pulled through the ducts, and cables cutover and connected to individual properties. This section of the work includes power and communications outages, which will be planned and coordinated with building occupants, to minimise disruption. Abandoned or redundant services will then be removed from the station wall piling line, all excavations backfilled and the footpath pavement reinstated. The equipment listed in Table 5 below will be supplemented by hand tools, ladders and hand-held power tools. Table 5 Indicative utilities relocation construction methodology
Activity
Equipment & Materials
Approx. Duration
Mark out proposed footprint of trench section (up to 50m length). Identify and locate existing services on surface.
Trucks, Hand held service locator
2 weeks
Saw cut and remove existing pavement (pavement is primarily asphalt surfacing, with isolated granite tile inserts). This would be done in brief periods progressively along the trench.
Concrete saw, handheld concrete breaker – only where necessary, excavator, trucks
2 - 3 weeks for the overall length of the trench; 2 – 3 days in front of each building
Expose and support existing services to 1.5m depth– maintain all vehicle and pedestrian access with temporary crossings.
HydroVac and normal excavator, trucks
6 weeks
Excavate trench to maximum 4m depth, using mini excavator, carefully working around struts and services. Provide temporary strutting & shoring to trench sides, with timbers or trench shield, as appropriate.
Generally using mini excavator. Truck mounted crane, excavator, trench shields
3 weeks
Lay pipe bedding and install new wastewater and stormwater pipes, connect to downstream discharge points.
Excavator, plate compactor, truck mounted or mobile crane
4 – 6 weeks
This would be done in brief periods progressively along the trench.
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
23 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4
Backfill approximately half trench depth,
Trucks, excavator, plate compactor (no vibrating rollers)
4 -6 weeks
Draw cables through new ducts (where required) and cut-over live mains. Place and compact remaining sections of trench backfill
Truck mounted crane, excavator
10 weeks
Total
Approximately
Lay new power and communication ducts, place and compact trench backfill where possible. Excavation for draw pits and joint bays and connection points to be left open.
2.4
40 weeks
Programme
The Project is anticipated to take approximately 15 months to construct based on Connectus and CRLL’s best knowledge of underground services and therefore, the scope of work considered at the time of preparing this CEMP. Should additional complexity or additional underground services be encountered during the course of the Project, then the Project duration will extend beyond 15 months. To ensure the Project works are undertaken as quickly and efficiently as possible, construction sequence activities may be performed in parallel, i.e. canopies removed/cut-back from more than one building simultaneously. The approximate timing of these main activities is shown in Table 4 and Table 5 above.
2.5
Hours of Operation
The designation conditions require that a number of noise and vibration limits are adhered to which restrict noise and vibration generating activity to between 0700 and 2200 (designation conditions 31 to 35). However, works will generally be undertaken between 0700 and 1900 Monday to Saturday.
2.6
Site Layout and Management
Figure 2 to follow shows an indicative site layout for the Project works area from a traffic management perspective.
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
24 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4
Figure 2 Project area layout
2.7
Security, Safety and Public Viewing
Pedestrians on Albert Street will be separated from the Project area via a variety of hoardings such as containers and solid barriers, which will ensure their safety is maintained and provide a view of the work site where possible. These hoardings also secure the work site area and assist in providing a safe working environment for the construction contractors. Pedestrian access along the western side of Albert Street will be maintained through the construction period. Figure 3, Figure 4 and Figure 5 to follow provide examples of how pedestrian access will be managed adjacent to the work site.
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
25 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4
Figure 3 Examples of container approach to pedestrian hoarding and safety management
Figure 4 Hoarding outside Auckland Council, 135 Albert Street
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
26 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4
Figure 5 Hoarding outside AA centre, 99 Albert Street
2.8
Graffiti and Litter
Security fences and hoardings will be inspected for integrity and graffiti as part of a weekly environmental inspection. A small quantity of paint will be kept on site to paint over graffiti rapidly. The Construction Contractor will target painting over graffiti within 48 hours of identifying the problem (although this may take longer if it requires working at height). The site will be inspected for litter via the daily work site maintenance programme. The Construction Contractor and CRLL will discourage graffiti by putting murals and project information on hoardings (where practicable) to avoid providing a blank canvas for graffiti. CRLL will continue to work with businesses to assist in the regular removal of waste from the Project area.
2.9
Returning the Site to Public Use
This will be detailed in the Urban Design DWP which will be prepared as part of a subsequent Outline Plan process for the CRL Main works.
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
27 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4
3
Social and Environmental Management
This CEMP presents a framework of principles, environmental policy and performance standards as well as processes for implementing appropriate environmental management. The methods for achieving this are presented in detail in the sections below.
3.1
Construction Activities and Associated Environmental Receivers
Key construction activities associated with the Project include the removal/dismantling of building canopies and excavation of the utilities trench. These activities have the potential to affect different aspects of the environment (e.g. traffic, noise). The DWPs and MPs attached to this CEMP detail mitigation measures specific to the environmental aspect and detail further the construction activity which causes the potential effect.
3.2
Environmental Risk Register
The Project Risk Register includes environmental risks for the construction activities related to the Project. A risk register for the Project will be developed by the Construction Contractor and stored in their document management system. The information contained in the risk register provides a guide for the implementation of environmental management activities, controls and monitoring, thus minimising environmental impacts.
3.2.1
Review of the Register
The risk register is a ‘living document’ and will be constantly updated to address changing conditions, revised methodologies and each new work area. The Environment and Sustainability Manager (ESM) is required to maintain and review environmental risks within the register. The risk register will be reviewed prior to the commencement of construction activities (taking into account finalised construction methodologies), at regular intervals and when there is a new or changed activity, equipment or location. Changes to legislative requirements may also drive risk register reviews. The register will be reviewed on a quarterly basis as a minimum. The ESM, with the assistance of environmental and technical experts, will determine whether the CEMP and plans require revision to reflect the revised risk assessment. CRLL, as the consent holder, will be responsible for obtaining AC approvals, if any are required, prior to commencing any new or changed activities. The ESM will inform the relevant staff, Project Director and management team of any changes to the environmental risks within the Project risk register.
3.3
Cumulative Effects
Methods to address cumulative effects are outlined for specific activities within the suite of plans attached to this CEMP. Monitoring for each area includes methods to ensure the effects from the Project are well understood and delineated from effects of concurrent construction projects in proximity.
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
28 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4
3.4
Legislative and Other Requirement
This section details the statutory framework and other requirements for environmental management on the Project and outlines the relevant legislation, policies, plans and consents.
3.4.1
National Legal Requirements and Policies
The Construction Contractor will comply with all relevant legislation and will employ best practice environmental management procedures. Key environmental legislation for management of the Project is identified in Table 6 below. Table 6 Key national legislation, regulations and standards
National legislation, regulations, strategies and policies Resource Management Act 1991 Hazardous Substances and New Organisms Act 1996 Protected Objects Act 1975 for the relevant archaeological and heritage standards/practices Heritage New Zealand Pouhere Taonga Act 2014 National Environmental Standard – Air Quality 2004 (NEW:AQ) National Environmental Standard for Assessing and Managing Contaminants in Soil to Protect Human Health Regulations 2011
The Construction Contractor will identify, maintain and continually evaluate compliance with legal and other related requirements that are applicable to delivery of the Project.
3.4.2
Legislation, Standards and Guidelines relating to Environmental Aspects
Table 7 identifies legislation, standards and guidelines which are relevant to specific environmental aspects of the Project and will be read in conjunction with the relevant DWPs and MPs of this CEMP. Table 7 Standards, guidelines and specific statutory requirements associated with environmental aspects and detailed in the CEMP and plans
Environmental Aspect/Plan Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plan
Plan Statutory Requirements, Guidelines and Standards
NZS 6803:1999 Acoustics – Construction Noise
DIN 4150-3:1999 Structural Vibration (German standard)
BS 5228:2009 Code of Practice for Noise and Vibration Control on Structures (British Standard)
NZS 6801:2008 Measurement of Sound
NZS 6802:2008 Assessment of Environmental Sound
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
29 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4
Ministry for Environment, Good Practice Guide for Assessing and Managing the Environmental Effects of Dust Emissions 2001
AS/NZ 3580.1.1: 2007 Method for sampling and analysis of ambient air – Guide to siting air monitoring equipment
National Environmental Standard for Air Quality (AQNES)
Auckland Regional Council – TP90 - Erosion and Sediment Control Guidelines for Land Disturbing Activities
Auckland Regional Council – TP10 – Design Guideline Manual Stormwater Treatment Devices
Ministry for Environment A Guide to the Management of Cleanfills 2002
Health and Safety in Employment (Asbestos) Regulations 1998
Department of Labour Guidelines for the Management and removal of Asbestos (revised) 1999
Ministry for Environment, Contaminated Land Management Guidelines No 1 to 5
National Environmental Standard for Assessing and Managing Contaminants in Soil to Protect Human Health Regulations 2011
Traffic Access and Parking DWP
Auckland City Council Manual of Temporary Traffic Management
Historic Character DWP
Heritage New Zealand Pouhere Taonga Act 2014
Air Quality DWP
Erosion and Sediment Control Plan
Contaminated DWP
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
30 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4
4
Implementation and Operation
This section addresses how the CEMP, DWPs and MPs will be implemented. Details around the following are provided:
Roles and responsibilities; Training and induction; Operating Procedures; Emergency and Incident Responses; Communication and Interfaces; and Complaints Management.
4.1
Roles and Responsibilities
4.1.1
Overview and Responsibility for this Plan
Each person involved in the Project has equal responsibility to avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse environmental effects. There are three key groups with responsibility for environmental management of the Project:
CRLL as the Project owner; Connectus, the construction contractor undertaking the works; and AC which audits the works and monitors compliance with resource consent conditions, the CEMP, DWPs and MPs.
Connectus will appoint an ESM as part of the Construction Team during the construction phase of the Project. The ESM will be involved throughout this period to give advice and to ensure that the CEMP and plans are implemented and maintained. Further details of responsibilities during the construction phase are included below.
4.1.2
Specific Roles and Responsibilities
The key management roles for each organisation in relation to environmental management during the construction of the Project are outlined in Table 8. Key roles of personnel as they relate to environmental management during the construction of the Project are detailed below. Roles and responsibilities of personnel which implement specific environmental controls and monitoring programs (such as the contaminated land specialist and archaeologist) are detailed in the relevant Plans.
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
31 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4
Table 8 Specific roles and responsibilities
Organisation
Role
Responsibilities
City Rail Link Ltd
Requiring Authority, Consent Holder and Project Manager
o
o
o
CRLL Project Director
o
o
CRLL C2 Construction Manager
Identifying and managing project risks and issues.
o
Regular reporting to the CRLL Board, CRL Steering Group and Project Control and Integration Group. AC and other key stakeholders.
o
Managing performance of the Contractor. Responsible for the Contractor’s adherence to DWPs.
o
o
o o
CRLL Consents Manager
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
Providing strategic direction to all workstreams to provide an integrated approach to the delivery of the CRL. Overseeing project planning, acquisition, design, constructability, procurement, stakeholder engagement, communications, programme and financial control.
o
o
CRLL Communications Manager
Overall responsibility for project compliance and performance in relation to environment, quality assurance and incident management. Obtaining new or altered resource consents required during construction (if any). Key contact for monitoring compliance. Attendance at monthly meetings with Connectus ‘Key contact’ and AC Consent Monitoring Officers.
o
Manager of CRL Communications for CRLL and responsible for communicating key aspects of Project to stakeholders, affected parties and general public. Manages CRL Communications Strategy and is point of contact for CRLL. Manages CBLGs for Project. Manages CRLL’s online presence, specifically the CRLL website. Main point of contact for implementation of, and compliance with CRL designation and resource consent conditions.
32 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4
CRLL Construction Safety Manager
o o
o
CRLL C2.1/2.2 Project Manager
o o
o
CRLL Street Response Manager
o
o o
o
Construction Contractor Connectus
Project Director/Construction Manager
o o o
o
o
o
Stakeholder and Communications Manager
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
o
Health and Safety regime for the CRL enabling works. Being informed of all incidents, according to severity and time scales as outlined in the Health and Safety Plan for Connectus Reporting to the AT Rail Systems and Safety Assurance Manager. Performance oversight of Construction, Coordinate different CRLL (client) work streams to provide quality and timely client inputs and decisions. Liaise fortnightly with the Project affected community regarding project progress and scheduled works in conjunction with the Stakeholder and Communications Manager. Manages CRL street response measures including street cleaning, graffiti removal. Co-ordinates Albert Street Business Promotion events. Co-ordinates CRL Business Support Programme (Business Pack). Proactively identifying opportunities to mitigate impact on businesses. Construction delivery. Ensuring site personnel adhere to the CEMP and delivery work plans. Leading the process and providing expertise in specialist areas. Alerting the Stakeholder and Communications Manager to stakeholder groups, individuals or issues that need attention. Providing technical information and project progress/milestone information to CRLL for briefings and CLG meetings. Leading the response to issues management and crisis management. Ensuring that subcontractors adhere to the Project communication protocols and procedures. The main and readily accessible point of contact for persons affected by the Project in addition to the 24-hour inquiries service.
33 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4
o
o o
o
o
o
o
Inform the community of project progress and likely commencement of construction works and programme. Liaise fortnightly with the Project affected community. Manage stakeholder enquiries and working with relevant persons in the team to resolve complaints. Immediately report high risk issues to the CRLL Project Manager and the CRLL Communications Manager. Report weekly to CRLL Project Manager and the Communications Manager on all key community relations and stakeholder management issues. Work with the CRLL Communications Manager to manage and track stakeholder relations and risks. Assist the CRLL Communications team with: - stakeholders communications; - delivering communications activity; and - media enquiries
o
o
Provide communications collateral and strategic advice to Connectus Project Director/Construction Manager on critical stakeholder engagement, communications and relationship building. Assist the Construction Manager in the briefing of site personnel with respect to - the mandatory site inductions regarding the standards and requirements for community relations; - the protocols to follow if they are approached by a member of the public or the media; and - behaviour protocols in and around the construction site boundaries.
Environmental and Sustainability Manager (ESM)
o o
o
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
Key contact for compliance monitoring. Inspections, auditing and checking of environmental management practices and procedures. On-site compliance with consent conditions and other requirements
34 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4
o
o
o
o o
o o o Project and Site Engineers
o
o
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
and tracking compliance information. Attendance at compliance meetings with Auckland Council Compliance and Monitoring Officers. Report to CRLL changes to construction techniques or natural environmental changes which require alterations to existing consents or new resource consents. Prepare (with assistance from Technical Specialists), review and update CEMP and relevant subplans. Facilitate and oversee environmental monitoring. Update and maintain the environmental portion of the Project Risk Register. Training of all staff including subcontractors. Reporting on environmental and sustainability KPIs. Undertaking incident investigations. Development, management and monitoring of Construction Execution Procedures (CEPs). Including incorporating environmental and sustainability requirements into the detailed CEPs developed on site. Overseeing subcontractors.
35 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4
Subcontractors
4.1.2.1
o
Directing all public and media enquiries to the Stakeholder and Communications Manager.
o
Identifying themselves as a member of the project team and the company they work for. Using approved haul routes so that access to and egress from the sites is undertaken with minimum disruption to the local community.
o
Parking only in designated project parking areas, if available
o
Working within approved construction hours.
o
Working within the conditions specified in the Permits to Notify.
o
Showing consideration for stakeholders and community members at all times while working on the project and when travelling to and from the project site.
All Staff
Attending project induction tool-box talks;
Ensuring that required processes and procedures for environmental management are followed;
Within day to day work responsibilities, ensure the environment both on site and adjacent to the site is protected and respected;
Ensure the site is tidy and all litter is placed in bins; and
Responsible for reporting environmental incidents, complaints, defects and other problem areas to senior staff as they arise on site;
Ensuring that environmental mitigation and protection measures are maintained and working correctly;
Ensure all graffiti is removed from the site boundary and security fences as soon as possible.
4.1.2.2
Project Director
Takes ultimate responsibility for compliance with resource consent conditions;
Approves environmental plans prior to issue; and
Notifies CRLL of any environmental non-compliances (e.g. AC, Heritage New Zealand) or other environmental incidents;
Ensures adequate resources are provided to ensure environmental issues and obligations are appropriately managed.
4.1.2.3
Stakeholder and Communications Manager
Responsible for notifying residents of Project works in accordance with the CCP and SIBDDWP;
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
36 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4
Disseminates information to the public as approved by CRLL; and Primary contact for Project related complaints and enquiries.
4.1.2.4
Environmental and Sustainability Manager
Provides leadership to ensure staff are motivated to achieve environmental standards, and comply with all resource consent and designation conditions;
Develops, implements and reviews environmental management systems including the CEMP and plans for the Project;
Co-ordinates the interfaces and communications with external agencies and stakeholders in relation to environmental management on the Project in conjunction with Communication and Consultation Manager;
Manages and co-ordinates all consents required (current), and construction monitoring and maintains and submits relevant reporting and records to the AC and CRLL, as required;
Undertakes regular site inspections and audits to ensure compliance with the CEMP and plans and consent conditions;
Input records of all environmental monitoring results to Fulcrum;
Coordinates all site monitoring including but not limited to groundwater, settlement, water quality, dust, noise, and vibration monitoring and provides necessary related training and advice to staff in relation to this monitoring;
Trains staff in site specific environmental procedures;
Ensures spill kits are available and stocked and provides training on equipment use.
Coordinates environmental interfaces with consultants, subcontractors and suppliers; Coordinates site archaeological monitoring and protection requirements and provides necessary training and advice to site staff;
Coordinates environmental emergency responses; Notifies Project Director of any significant environmental non-compliances; Responsible for resolving issues of environmental non-compliances; Manages maintenance and monitoring of the effectiveness of erosion and sediment controls, stormwater devices and other control devices; and
4.1.2.5
Project Technical Specialists
Prepares the DWPs and MPs for the CEMP; Undertakes monitoring as required by the individual DWPs and MPs; Liaise with the ESM to confirm compliance with the DWPs and MPs; Provide assistance to the ESM on technical matters.
4.1.2.6
Project Engineer
Provides leadership to the site team to achieve Project environmental objectives and targets to ensure a high level of performance is achieved;
Responsible for ensuring environmental controls and erosion and sediment control works are installed, modified and maintained as appropriate for each stage of construction;
Assists in the development, implementation and review of Project environmental objectives; and
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
37 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4
Ensures all staff on-site are aware of environmental requirements at all times and sees that routine maintenance to erosion sediment control facilities and management measures continue with ongoing effectiveness.
4.1.3
Contact Details
Project Director – Chris Powell - Chris.Powell@connectus.net.nz Environmental Manager – John Surphlis - John.Surphlis@mcdgroup.com H&S Advisor – Glenn Taylor - glenn.taylor@connectus.net.nz Stakeholder Manager – Alan Howard-Smith - alan.howard-smith@hawkins.co.nz
4.2
Training and Induction
All personnel will receive training of a type and level of detail that is appropriate for the environmental aspects of their routine and emergency work assignments. As a minimum, all personnel are required to satisfactorily complete the Project Induction Training. Other mechanisms of communicating environmental controls are through the induction training, weekly tool box talks and prestart meetings, all of which are described below.
4.2.1
Induction Training
The Project Induction includes a presentation of the requirements of this CEMP and in particular the requirements of the issue specific plans, incident response, emergency procedures and spill management. The purpose of the induction is to ensure that, at a minimum, the employee or subcontractor is aware of the main environmental requirements for their scope of work, including:
Understands the importance of conforming with the environmental policy and procedures and to the requirements of this CEMP; and
Is aware of the emergency response and incident procedures.
4.2.2
Tool Box Talks
Weekly tool box talks are conducted for site personnel to deliver specific training in an aspect of work or controls. This may include spill kit training or correct erection of a silt fence. This training provides site personnel with ongoing environmental training and information throughout the Project. Participants in tool box talks shall sign the attendance sheet.
4.2.3
Pre-Start Meetings
Pre-start meetings are used by the supervisors and foremen to explain the work to be done in the upcoming shift. All operational aspects of the task are discussed including safety and environmental issues and controls, particularly if there are new hazards or if there has been a recent incident. An environmental management representative will attend as applicable to explain new environmental controls or reiterate existing controls. Pre-start meetings will be undertaken in accordance with the A2N regional consent requirements.
4.3
Operating Procedures
The following sections of the CEMP describe the environmental aspects associated with the construction phase of the Project along with the operational controls and mitigation measures. The DWPs and MPs of this CEMP detail the controls and measures for each environmental aspect are cross-referenced.
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
38 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4
4.3.1
Network Utilities
Consultation and co-ordination with Network Utility Operators (NUO) will be ongoing throughout the duration of the construction of the Project and will continue to be undertaken in accordance with the ‘Principles and Objectives’ and ‘How we will communicate and consult’ sections of the CCP (Appendix K). The Construction Contractor will also utilise the strategies outlined in the Engagement Tools section of the Communication and Consultation Plan. The following NUO’s have been consulted with in order to ensure the continued operation of Network Utilities throughout construction of the Project (unless otherwise agreed with the NUO) and to ensure that relocation and protection of applicable utilities occurs prior to and during Project Construction:
Vector Electricity Vector Gas Vector Communications Chorus Vodafone AC Stormwater Watercare Services City Link
Consultation has included weekly workshops and ongoing liaison through emails, phone calls, and meetings. No methods or measures of construction were disputed during consultation. Prior to excavation works for utility relocations, all utilities in the excavation area will be physically identified by GPR (Ground Penetrating Radar) (or similar techniques) and marked out on the ground. In order to ensure the continued operation of the utilities and to ensure the NUO have access to existing utilities for maintenance/emergency access and repair at all reasonable times, regular consultation and coordination with all NUOs will be undertaken throughout construction of the Project. This will be through workshops, regularly scheduled meetings, phone calls and emails. 4.3.1.1
Provision of Drawings to Network Utility Operators
All new utilities being installed on the Project will be surveyed by a registered surveyor and transferred into a drawing which satisfies each of the NUOs specific ‘as built’ requirements. This information will be provided to the NUOs via CRLL.
4.3.2
Erosion and Sediment Control
An ESCP has been prepared to satisfy the relevant A2N resource consent conditions 53 – 58 and is included in Appendix D. The ESCP provides for the management of all earthworks operations to minimise any discharge of debris, soil, sediment or sediment laden water beyond the site to either land and/or stormwater drainage systems. The ESCP follows the principles of Erosion and Sediment Control which are well understood by the contracting industry and are based on Auckland Council’s Technical Publication 90 ‘Erosion and Sediment Control Guidelines for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region’ (referred to as ‘TP90’). Earthworks activities will involve trenching on the western side of Albert Street between Victoria and Wellesley Streets (approx. 200m). Excavations will generally occur in the footpath area between existing buildings and the existing kerb line, up to approximately 4m deep. Excavations are to install new services and remove existing redundant services. Additional trenching to make connections to existing utility networks will be required at both Victoria and Wellesley Street intersections with Albert Street.
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
39 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4
Material from the trenching activities will be removed from site to an approved disposal location. Backfill to trenches will be approved imported fill material in accordance with NUO specifications and A2N resource consent conditions. Sediment loading is anticipated to be low as construction works will be undertaken using the following controls to minimise erosion potential and reduce sediment loads to the receiving stormwater network prior to discharge from the Construction Support Area (CSA) and works area, unless otherwise proposed in the ESCP:
The work site shall include perimeter hoardings to ensure separation of the work site from the public. Ensure the hoarding lines are installed with solid barriers at the base with waterproof seal to existing pavements to divert stormwater away from the construction support areas to existing catchpits;
During an unforeseen rainfall event that limits on carrying out the work, the work shall be stopped and the erosion and sediment control measures shall be checked and upgraded or modified where necessary prior to commencing work again;
All catch pits within and in the vicinity of the works site to be protected by inlet protection;
Excavated material shall be loaded straight onto trucks where possible (and covered prior to removal). If spoil/ fill or demolition debris is to be stored on site, material shall be placed within a bunded area using super silt fences or a similar alternative such as covering the stockpile with geotextile. Stockpiles will not be located in an area where runoff cannot be controlled;
Any suspected contaminated materials encountered will be notified to the Engineer and removed from site to appropriate landfill as contaminated soils until soil testing confirms otherwise and are suitable for managed fill disposal;
Covered truck loads for material/ spoil transport to and from the construction site;
Access points are expected to be impervious stabilised areas (asphalt) however if bare earth is exposed, stabilised entry/exit points shall be provided;
As vehicles are not expected to be accessing exposed areas, wash down areas and facilities are not proposed to be provided. If vehicles access exposed areas, a washdown area and facility will need to be provided to ensure vehicles leaving the site are ‘clean’.
Road sweeping will be carried out along the adjacent streets where trucks leave the site to ensure that no residual material is left behind which may be hazardous to traffic and pedestrians; and
No discharge of surface or groundwater to wastewater systems is proposed.
All surface and ground water flows to be collected by localised sumps within the excavation area and pumped to a settlement tank within the CSA prior to discharge or be removed by sucker truck where no space for a settlement tank is available;
Water will be available on call to wet down pavement areas to prevent dust movement; Surface site runoff within the CSA shall generally be collected against hoarding lines and directed to existing catch pits. Where flows cannot be collected prior to discharge from the site filter socks (or similar), measures shall be put in place to ensure flows are collected and treated prior to discharge from site;
The footpath will be reinstated to its pre-existing impervious condition on completion of the works.
4.3.3
Traffic, Access and Parking
A Transport, Access and Parking Delivery Work Plan (TAPDWP) has been developed to satisfy the relevant CRL designation conditions (10, 25 and 27) is included in Appendix E. The objective of the TAPDWP is to avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects of construction on transport, parking and property access by managing the road transport network for the duration of construction, maintaining
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
40 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4
pedestrian access to private property as all times, and provided on-going vehicle access so far as is reasonably practicable. The TAPDWP outlines onsite car parking management and methods for encouraging travel to the site using forms of transport other than private vehicles to assist in mitigating localised traffic effects. Critical contractor parking will be provided for on site.
4.3.4
Construction Noise and Vibration
Construction Noise and Vibration is addressed by the Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plan (CNVMP) Appendix F and has been developed to satisfy the relevant CRL designation conditions (10, 36, 37 and 38). Construction noise and vibration will be generated by construction equipment and activities at the site. Throughout the construction phase, noise and vibration effects will be carefully managed through the implementation of the CNVMP and, where required, the preparation and implementation of Site Specific Noise and Vibration Management Plans (SSNVMP).
4.3.5
Lighting Spill and Glare
During construction, temporary lighting may be required in the main construction areas where sufficient natural light is not available to undertake the works. Spill lighting may cause a nuisance to surrounding residents and businesses. Glare from temporary light has the potential to cause a disabling effect to drivers of vehicles. The principal objectives for the management of temporary lighting are to:
 
Minimise the nuisance level to adjacent residents/building occupiers of the works; and Minimise the impact of glare on the surrounding road environment; and increase employee and subcontractor awareness of their obligations with regard to minimising effects of light spill on adjacent neighbours.
The Construction Contractor will minimise light spill by selecting / procuring light fittings that provide a defined directional beam. Lights will be mounted in elevated positions so that they may point down towards the works, rather than aiming across the work space and increasing the risk of light shining into adjacent buildings. Additional detail for lighting of pedestrian areas is contained in the SIBD DWP in Appendix J of the CEMP.
4.3.6
Historic Character: Archaeology
A Historic Character DWP (HCDWP) is included in Appendix G has been developed to satisfy the relevant CRL designation conditions (10 and 42) and addresses the management of any adverse archaeological effects that may result during the Project. A built heritage section is not required as the buildings in proximity to the works area are late 20th century buildings with no built heritage values. This DWP will therefore only cover archaeology and will not include built heritage as it is not applicable to the works. The HCDWP establishes procedures to be followed in the event of archaeological remains being discovered. An Archaeological Authority under Section 44(a) of the Heritage NZ Pouhere Taonga Act 2014 (HNZPTA) has been obtained6. The management of any pre-1900 archaeological sites exposed within the Project area must be carried out in accordance with the designation conditions and the Archaeological Authority.
6
Ref 2017/793 dated 31 May 2017
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
41 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4
4.3.7
Urban Design
As this CEMP is specific to enabling works for the CRL it does not include provisions for Urban Design. These will be addressed on a project wide basis in a subsequent Outline Plan which will address such matters through an Urban Design DWP (UDDWP). This approach will ensure consistency of urban design outcomes across all aspects of the CRL project.
4.3.8
Contaminated Soils
A Contamination DWP (CDWP) is included in Appendix H and has been developed to satisfy both the relevant A2N resource consents (conditions 131 – 134) and the CRL designation conditions (10 and 57). The CDWP provides the framework for managing contamination hazards and mitigation measures relevant to the expected conditions that will be encountered while earthworks are being undertaken. The CDWP outlines proposed soil management and contingency measures, and also addresses Health and Safety issues associated with construction works on contaminated land.
4.3.9
Air Quality
During the construction phase there is potential for the discharge of contaminants to air, such as dust. An Air Quality DWP (AQDWP) is included in Appendix I and has been developed to satisfy both the relevant A2N resource consents (conditions 223 – 224) and the CRL designation conditions (10 and 59). The purpose of this AQDWP is to avoid, remedy or mitigate the actual or potential adverse air quality effects during construction.
4.3.10
Social Impact and Business Disruption
During the construction of the Project there is potential for disruption to businesses, residents and community services/facilities to occur. A Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP (SIBDDWP) in included in Appendix J and has been developed to satisfy the relevant CRL designation conditions (10 and 61). Feedback obtained in the preparation of this DWP has reinforced the importance of regular communication between the Project team and affected parties during the period of construction.
4.3.11
Communications and Consultation Plan
A Communication and Consultation Plan (CCP) has been prepared for the Project to satisfy both the relevant A2N resource consents (conditions 25 – 33) and the CRL designation conditions (10 and 15) and is included in Appendix K. The CCP sets out a framework for communication and consultation with the community, stakeholders, affected parties and in proximity parties during construction and should be read in conjunction with the SIBDDWP.
4.3.12
Groundwater Settlement Monitoring and Contingency
A Groundwater and Settlement Monitoring and Contingency Plan (GSMCP) has been prepared to satisfy the relevant A2N resource consent conditions 96 - 103 and is included in Appendix L. The objective of the GSMCP is to avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects of groundwater drawdown and settlement on structures in proximity to the Project area. The GSMCP is prepared in conjunction with building condition surveys of those structures.
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
42 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4
4.3.13
Building Condition Surveys
Building condition surveys will be undertaken in accordance with conditions 46.1 - 46.4 of the designation conditions and condition 109 of the A2N resource consents 7, where it is assessed that there is potential for damage to buildings or structures arising from construction. Given the scale of the works, building condition surveys will be undertaken for the four buildings in which works are proposed to be undertaken directly in front of. The subject buildings are 99 Albert St (AA building), 105-107 Albert St (Manhattan Apartments), 109-125 Albert Street (SkyCity) and 135 Albert Street (Auckland Council). . The building condition surveys will generally be undertaken as follows:
The building surveys will be undertaken by an independent senior qualified person; The survey shall include: -
Any information about the type of foundations
-
Existing levels of damage (aesthetic, superficial, affecting levels of serviceability)
-
Whether observed damage is associated with structural damage
-
Susceptibility of building or structure to further movement
-
Photographic evidence
-
Specific assessment of damage with reference to trigger levels 8
-
Review of alarm and alert trigger levels 9
The Construction Contractor will provide the building condition survey report to the property owner and AC within 15 working days of the survey being undertaken;
If requested by a building or structure owner where a pre-construction survey was undertaken, the Construction Contractor will undertake a visual inspection. This is in addition to monthly visual inspections until the completion of dewatering of the Project; and
The Construction Contractor will carry out visual inspections of the surrounding ground and external building facades of the surrounding buildings adjacent to the Project to monitor any deterioration or movement of any pre-existing cracks.
4.3.14
Hazardous Substances
Given the space restrictions of the Project area it is unlikely hazardous substances will be kept on site and instead will be located in a hazardous goods store off site. Small quantities of spray paint will be available on site.
4.4
Emergency and Incident Response
An environmental emergency is an event which has a detrimental effect on the surrounding environment. A detrimental environmental effect is something that causes significant harm to the environment, which is not legally allowed and requires immediate response. An environmental emergency can also be a deviation from the environmental management system defined in the CEMP, DWPs and MPs. This means there has been a failure to follow the established process or procedures that help the contractor achieve best practice.
7
R/LUC/2016/1890, R/REG/2016/1892, R/REG/2016/1895, R/REG/2016/1896, REG/2016/1897, R/REG/2016/1898, R/REG/2016/1899, R/REG/2016/1900 and R/REG/2016/2038 8 Condition 109, R/LUC/2016/1890, R/REG/2016/1892, R/REG/2016/1895, R/REG/2016/1896, REG/2016/1897, R/REG/2016/1898, R/REG/2016/1899, R/REG/2016/1900 and R/REG/2016/2038 9 Ib id
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
43 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4
Examples of environmental emergencies include, but are not restricted to:
Significant (large volume) chemical / oil spill; Excessive discharge of sediment to the stormwater system; and Hazardous substance release to air.
4.4.1
Emergency Response Plan
An Emergency Response Plan (ERP) will be prepared for the Project by the Construction Contractor. This ERP will take into account the following factors:
The parts of the site or adjoining properties likely to be affected; The degree of predictability of the emergency; The likely speed of onset; The likely effect of the emergency; The contents of the ERP will include: -
description of the potential emergency;
-
the person responsible for actioning the ERP;
-
the equipment required to deal with the emergency including rescue equipment;
-
emergency contact numbers;
-
direction to site workers and other affected persons on what they are required to do;
-
the methods used to deal with the emergency (e.g. how to use specific equipment
As necessary, emergency services such as Police, Fire Brigade, and Ambulance are to be contacted and invited to visit the site in order to become aware of site access and other emergency considerations. The ERP will incorporate the following components:
Emergency contact list (for the above); Emergency Reporting Instructions; Emergency Muster Point Location; Emergency Response Co-ordinator Action Plan; Emergency Personnel and Equipment.
The ERP will be displayed in prominent locations around the site and employees will be trained in its requirements. All relevant Project personnel, subcontractors and relevant emergency agencies will be instructed and rehearsed, as appropriate, in the requirements of the ERP. The ERP is additional to the management plans required by the resource consents and Designation conditions for the Project, but is not required to be certified by AC.
4.4.2
Incident Response
An environmental incident is an occurrence which has (or potentially could have had) a negative or ‘adverse’ effect on the environment. An adverse effect is something that causes (or could have caused) environmental harm. This means there has been a failure to follow the established process or procedures that help the Project achieve best practice (e.g. failure to report a spill). Environmental incidents include but are not restricted to:
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
44 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4
Spills; Unforeseen impacts on areas of high environmental value such as archaeology; and Consent non-compliances (e.g. noise, sediment).
A Spill Response Plan for the Project (appended to the ERP) will be developed by the Construction Contractor and will detail the actions to be followed in the event of a spill (including training). During the construction phase, the ESM will be responsible for providing training and/or orientation to employees or subcontractors that addresses the proper action regarding spills. The Construction Contractor will ensure that spill response materials are available, commensurate with the type, quantity and storage arrangements for Hazardous Substances on site. Given storage of hazardous substances will likely be provided off site due to the constrained nature of the site, this will consist of wheelie bin spill kits on site to cover all plant and vehicles involved in the works and deal with oil and chemical spills. The response to various environmental incidents is outlined in the relevant plans. For serious incidents, the immediate response may involve stopping works until a solution to manage the incident is developed.
4.4.3
Notification Procedure
Environmental incidents shall be recorded. The cause of all incidents will be subject to an investigation, convened by the ESM to determine the root causes of the incident and to ensure that remedial / corrective action is able to be implemented to ensure a repeat of the incident is avoided. In the event of an environmental incident, the Construction Contractor will provide AT and AC with notification as shown in Table 9. Table 9 Environmental incident notification
Severity Level
Incident Classification
Notification requirement to CRLL Construction Management
Incident Report Form to CRLL Construction Management
Investigation Team
Investigation report to be Supplied to CRLL
Insignificant
Event that occurs within established controls, e.g. a leak or small spill within a spill containment bund.
Via a monthly report
n/a
n/a
n/a
Minor
Event that breaches established controls but with no effect beyond the site boundary
Within 12 hours
Within 48 hours
Construction contractor
Within 10 working days
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
45 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4
Serious
Consent breach Environmental harm beyond the site boundary
Immediately upon identification
AS soon as practicable but within 12 hours
AT/CRLL and Construction Contractor Management to allocate resources as appropriate
Within 10 working days
A summary and review of incidents for the duration of the Project and for the relevant month will be included in the Project Monthly Report. CRLL shall be notified of incidents that trigger notification as defined in the incident reporting and investigation procedure. These triggers include off site discharges, unauthorised disturbance or destruction of heritage sites, and breaches and non-conformances of licences and permits issued for the Project. The Construction Contractor Project Director is responsible for notifying CRLL and parent companies of reportable incidents. CRLL is responsible for notifying relevant Regulators.
4.5
Stakeholder Communications
A CCP (Appendix K) has been developed which details the strategy, tools and process to manage communication and engagement between the Construction Contractor, its stakeholders and the community throughout the construction and monitoring periods for the Project. The CCP sets out how the Construction Contractor will inform the community of Project progress and construction dates, foster good relationships with the community, obtain feedback from stakeholders, and outline how complaints and queries will be responded to. The CCP has been prepared following consultation with stakeholders, directly affected parties and affected in proximity parties.
4.5.1
Public Safety
All sites will be contained within fencing, signage displayed and access into site limited and controlled through site sign-in procedures. Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design (CPTED) principles will be applied during site set up. Generally, site security will be maintained by establishing temporary fences at the perimeter of the works and or as described in section 2.7. These may be anchored to or fixed into the ground where their location is critical (e.g. to eliminate fall risks). Gates will be provided at construction entry and exit points and these will be locked shut when the site is unattended. Noise barriers will be integrated with the fences where possible. All security fences, boundary fences around the construction sites will be maintained in good order to ensure their ongoing functionality.
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
46 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4
5
Monitor and Review
5.1
Environmental Monitoring
Scheduled monitoring of environmental performance is required throughout the construction phase of the Project to ensure that no adverse impact on the environment occurs. This enables the overall effectiveness of the environmental controls to be determined and allows areas of non-compliance to be identified so corrective actions can be taken. The specifics of monitoring for each environmental element are detailed in the individual plans, including any monitoring requirements, the frequency of the monitoring to be undertaken and the appropriate responsible person, as required within contract documentation or environmental approvals issued for the Project. In general, monitoring will be conducted on a routine basis. However, additional monitoring may be required in the event of a complaint or incident, or after a rain event in the case of water quality monitoring. The ESM is responsible for the implementation of on-site measurements of environmental aspects, including water quality. External specialists may be used, where required, to conduct specialist monitoring, including noise, vibration, air quality, and non in-situ water monitoring. The initiation of such monitoring is on an as-needed basis and may be in response to contract requirements, complaints or internal requirements. Environmental monitoring results will be reported will be reported in the monthly compliance report to AC and CRLL.
5.1.1
Collaborative Working
The key contacts listed in Table 10 below will meet regularly to discuss:
Compliance with the designation conditions and the CEMP and DWPs; Material changes to the CEMP and DWPs; Any matters of non-compliance and how they have been addressed; The results of, need for, and frequency of site inspections; Environmental monitoring results; and Any other agenda items mutually agreed by the Key Contacts.
Table 10 Collaborative working contacts
Organisation
Title
Name
Auckland Council
Team Leader Central Monitoring
Richard Preece
Construction Contractor
Environment and Sustainability Manager
John Surphlis
CRLL
Principal Planner
Richard Jenkins
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
47 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4
5.1.2
Collaborative Meeting
At least five working days prior to construction commencing the key contacts listed above shall mutually agree an initial schedule for a collaboration meeting. The meeting shall be held at least monthly unless a different timeframe is agreed with AC. Collaboration meetings shall continue throughout construction and one month following completion of construction. Additional meetings between Council and Construction Contractor/CRLL specialists may be established on a one off or ongoing basis by mutual agreement of the Key Contacts listed above. These ‘specialist meetings’ will allow for the discussion and resolution of technical issues and will provide feedback to the Key Contacts to facilitate decision making in the Collaboration Meeting.
5.2
Environmental Inspections
Weekly environmental compliance Inspections are conducted by the ESM (or a delegate). The findings of these inspections will be recorded, along with any required remedial actions, who is responsible for implementing these actions and in what timeframe. These shall be monitored to ensure that they are closed out in the required timeframe. An appropriate framework will be confirmed by the Construction Contractor prior to works commencing.
5.3
Environmental Auditing
Internal (by Project Staff) environmental auditing is required to determine whether the environmental management system conforms to planned arrangements and is properly implemented and maintained. Internal audits will be completed on a quarterly basis by the ESM (or delegate). Findings from the audits will be presented to the Construction Manager within two weeks of conducting the audit. Internal environmental audits focus on environmental and sustainability matters within a single operational procedure or a group of related operational procedures (e.g. erosion and sediment control procedures, waste management reporting).
5.4
Corrective and Preventative Action
Corrective or preventative actions identified during environmental audits shall be commensurate to the magnitude of the problem and appropriate to the environmental harm encountered. Ultimately the Project Director has responsibility for closing out any corrective or preventative actions resulting from the environmental inspections, audits and external regulatory compliance monitoring. Additionally, assessment and follow-up reviews on the effectiveness of corrective and preventive actions will be undertaken and the outcomes documented, communicated and implemented. Compliance shall be included as a regular agenda item at management meetings and project meetings. Minutes from each meeting shall record and assign actions to individuals where appropriate.
5.5
Reporting
Reporting requirements will evolve as the Project progresses. In the early phase emphasis is on the establishment of systems, controls and competence of all personnel, while later the emphasis will shift to monitoring performance. When nearing completion (as applicable) the focus will be on final reports to address approval requirements. The ESM is responsible for managing the Environmental Reporting Program. The Project Director is responsible for submitting the reports required externally. Reporting requirements include:
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
48 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4
Project internal reporting requirements; Reporting to CRLL and key stakeholders as specified within contract documents; and Specific reporting to AC where required – refer specific DWPs and MPs.
5.6
Document Control
The ESM is responsible for ensuring all relevant documentation is submitted and maintained within the Project filing and document control system. Applicable documentation will include but not be limited to:
All environmental incidents reports and investigation outcomes; Formal and informal audit and environmental inspection reports; and Records of environmental training.
5.7
CEMP Review
This CEMP (including plans) will be updated, with the necessary certification by AC, throughout the course of the Project to reflect any changes to consent conditions, relevant legislation and material changes associated with changes to construction techniques or the natural environment. Additionally, they may be updated in response to any unforeseen adverse effects arising from construction, unresolved complaints or environmental incidents. A review may also be initiated by AC in response to comments or recommendations received from AC (Team Leader Central Monitoring) or as a result of the CCP process.
5.7.1
Management Review
A management review of the CEMP and plans will be undertaken at least annually by the Project Management team. The management review will be organised by the ESM. The review will take into consideration:
Site personnel comments; Audit findings and recommendations; Environmental monitoring records; Environmental complaints, incidents and emergencies; Details of corrective and preventative actions; Environmental non-compliances; Changes to organisational structure and roles and responsibilities; On-going compliance with objectives, conditions and targets; Changes to industry best practice standards, legislation and other statutory requirements; and Material changes to DWPs.
The review process will include looking at the environmental controls and procedures to make sure they are still applicable to the activities being carried out. Reasons for making changes to the CEMP will be documented. A copy of the original CEMP document and subsequent revisions will be kept for the Project records, and marked as obsolete. Each new/updated revision of the CEMP documentation will be issued with a revision number and date to eliminate obsolete CEMP documentation being used.
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
49 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4
5.7.2
Review Certification
Any change to the CEMP or MPs required by the resource consents shall be submitted to AC (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification and no activity reliant upon a change to the CEMP can be undertaken until the change has been certified. CRLL will request AC’s (Team Leader Central Monitoring) determination as to whether the proposed change can be certified, in writing, within 10 working days of submission of the change. Any material change proposed to the DWPs required by the designation conditions relating to an increase in adverse effect on a particular receiver shall be submitted for approval to AC, at least 10 working days prior to the proposed changes taking effect.
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
50 CRL-PAT-RME-000-RPT-0100 Project 239933 | 27 October 2017 | Revision 4
Appendices
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
This page has been intentionally left blank.
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
Appendix A Designation Conditions
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
This page has been intentionally left blank.
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
Appendix B Resource Consent Conditions
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
This page has been intentionally left blank.
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
Appendix C Site Layout Plans
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
This page has been intentionally left blank.
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
Appendix D Erosion and Sediment Control Plan
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
This page has been intentionally left blank.
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
Appendix E Transport Access and Parking Delivery Work Plan
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
This page has been intentionally left blank.
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
Appendix F Construction Noise and Vibration Delivery Work Plan
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
This page has been intentionally left blank.
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
Appendix G Historic Character Delivery Work Plan
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
This page has been intentionally left blank.
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
Appendix H Contaminated Delivery Work Plan
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
This page has been intentionally left blank.
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
Appendix I Air Quality Delivery Work Plan
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
This page has been intentionally left blank.
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
Appendix J Social Impact and Business Disruption Delivery Work Plan
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
This page has been intentionally left blank.
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
Appendix K Communication and Consultation Plan
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
This page has been intentionally left blank.
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
Appendix L Groundwater Monitoring and Contingency Plan
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
This page has been intentionally left blank.
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
Appendix M Building Condition Surveys
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
This page has been intentionally left blank.
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
Appendix N Record of CLG and IPRP feedback on the CEMP
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
CLG Comments The following comments were received from the Community Business Liaison Group (CLG) regarding the Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP): Comment Id
Date
Time
Forum
Respondent
Comment
Resolution
1
12 September
5.30pm
CBLG
Heart of the City
The CRL project could incorporate the real approaches and methodology that have been applied to earlier parts of the project to demonstrate best practice as it develops within the programme of works rather than limit the DWP process to a compliance, box ticking exercises required by consent conditions.
Mitigation specific to identified effects has been addressed in the appendices to the CEMP.
2
12 September
5.30pm
CBLG
Heart of the City
Local businesses are very interested in how the project will manage actual adverse environmental effects as they arise.
Mitigation specific to identified effects has been addressed in the appendices to the CEMP.
3
12 September
5.30pm
CBLG
Heart of the City
The plan should include a specific statement which confirms that the project team will take a proactive approach in its engagement with and support of businesses in relation to environmental management.
Statement added at section 1.1.
4
12 September
5.30pm
CBLG
Heart of the City
Section 2.8 Graffiti and Litter should contain a statement which outlines a practical approach to assisting business with their waste management during the project.
Amendment to section 2.8 to include a reference to waste management.
5
12 September
5.30pm
CBLG
Heart of the City
The Stakeholder and Communications Manager’s responsibilities as described are much more limited than actual practice. There is no mention of business operators or customers. The DWP should include business operators and customers as key stakeholders for the project.
Table 8 to the Stakeholder and Communications Managers role which includes management of stakeholder enquiries. The table has been amended to include reference to emphasise resolution of stakeholder enquiries by relevant persons in the Project team.
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
It is noted a CRL Street Response Manager has been appointed to assist businesses during the construction period (refer table 8).
Comment Id
Date
Time
Forum
Respondent
Comment
Resolution
6
12 September
5.30pm
CBLG
Vicky Dick – Manhattan Apartments
The Project needs to discuss with the Body Corporate about the use Manhattan land (common are in front of the building).
CRLL has begun discussions with property owners regarding access to private sites for the purpose of undertaking works associated with the Project.
7
12 September
5.30pm
CBLG
Aaron Money – SkyCity
Advanced bookings need to be addressed as they are noise sensitive.
Advanced warning will be provided through ‘Construction Look a Heads’, face to face interactions and fortnightly meetings or site visits with directly affected and affected in proximity parties during construction – refer section 6.2 and Table 6 of the Project Communication and Consultation Plan (Appendix K to this CEMP).
Independent Peer Reviewer Comments The following comments were received from the Independent Peer Reviewer, Chris Millar, Opus International Consultants Ltd, regarding the Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP):
Comment Id
Date
1
12 October 2017
Time
Forum
Respondent
Comment
Resolution
IPR
Chris Millar
The authors of the document have pulled together a good document and should be congratulated on their work and the fact I have made 5410 suggestions and comments on the document should not be interpreted to mean the document is not suitable but rather the comments reflect my views on environmental management tools and the information I had access to review.
Noted – no update required
10
Where the same comment has been made more than once, only a single response has been provided as such this table shows a total of 51 responses to the independent reviewer’s comments.
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
Comment Id
Date
Time
Forum
2
Respondent
Comment
Resolution
Note DWPs and appendices have not been reviewed by the independent Peer Reviewer. Questions raised by the reviewer may be covered by those sub-plans. If this is the case the reviewer suggests that one of the following changes is made (in order of preference):
An executive summary of the DWPs within the CEMP text removes the impetus for the reader to review the full documents contained in the CEMP appendices and makes the document unnecessarily long. The location of all DWPs is referenced in tables 2 and 3 in respect of the designation and resource consent condition requirements which specify the matters these documents are to address.
1.
3
4
Include an executive summary of each DWP in the CEMP covering key features, what is managed, how and who is responsible for implementation. 2. A direct reference to which DWP and where in that document the issue raised is covered, 3. Bring the connection up into the front of the CEMP to provide guidance to those using the CEMP on key issues. Staging of activities needs to be clarified, it is assumed from the order of their being addressed that the canopies are to be removed first and then the utilities addressed. This should be clarified in an indicative program to show whether it will involve a staged removal of canopies as we dig or if the plan is to remove all canopies prior to trenching? Section 2.3 construction methodology table 4 – states 40 weeks (however the durations appear to add up to 16 weeks? Table 5 – states 40 weeks (however the durations appear to add up to 36 weeks? Please clarify what the expected length of each phase is (include expected weather/contingency days if necessary), also neither adds up to 15 months quoted in section 1.1 here.
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
No change to the CEMP is required.
Sections 2.2 Project Description, 2.3 Methodology and 2.4 Programme address sequencing of works. Where possible some overlap of activities may occur. No change to the CEMP is required.
Table 4 approximate timeframes amended to read 20 weeks. It is noted the individual durations relate to each building and some overlap will occur as works on adjacent buildings are carried out simultaneously. The durations provided are approximate. No change to the CEMP is required.
Comment Id
Date
Time
Forum
5
Respondent
Comment
Resolution
Can we please define what a material change will be to ensure that expectations are understood by all parties?
The definition of material change is provided at the beginning of the CRL Designation condition set, Appendix A of the CEMP. No change to the CEMP is required.
6
How many lanes will be closed, diverted or remain open. Will there be periods when there are full road closures?
Traffic management is addressed in the traffic Access and Parking DWP, Appendix E of the CEMP. No change to the CEMP is required.
7
The following comment relates to section 1.5 Mana Whenua and the cultural induction for contractors. How is this practically being delivered in the CEMP, the statement here about monitoring, induction etc is not carried through into any of the operation, Accidental discovery procedures or relevant features in the document.
Section 1.5 confirms consultation with Mana Whenua it will continue through the Mana Whenua Forum. The Heritage DWP (Appendix G of the CEMP) identifies the protocols for accidental discovery of archaeological or cultural remains and training requirements preconstruction and during the construction period. No change to the CEMP is required.
Particularly this should be in the induction ADPs Urban design framework Training Stakeholder coms and Screening art design
8
The following comment relates to section 2.2 Canopy Removal and Utilities Relocation. Check the side of the road being worked on – the buildings being described appear to be on the western side of the road.
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
Section 2.2 updated to reflect correct location reference.
Comment Id
Date
Time
Forum
9
10
11
12
Respondent
Comment
Resolution
The following comment relates to section 2.2 Canopy Removal and Utilities Relocation.
Abandoned services and ducts will be either capped or removed.
Will remaining services ducts etc be removed or left in situ?
No change to the CEMP is required.
Have the business and community engagement plans addressed the lighting and access to shops, do any require higher light levels than others?
Lighting and access to adjacent businesses has been addressed in section 5 of the Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP, Appendix J.
Will the container floors (if metal floored) be supplied with flooring that will reduce loud noise from echoing footsteps. This could be a particular issue for those areas with office or accommodation space such as the hotel. Such a flooring could include non-slip rubber
A non-slip surface will be used on the floor of the containers.
The following comment relates to section 2.3 Construction Methodology, specifically the works durations.
The durations identified are approximate. CRLL have been working with SkyCity and Crowne Plaza to understand their requirements.
What is the contingency for large events or conferences being held in either sky city or the Crowne Plaza
A construction look ahead will be circulated on a monthly basis which provides advance notification of the upcoming proposed activities and impacts. The look ahead is also an opportunity to seek clarification or provide feedback on potential impacts based on the business/residents individual situation.
No change to the CEMP is required.
No change to the CEMP is required.
No change to the CEMP is required. 13
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
As this is an old area of our city how is the archaeology and heritage being addressed, will excavations be supervised? Is there any actual or potential effect on the bluestone retaining walls east of the works?
The bluestone retaining wall to the east of the project work site is not affected by these works. No change to the CEMP is required.
Comment Id
Date
Time
Forum
14
Respondent
Comment
Resolution
The following comment relates to Table 5 Indicative utilities relocation construction methodology, specifically in respect of saw cutting activities.
Mitigation of dust generated by the project works is addressed in the sections 3-5 of the Air Quality DWP, Appendix I of the CEMP. No change to the CEMP is required.
Need to check dealing with dust – will this be water cooled equipment? 15
The following comments relate to section 2.5. Is this intended to read 0700-1900 Monday to Sunday?
Section 2.5 has been amended to reflect the hours of 0700 and 2200.
If not the next sentence needs some further explanation. What will be the process for extending these hours of operation. 16
The following comments relate to section 2.5, specifically in reference to inclusion of conditions 31 to 35 in table 2 of the CEMP. These parameters haven’t been included in the list of relevant conditions above, the noise references are associated with collaborative working process conditions 13.
The designation construction noise and vibration conditions are addressed in the section 3 of the Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plan. No change to the CEMP is required.
Please include. 17
The following comments relate to section 2.6, Figure 2 Project area layout. The TC control in this picture for vehicle access, will this be 24/7 or just during works times
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
Traffic management during the project works is addressed in the Traffic Access and Parking DWP, Appendix E of the CEMP.
Comment Id
Date
Time
Forum
18
Respondent
Comment
Resolution
Will the containers and other hoardings include temporary lighting where the normal spill of street lighting will be affected?
Temporary lighting is to be provided on hoardings/containers. Refer section 5 of the Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP and section 4 lighting of the CEMP. Additional references have been made in section 4.
19
The following comment relates to section 2.7, specifically in reference to maintenance of pedestrian access adjacent to the project works, along the western side of Albert Street. Is this to be maintained in its current state or as a controlled pedestrian environment
20
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
Containers will provide easier access to areas at height where graffiti/vandalism would have been out of access, will there be measures to make it harder to get on top of the containers and prevent access to higher areas of adjacent buildings.
Pedestrian access will be maintained by the use of containers, hoardings and undercrofts on western side of street. Section 2.7 has been amended to more clearly reflect maintenance of pedestrian areas.
The containers will be located in the middle of Albert Street. Pedestrian access close to buildings will be via existing undercrofts and hoarded pathways. No change to the CEMP is required.
Comment Id
Date
Time
Forum
21
Respondent
Comment
Resolution
The following comments relate to section 2.8, specifically in reference to the inclusion of feedback item 4 from the CBLG.
Waste collection is not currently kerbside in Albert Street in this location. The Manhattan Building is serviced via a laneway on site and will continue to be serviced in this manner during the project works. SkyCity, the AA building and the Auckland Council building are all served via Federal Street.
It seems that the 4 from the CLG has been missed here. I believe the matter to be addressed was the collection and removal of rubbish and recycling for the businesses along this section of the works. With access and footpaths adjusted there will need to be changes to waste collection – especially if currently kerbside.
It is noted the CRLL Street Response Manager will monitor and address any refuse issues that arise, on a daily basis.
Suggest this is covered by describing how recycling and rubbish collections for these businesses will be facilitated, will there be a collection point organized by the project, will the retailers be able to use the projects waste skips, how and where will waste trucks gain access to the side of the street behind hoardings and containers?
22
The following comment relates to section 2.8, specifically in reference to the weekly environmental inspection.
The Contractor will attend to graffiti as described within 48 hours as described in section 2.8. No change to the CEMP is required.
This potentially leave graffiti around for 9 days. If offensive graffiti it is suggested graffiti is monitored at the same rate as the litter. 23
The following comment relates to section 2.9 and use of the work site post construction. Will this include the reinstatement of canopies? Or will the footpaths remain uncovered on completion of the works?
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
Building canopies removed as part of this project will be reinstated by the building owner at the completion of the Contract 3 main CRL works. In the meantime footpaths will remain uncovered.
Comment Id
Date
Time
Forum
24
25
Respondent
Comment
Resolution
Please include the risk matrix used and the guidance on assessing the risk. Especially useful would be the change in risk level that would trigger a review – eg from medium to high risk.
Inclusion of the risk matrix is not a requirement of the CRL Designation conditions.
The following comments relate to section 3.4.1, table 6 Key national legislation, regulations and standards.
These standards are addressed in DWPs attached as appendices to the CEMP, as relevant to the respective discipline. All DWPs have been prepared by a suitably qualified person.
Please clarify whether these are the guidelines that through being implemented and adhered to will lead to compliance with the conditions of consent/designation and environmental standards? Not having access to the DWPs and associated appendices it is not possible to comment on whether these are adequate to meet the environmental objectives of the CEMP and wider project.
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
No change to the CEMP is required.
No change to the CEMP is required.
Comment Id
Date
Time
Forum
26
Respondent
Comment
Resolution
The following comments relate to section 3.4.2, table 7 Standards, guidelines and specific statutory requirements associated with environmental aspects and detailed in the CEMP and plans.
These standards are addressed in DWPs attached as appendices to the CEMP, as relevant to the respective discipline. All DWPs have been prepared by a suitably qualified person.
I would question why we have so many standards that relate to the same environmental aspect. It is unlikely that all these standards (particularly in noise and vibration) are going to entirely align on all issues.
No change to the CEMP is required.
I can only assume that parts of each standard are to be used! If this is the case there needs to be clarity about which standard will apply to which component and what the process will be if any of these standards contradict each other. For example if the German and British vibration standards are different on the amount of movement is acceptable which will be relied on?
27
The following comment relates to section 3.4.2, table 7 Standards, guidelines and specific statutory requirements associated with environmental aspects and detailed in the CEMP and plans Please expand to include the complete title of these plans
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
Table 7 has been amended to show the names of the DWPs in full.
Comment Id
Date
Time
Forum
28
29
Respondent
Comment
Resolution
While it may still require being adopted by plan change, best practice would be to follow the more up to date GD 05 http://www.aucklanddesignmanual.co.nz/projecttype/infrastructure/technical-guidance For sediment control. If the authors wish to only use the operative documents it is advised that the equivalent/similar practices in GD05 are assessed and either adopted or reasons for not adopting noted
An erosion and sediment control plan is being developed by a suitably qualified person and will represent best practice for these works. This plan requires certification by Auckland Council prior to works commencing.
The following comment relates to section 4.1.1.
Sub-contractors are unknown at this stage. The main contractor for this project is Connectus, the construction contractor (including their subcontractors) undertaking the works.
What about sub-contractors or will the entirety of the work be undertaken by Connectus.
No change to the CEMP is required.
No change to the CEMP is required. 30
The following comment relates to section 4.1.2, table 8 Specific roles and responsibilities, specifically in relation to compliance with health and safety and incident management.
Connectus confirm this is the role of the Health and Safety Manager. No change to the CEMP is required.
Will this be in conjunction with Environmental manager or will all investigations be undertaken by the H&S manager. 31
The following comment relates to section 4.1.2, table 8 Specific roles and responsibilities. Communication with utilities.
Network Utility Operators are identified as a stakeholder in the Communication and Consultation Plan in Appendix K. No change to the CEMP is required.
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
Comment Id
Date
Time
Forum
32
Respondent
Comment
Resolution
The following comment relates to section 4.1.2, table 8 Specific roles and responsibilities.
Table 8 has been amended to include the IPR listed additional responsibilities under the Environmental and Sustainability Manager role.
Incident response – spills Reporting on environmental and sustainable KPIs Incident investigations? Implementation of sustainability measures
33
The following comment relates to section 4.1.2.4. Reviewing changes to DWPs?
Reviewing changes to the DWPs is not the responsibility of the Connectus Environmental and Sustainability Manager. According to the process identified under CRL designation conditions 22 and 23. No change to the CEMP is required.
34
The following comment relates to section 4.1.2.5, bullet three. Assists ESM on technical matters
35
36
It would be useful to have the key contacts for all the utilities to be moved. The council monitoring officer, HNZ, other regulatory officers associated with the project and the major stakeholders – business group etc who may need notification in the event of a spill, or other environmental factor.
All key contacts are listed in Appendix B of the Communication and Consultation Plan attached as Appendix K to the CEMP.
The following comment relates to section 4.2.1.
Induction training will be undertaken for all people working on site as required.
How often will these be held, will it be regular or will there be a threshold of people required. How much work is required before an induction will be undertaken, will a labour hire doing one shift be required to do an entire induction session
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
Section 4.1.2.5, bullet three has been amended to include providing assistance to the Environmental and Sustainability Manger on technical matters.
No change to the CEMP is required.
No change to the CEMP is required.
Comment Id
Date
Time
Forum
37
38
Respondent
Comment
Resolution
The DWPs provide the details on this but it would help the CEMP be useful to summarise the key risks and mitigation and allow the reader to understand what is expected without having to read through screeds of documents. An executive summary from each document in this section would help this be a good quality stand alone document and allow for ease of understanding in relation to how mitigation measures fit together and what effect changing one system may have on other controls.
An executive summary of the DWPs within the CEMP text removes the impetus for the reader to review the full documents contained in the CEMP appendices and makes the document unnecessarily long. The location of all DWPs is referenced in tables 2 and 3 in respect of the designation and resource consent condition requirements which specify the matters these documents are to address.
The following comment relates to section 4.3.2, bullet two, in regard to unforeseen rainfall events.
The statement made by the reviewer is correct.
No change to the CEMP is required.
No change to the CEMP is required.
Is this aimed at the rainfall being longer than anticipated. 39
The following comment relates to section 4.3.2, bullet five. Discharge to where? Will this be to the stormwater network?
40
The following comment relates to section 4.3.2, bullet six. Where in site are we going to be able to install silt fences? From the plans provided isn’t the site paved? If so it will not be possible to properly dig in and return the silt fencing? I would suggest that a container, such as a removable skip is used to retain any soil on site and this is covered to prevent rainfall soaking through.
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
Discharge to the existing stormwater network will occur if testing allows as per section 5.3 of the Contaminated DWP. No change to the CEMP is required. The constrained site limits placement of container within the Project area. A detailed Erosion and Sediment Control Plan is to be lodged with and certified by AC prior to works commencing. No change to the CEMP is required.
Comment Id
Date
Time
Forum
41
Respondent
Comment
Resolution
The following comment relates to section 4.3.2, bullet ten in relation to catchpits.
A detailed Erosion and Sediment Control Plan is to be lodged with and certified by AC prior to works commencing. No additional impervious surfaces will be created as a result of this project. As such there is no additional stormwater resulting from the Project which needs to be addressed.
Are these able to take the additional stormwater quantities, what risk is there of the remaining catchpits being overwhelmed and the down hill buildings
No change to the CEMP is required. 42
The following comment relates to section 4.3.2, bullet twelve in relation to provision of a washdown area. Would suggest the shallow skip based system in this situation.
The constrained site limits placement of devices within the Project area. A detailed Erosion and Sediment Control Plan is to be lodged with and certified by AC prior to works commencing, however, it is noted vehicles are not expected to be access exposed areas within the Project worksite. No change to the CEMP is required.
43
The following comment relates to section 4.3.4 in regard to mitigation options. Can we please include what this is likely to be, will it be noise screens, mufflers, enclosed work spaces? Should be able to pull this information from the DWP.
This information is contained in section 5 of the Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plan. Repeating that information in this section of the CEMP represents unnecessary duplication and removes the impetus for the reader to review the full document contained in the CEMP as Appendix F. No change to the CEMP is required.
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
Comment Id
Date
Time
Forum
44
Respondent
Comment
Resolution
The following comment relates to section 4.3.8.
The project area has been identified as potentially containing contaminated fill associated with road infrastructure and on this basis the Contaminated DWP (Appendix H of the CEMP) has been prepared. At section 6.2 of this DWP the general safety and training requirements for management of contaminated soil is explained. The Health and Safety Officer will be responsible for the implementation of and adherence to contamination related health and safety procedures.
Is it anticipated that there is contaminated soils and materials or is this a DWP essentially a accidental discovery procedure? If so the training provided at induction and tool box sessions will need to cover what to look for and the procedure to deal with any discovery.
No change to the CEMP is required. 45
The following comment relates to section 4.3.9, specifically in regard to cause and mitigation of potential adverse effects. Please provide information on how this will be done – an executive summary of the main causes and mitigation – such as how will the concrete cutting dust be deal with when the pavements are opened?
46
The following comment relates to section 4.3.10, specifically in regard to feedback from potentially affected parties. What are the key concerns of the group – were their bottom lines or assumptions mentioned that that a manager on the project should be aware of. What promises have been made to get to this point and what has been asked for and rejected by the project? This information is very useful in ensuring that project teams don’t duplicate work and that stakeholders are provided certainty that the team knows about their concerns.
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
This information is contained in section 3 of the Air Quality Delivery Work Plan. Repeating that information in this section of the CEMP represents unnecessary duplication and removes the impetus for the reader to review the full document contained in the CEMP as Appendix I. No change to the CEMP is required. This information is contained in section 4 and Appendix B of the Social Impact and Business Disruption Delivery Work Plan. Repeating that information in this section of the CEMP represents unnecessary duplication and removes the impetus for the reader to review the full document contained in the CEMP as Appendix J. No change to the CEMP is required.
Comment Id
Date
Time
Forum
47
Respondent
Comment
Resolution
The following comment relates to section 4.3.12, specifically in regard to groundwater.
A Groundwater Settlement and Monitoring Contingency Plan is being developed for the Project works in accordance with the conditions of the A2N regional resource consents. This plan will be lodged with and certified by AC prior to works commencing.
When is the greatest risk during these works, how does the project intend managing this?
No change to the CEMP is required. 48
The following comment relates to section 5.1 and the monitoring required by each of the DWPs. I believe that these should be summarised in this document so that the reader is able to see all necessary monitoring in one location.
This information is contained in is contained in each individual DWP, attached as appendices to the CEMP. Repeating that information in this section of the CEMP represents unnecessary duplication and removes the impetus for the reader to review the full document contained in the CEMP appendices. No change to the CEMP is required.
49
The following comment relates to section 5.1.2. Deputies should be identified to represent the each group should the key members listed be unable to attend or should they leave their respective organisation.
50
The following comment relates to section 5.3, specifically in regard to the frequency of internal audits. This should be done more regularly than quarterly. It is recommended that fortnightly at least is undertaken
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
Connectus and CRLL will ensure the appropriate individuals will attend the collaboration meetings should those people identified in table 8 of the CEMP are unavailable. No change to the CEMP is required. Quarterly monitoring is considered appropriate given the scale of the works proposed. No change to the CEMP is required.
Comment Id
Date
Time
Forum
51
Respondent
Comment
Resolution
The following comment relates to section 5.3, specifically in regard to the 10 working days allowed for certification of a change to the CEMP.
The 10 working day period is specified in condition 23.6 of the CRL designation conditions.
I would suggest this period is too long for a construction project, it is good to see the collaborative meetings earlier in this section and I would recommend that a method of using that group to provide input into any changes would be beneficial and allow for a shortened turnaround period. It could be as simple as emailing the group about the problem, suggesting a solution and incorporating any comments or recommendations from the group have them endorse the proposed change and then submit to council with a 5 day or less turn around expectation.
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
No change to the CEMP is required.
This page has been intentionally left blank.
Aurecon | Mott MacDonald | Jasmax | Grimshaw I ARUP
Auckland Office Level 4, Aurecon House 139 Carlton Gore Road Auckland 1023 New Zealand T +64 9 520 6019 F +64 524 7815
Leading. Vibrant. Global. www.aurecongroup.com